ERIC M. FISHER
KOBEHT KNELLING
Route 2, Box 696
TURLOCK, CALiF.
Vol XXVIII January, 1952 No. 1
i i
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
DAVIS — Biological studies on three forms of the two-spotted spider mite.. 1
NYE & BOH ART — A larva of Trichodes ornatus from a pollen trap on
a hive of honey bees. 6
SCHLINGER — The emergence, feeding habits, and host of Opsebius
diligens Osten Sacken 7
VAN DYKE — A third Mexican species of Genuchinus 12
OMAN — Three new Errhomus, with a key to the species 13
PRITCHARD — A new gall midge pest of Toyon berries 16
DAY — New species and notes on California mayflies 17
GILLOGLY — A new species of nitidulid beetle from Chile 40
KALIK — New and interesting species of Dermestidae 43
HALL — A new species of Lordotus from Southern California. 49
BEAMER — The genus Eurysa in America north of Mexico 51
USINGER — A new genus of Chryxinae from Brazil and Argentina 55
KESSEL — Another American fly attracted to smoke 56
RYCKMAN — Triatoma protracta infected with Trypanosoma cruzi at
Riverside, California 58
ARNAUD — Reinhardiana new name for Hypenomyia Townsend 58
Book Notices 42, 59
Proceedings — Pacific Coast Entomological Society 60
San Francisco, California
1952
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L. Usinger
E. S. Ross Co-Editors E. C. Van Dyke
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable, to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
Announcing ...
“THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the
world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development,
Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeography. Complete syste-
matic treatment is given including keys, synonymy and descriptions. The
illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his
reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125
full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of
the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
To be published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series” by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its Semicentennial
Anniversary, September, 1951.
Prepublication Price $5.00
Regular Price $6.00
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at
San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol XXVIII January, 1952 No. 1
BIOLOGICAL STUDIES ON THREE FORMS OF THE
TWO-SPOTTED SPIDER MITE
(Acarina: Tetranychidae)
Donald W. Davis
Sacramento, California
According to McGregor (1942) the appropriate name for the
two-spotted spider mite is Tetranychus bimaculatus Harvey, al-
though names such as T. telarius (Linn.) or T. urticae Koch are
often used by other workers. Actually, however, the two-spotted
spider mite, as it is currently determined is a complex of species or
strains which differ from one another in color, host range, ability
to cross breed, or some small morphological characters. The present
study is concerned with biological studies of three forms of spider
mites, two of which were determined by E. A. McGregor as T .
bimaculatus. The third form, taken on a potted hydrangea plant
from San Francisco, was stated by A. E. Pritchard to be a member
of this complex.
Little morphological evidence was noted to separate the three
forms, aside from very slight differences in the aedeagus. A. E.
Pritchard (personal communication) found that one form could
be distinguished from the other two by the chaetotaxy of the front
legs of the female. A ring of six setae occurs at the base of the front
tarsus (fig. 1) and thirteen setae occur on the front tibia of the
females of this form. In contrast to this, females of the other two
forms each have a ring of four setae at the base of the front tarsus
(fig. 2) and ten setae on the front tibia. The fore legs of the males
of all forms have six proximal setae on the tarsus and thirteen
tibial setae. For convenience in this paper the forms will be referred
to as “six-setae,” 1 “four-setae” and hydrangea mites.
Color, while often of limited use in mite taxonomy, may be
important in the case of spider mites. Ewing (1914) conducted
feeding experiments and reached the conclusion that yellows,
greens and brown of the “common spider mite” are variations due
1 Since this paper was submitted for publication, the name Tetranychus multisetis
McGregor has been given to the mite referred to as the “6-setate” form herein.
See E. A. McGregor. 1950. Mites of the Family Tetranychidae. American Mid-
land Naturalist, 44(2) -.257-420.
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
to nutrition, but orange and red shades are constant and will not
change even after death. Ewing as well as Cagle (1949) stated that
the dark areas on the mites vary in size, shape and number due to
nutrients.
Adult females of the three forms of mites discussed in the
present paper were red at all times and under all the experimental
conditions. In no case were females observed to exhibit the pale
yellowish-orange color of overwintering females of certain other
spider mites, nor were shades of brown and green encountered.
In an attempt to see if color could be used for separation of the
individual forms under study, a mixed colony was started. The
extremes in intensity of red were later isolated and mounted, but
no correlation was found between the selections and the number of
setae on the tarsus.
There is a difference in the color of the males, however. The
males of the hydrangea mite are a distinct red which is nearly the
same color as the females. The males of the other two forms are
never a true red, but are more nearly flesh colored.
Extensive measurements of length were made on all life stages
of these three forms of mites, but no significant differences were
found. Life history studies showed no great differences in duration
of the life cycle or the number of offspring.
As far as it could be determined, there is no difference in the
host range of the “four-setae” and “six-setae” forms. The hydran-
gea mite, however, exhibited a distinctly different host range as it
is the only form capable of surviving on hydrangea leaves, and the
only one not capable of feeding on the surface of banana squash
fruit. All three forms could live and reproduce well on bean leaves.
Strawberry and violet could support all three forms, but were
unsatisfactory as experimental hosts.
In order to determine if the setal characters were simply genetic
variations within a single species, a mixed colony of “4-setae” and
“6-setae” mites was established, and 73 adult females were taken
at random from this mixed population. These females were in all
probability fertilized individuals. All 73 females gave rise to
colonies, and 60 of these colonies were successfully carried to F x
adults. Of these 60, twenty-two had “4-setae” female parents, and
38 had “6-setae.” In every case there were female offspring, and all
examined were of the same type as the female parent. Wherever
possible six or more F a females from each colony were mounted
JANUARY, 1952]
DAVIS TWO-SPOTTED MITE
3
and compared with the female parent. All together some 200 F x
females were studied. In all cases the female parents were removed
and mounted prior to the emergence of the first female F 1 . Some of
the colonies were carried into F 2 and F 3 generations, but the
females always remained of the same type as the original female
parent.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the front tarsus of a female spider mite of the
“six-setae” form. X 600.
Fig. 2. Dorsal view of the front tarsus of a female spider mite of the
“four-setae” form. X 600.
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
A series of crosses was made to determine whether or not these
three forms of mites would cross or whether they were genetically
isolated. Colonies which had been started from single females, were
maintained as a source of pure stock throughout the series of ex-
periments. The hydrangea mite stock was kept on hydrangea leaves,
and the other two forms were reared on banana squash. Periodically
slide mounts were made and examined to be certain that the stock
remained pure. In addition the female parents of each cross were
mounted and examined for any possibility of contamination.
The technique used involved isolation of female deutonymphs.
This guaranteed adult females to be virgins, as fertilization takes
place only in the adult stage. Most of the crosses were made in
single leaf cages on either bean or hydrangea leaves. The type of
cage employed was developed by the Division of Biological Control,
California Agricultural Experiment Station at Riverside, California,
and has been used extensively both at Riverside and at their station
at Albany, California.
The cage consists of a backing of waterproof ply-wood which is
bordered by a strip of rubber. Inside this rubber barrier is placed
a square piece of blotting paper covered with cheese cloth. A
detached leaf is placed on the cheese cloth, and over this a fairly
thick piece of plexiglass with a IY 2 inch hole is placed to form a
cell in which mites can be reared and studied. The plexiglass is
held down and in place with rubber bands. The cell is covered by a
thin sheet of transparent plastic fused to the plexiglass with acetone.
The leaf used must be large enough to completely cover the base of
the cell. The leaf is kept fresh by adding moisture to the blotter
daily, or at least every second day. Bean leaves survived up to three
weeks in these cages, and hydrangea leaves up to seven weeks.
To make crosses between the “four-” and “six-setae” forms,
mature males and female deutonymphs were taken from the above
colonies which had been established from single females. In inter-
preting the results of the cross-breeding experiments, it must be
recognized that unfertilized females produce males only, while
fertilized females produce both males and females, but with a
preponderance of the latter.
Twenty-eight crosses were made between the “four-setae” and
“six-setae” stocks. Sixteen of these were between “four-setae”
females and “six-setae” males, and 12 were the reciprocal. Twelve
of the crosses failed to produce adult offspring. Of the 16 remain-
JANUARY, 1952]
DAVIS TWO-SPOTTED MITE
5
ing crosses, 15 contained female and male offspring in a normal
proportion. In every case the female offspring were of the same
type as the female parent. In three of the colonies the Fi individuals
were inbred and carried through several generations. In every case
the females remained the same type as the original female parent.
In one cross of the original 16, there were no female offspring.
Only one male was used in each cross, and it is possible that in this
case the male was injured or killed so that copulation did not take
place.
Further investigations were conducted in which hydrangea
mites were crossed with the other two forms. A total of 18 crosses
was made in which three female deutonymphs and two or three
adult males were used in each cross. Four crosses were made on
bean leaves, and 14 crosses were attempted using hydrangea leaves.
Due to the fact that the “four-” and “six-setae” forms will not
survive and reproduce on hydrangea leaves, the latter crosses all
employed female hydrangea mites and males of the other forms.
Several instances of copulation were observed. Of all the attempted
crosses, only males were obtained, and in some cases more than 50
males were present in the F x population. All of the crosses employ-
ing hydrangea females gave rise to red males of the hydrangea
type. The other crosses gave rise only to flesh colored males.
SUMMARY
The two-spotted spider mite 2 , as currently determined, is a
complex group. Three forms which were determined as belonging to
this complex formed the basis of the present study. The females of
all three forms were red under all experimental conditions.
A form which occurs on hydrangea was shown to be unable to
cross with either of the other two forms, as evidenced by the lack of
females in the F x . The hydrangea form further differs from the
others in host range, as it lives on hydrangea but is unable to sur-
vive and breed on banana squash. The males are red in this mite
but not in the others.
The other two forms studied differed in the chaetotaxy of the
front legs of the female. However, no differences in host range or
habits were observed. On crossing these two forms, offspring of
both sexes were obtained. The inheritance of the setation, however,
is unique in that it was found to pass down from mother to
daughter, regardless of the male used.
2 See footnote 1.
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
Literature Cited
Cagle, L. R.
1949. Life history of the two-spotted spider mite. Virginia Agric. Experi-
ment Station Tech. Bull. 113:1-31.
Ewing, H. E.
1914. The common red spider or spider mite. Oregon Agric. Experiment
Station Bull. 121:1-95.
McGregor, E. A.
1942. The taxonomic status of the so-called “common red spider.” Proc.
Ent. Soc. Washington, 44(2) : 26-29.
A LARVA OF TRICHODES ORNATUS FROM A POLLEN
TRAP ON A HIVE OF HONEY BEES
William P. Nye and George E. Bohart 1
An apparently full-grown larva of Trichodes ornatus (Say) was
found in December, 1950, in a tight honey tin containing stored
pollen. In June of the same year this pollen was taken from a pollen
trap on a hive of honey bees at North Logan, Utah. It is reasonably
certain that the clerid larva was subsequently transferred from the
pollen trap into the can of pollen.
Linsley and MacSwain, 2 who studied the life history of this
clerid, found no records of it as an inhabitant of honey bee hives,
although Trichodes apiarius (L.) has been recorded but not veri-
fied as a hive inhabitant in Europe. The known hosts of T . ornatus
include a number of genera of solitary bees and also Odynerus and
Pseudomasaris in the Vespidae. Linsley and MacSwain found that
the larvae were able to complete their growth on Odynerus pre-
pupae in five weeks but required 17 weeks to develop on pollen.
It is known that as an adult this clerid inhabits flowers (espe-
cially composites), where it feeds on pollen and living insects and
oviposits on the undersides of the capitula. The first-instar larvae
presumably attach themselves to visiting Hymenoptera and are
carried back to the nests. The larva found in the can of pollen was
probably carried to the hive in this manner and then scraped off
by the pollen trap screen. It seems surprising that T richodes larvae
do not more frequently become established in honey bee colonies.
1 U.S.D.A„ Agr. Res. Adm., Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine in
cooperation with the Utah Agricultural Experiment Station.
2 Linsley, E. G., and J. W. MacSwain. Observations on the life history of
Trichodes ornatus (Coleoptera, Cleridae), a larval predator in the nests of
bees and wasps. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 36 (4) :589-601. 1943.
JANUARY, 1952]
SCHLINGER OPSEBIUS
7
THE EMERGENCE, FEEDING HABITS, AND HOST
OF OPSEBIUS DILIGENS OSTEN SACKEN
(Diptera Acroceridae)
Evert I. Schlinger
University of California, Davis
Except for the report by Melander (1902) that the host of
Opsebius pterodontinus Osten Sacken was Agelenopsis naevia
(Walckenaer) (given as Angelena naevia Bose.), biological infor-
mation on this genus of acrocerids is wanting. Therefore the
following notes may be of interest.
Immature female spiders of Hololena curia (McCook) , were col-
lected near Monrovia, Los Angeles County, California, on February
1, 1950. On March 20th at 10:02 p.m., while feeding this group of
field-collected spiders, I noticed one individual spinning a web
which resembled a protective moulting web, although the spider
did not have the darkened appendages which are characteristic of
the pre-moulting condition. The finished web completely sur-
rounded the spider, which left just enough space on the inside for
it to change its position. The spider then assumed this attitude:
it placed its legs firmly upon the dorsal surface of the moulting web,
with the ventral side of the abdomen facing upwards. It appeared
nervous, making many jerking motions after which a swath of silk
was added to the already heavily coated webbing.
At 10:44 p.m. the spider’s abdomen dropped as if by an un-
controlled movement, and the spider then remained motionless for
three minutes after which the parasitic larva emerged as follows:
a very small hole appeared on the ventral surface of the spider’s
abdomen along the epigastric furrow, slightly to the left of the
longitudinal median line. This hole then enlarged along the furrow,
and the posterior part of the larva was seen to emerge. The larva
remained colorless for a period of thirty seconds, at the end of
which time fat bodies began to appear, and seemed to be pushed
out in rhythmic motions. Large proturberances soon appeared as
pseudopods bearing setae at their apices. Two rather long, dorsal,
caudal spiracles appeared, disappeared and reappeared in an even
respiratory count. These spiracles were visable for about twenty
minutes at which time they seemed to disappear completely. The
emergence of the larva seemed to be aided by the rhythmic con-
tractions of its body, and during this period the visible portion of
the larva protruding from the host noticeably increased in size.
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
The larva withdrew just enough to attach the posterior part of its
body to the host’s webbing, and then partially re-entered the host’s
abdomen. Four sets of setae were visible, each set divided into two
rather distinct parts, and the posterior pair held the larva to the
host’s webbing. At 10:52 p.m. the head of the larva was partially
visible through the integument of the spider, and could be seen
feeding on the ventral abdominal surface. The host was apparently
still alive as leg movements persisted.
At 11 :03 p.m. the legs of the spider began to fold in towards its
body, and since the abdomen was greatly shrunken the spider was
assumed to be dead. The mouthparts of the larva were clearly seen
invading the silk glands and other tissues along the ventral surface
of the abdomen. The mouthparts were small (0.5 mm.), black, and
heavily sclerotized. They evidently consisted of two major parts:
a movable plate-like labrum, and a movable “U-shaped” man-
dible. While feeding on the ventral surface, the mouthparts seemed
to move back and forth smoothly in an arc of about 2 mm. At
11 :06 p.m. the external part of the larva measured 6 mm. in length
and 3 mm. in width. The fifth set of setae was visible as the larva
forced part of its body out, leaving the spider attached to the
webbing by its left foreleg only.
At 11:12 p.m. the larval head was seen probing the tissues of
spinnerets and this region was the site of intense feeding ac-
tivity, with the larva entering and re-entering this tissue about eight
times. While feeding, the mouthparts moved up and down at the
rate of 2.5 movements per second. This rate continued, with little
rest, throughout the entire feeding period. By 11:33 p.m., the
normally brownish pigment of the spider’s abdomen seemed to be
almost white, with the exception of the spinnerets and the epigas-
trum. From 11:33 p.m. to 12:25 a.m. the larval head was seen
invading tissues in the cephalothoracic region for the first time.
After fifteen minutes of feeding on the nervous and other related
tissues, it began ingesting the contents of the legs.
The following list of numbers refers to figure 1 and will show
the sequence of feeding while in the cephalothoracic region: (2),
(1), (2), (4), (8), (7), (6), (3). The feeding in the above areas
was confined to coxal regions with only intermittent feeding along
the margins of the sternum. Feeding in the following sequence,
(3), (2), (9), (10), (4), (1), (6), (9), (7), (8), (4), (3), (2),
(5), denotes complete evacuation of nearly all the tissue and total
JANUARY, 1952]
SCHLINGER OPSEB1US
9
Fig. 1. Ventral sternal view (semi diagrammatic) of Hololena curta
(McCook). Numbers refer to feeding sequence of parasite.
collapse of the trochanters, femora, and most of the tissues of the
tibiae as well as the tissues of the pedipalps and chelicerae. This
nearly complete collapse of the legs agrees with King (1916) who
observed for Pterodontia flavipes Gray that, “the cephalothorax
and legs were also eaten out so that the remains resembled a
cast skin.” This was in contrast to Kaston (1937), who observed
for 0 geodes pallidipennis Loew 1 (given as 0 geodes costatus Loew)
that “the cephalothorax and coxae were eaten out as well as the
abdomen, but only the latter was shriveled.”
The total time involved for cephalothoracic feeding apparently
1 According to Sabrosky (1944) Ogcodes costatus Loew is a synonym of
O. pallidipennis Loew.
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
exceeded three hours, as my observations ended at 3:36 a.m. The
total time used for external feeding probably exceeded five hours.
At 8:00 a.m., March 21st, the larva was found separated from
the host and was adjusting itself to the protective webbing. All five
sets of setae were fastened to the protective webbing and many
small droplets, which were apparently exuded from the oral orifice,
were seen on the webbing where the setae were attached, and also
in places not adherent to the larva. During the day, the larva was
observed many times stretching out and reaching a length which
was about two times its original stationary length. The larva be-
came motionless on March 22nd, and measured 6.5 mm. in length.
On March 23rd, a rather long (7 mm., black coiled meconium
appeared adhering to the caudal segment. On March 24th the larva
pupated, the pupa being light brown and growing darker in color,
until March 29th when the adult emerged. The parasite, a male,
measured 4.5 mm. in length. The imago was then placed in a large
cage (15" x 20" x 36") which was placed outside the laboratory-
under natural conditions. The specimen died April 29, 1950, thus
showing an actual adult longevity of 30 days. The temperature and
humidity conditions until the emergence had been fairly constant,
die temperature being near 70° F., and the relative humidity near
60%. The temperatures under natural conditions varied from 45° F
to 65° F with a relative humidity slightly lower than was recorded
in the laboratory.
Another male O. diligens was reared from the same host species
under the same conditions on April 21, 1950. This specimen died
on May 29, 1950 (longevity 38 days) .
Several other rearings of 0. diligens from Hololena curta were
obtained under extremely unfavorable conditions and gave the
following longevity records:
1. ) The host was collected near Davis, Yolo County, California,
February 20, 1949. The larva emerged March 11th. The imago, a
female, emerged March 24th and died April 3, 1949 (longevity
10 days) .
2. ) The host was collected at Davis, Yolo County, California,
March 22, 1949. The larva emerged April 23rd. The imago, a
female, emerged May 5th and died May 9, 1949 (longevity 4 days) .
3. ) The host was collected in the foothills near Monrovia, Los
Angeles County, California, April 26, 1949. The larva emerged
May 9th. The imago, a female, emerged May 20th and died May
SCHLINGER OPSEBIUS
11
JANUARY, 1952]
29, 1949 (longevity 9 days).
4. ) The host was collected in the foothills near Monrovia, Los
Angeles County, California, April 26, 1949. The larva emerged
May 17th. The imago, a male, emerged May 25th and died June 6,
1949 (longevity 12 days).
5. ) The host was collected at Glendale, Los Angeles County,
California, April 28, 1949. The larva emerged May 18th. The
imago, a male, emerged May 26th and died June 11, 1949 (lon-
gevity 16 days) .
The average longevity for these five specimens was 10 days. This
short span was probably due to unfavorable rearing conditions.
SUMMARY
The emergence and external feeding of Opsebius diligens Osten
Sacken on its host Hololena curia (McCook) is given in detail.
The external feeding exhibited by this parasite is believed to be
unique among parasitic Diptera. The formation of a protective web
by the host spider prior to the emergence of the parasite is thought
to be due to some sort of internal pressure applied by the internal
larva in a specific region of the spider’s body which in turn forces
the production and spinning of the silk. This webbing serves as an
excellent cocoon for the protection of the developing parasite. It
was found that the host remained alive for nearly fifteen minutes
after the emergence of the parasitic larva.
The total length of time observed for the external feeding of
the larva was four hours and forty-nine minutes with five hours
or more of actual feeding probably required.
The longevity of the two specimens reared under favorable
conditions reached 30 and 38 days respectively. The longevity of
the five specimens reared under unfavorable conditions averaged
only 10 days.
The writer wishes to thank Dr. R. L. Doutt and Dr. R. M.
Bohart for their helpful suggestions and criticisms of this paper,
and Dr. W. J. Gertsch for determining the host spider.
References Cited
Kaston, B. J.
1937. Notes on dipterous parasites of spiders. Jour. New York Ent.
Soc., 45(3-4) :415-420, Text figs., 1-5.
King, J. L.
1916. Observations on the life history of Pterodontia flavipes Gray.
Diptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 9(3) :309-321, pis. XV, XVI.
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
Melander, A. L.
1902. Notes on the Acroceridae. Entomological News, 13(6) :178-182,
1 text fig.
Sabrosicy, C. W.
1944. A revision of the American spider parasites of the genera Ogcodes
and Acrocera. American Midland Naturalist, 31:385-413.
A THIRD MEXICAN SPECIES OF GENUCHINUS
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae)
Edwin C. Van Dyke
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco
Genuchinus grandis Van Dyke, new species
Black, subopaque, feebly shining, without maculations and without con-
spicuous punctures above except on basal portion of scutellum. Head with
front very minutely and sparsely, indistinctly punctured, the general surface
alutaceous; clypeal margin broadly, evenly arcuate and reflexed, shining,
feebly asperate laterally, and slightly elevated at middle. Prothorax narrowly
constricted at apex, producing small right-angled front angles, sides diverging
from front to middle, thence almost straight or feebly converging to the
broadly rounded hind angles; base somewhat bilobed, side margin narrow in
front, broader behind and continuing along the base but interrupted at
middle ; disc without impressions except a vague median longitudinal groove
near base, practically impunctate, a few very minute, scattered punctures
only observable. Scutellum large, somewhat depressed at base and coarsely
punctured, acutely prolonged backwards and with a well-marked median
longitudinal carina at apex. Elytra a third broader than prothorax and two
and a fourth times as long; shoulders well rounded; sides feebly sinuate
behind humeri, thence somewhat arcuate and a bit narrowed to well rounded
apices; disc flat, subopaque or slightly shining with a few minute scattered
punctures (only observable under high magnification) and with sides feebly
wrinkled at middle third, pygidium with a few scattered shallow punctures;
pro-pygidium finely and transversely rugose and with a small impression at
middle of its hind margin. Undersurface: submentum large, transverse in
front, rounded at sides, a bit pointed behind and with sides irregularly
elevated; metasternum shallowly, umbilicately and irregularly punctured; all
femora rather coarsely punctured, front tibia with a well defined tooth beyond
middle of outer margin, and apex pointed and the four posterior tibiae each
with a small, sharp spur at middle. Length 23 mm., breadth 9 mm.
Holotype , a unique specimen collected at La Mesa de la Puer-
cos, 8,000 ft. alt., 12 miles west of Yahualica, Jalisco, Mexico,
Aug. 10, 1950, by Andrew Brown, and by him kindly presented to
the California Academy of Sciences. This fine species differs from
the two previously described Mexican species, G. V -notatus West-
wood and G. velutinus Westwood, by being almost twice as large,
of a uniform black color, more or less smooth above, without
maculations and without conspicuous punctures above.
JANUARY, 1952]
OMAN ERRHOMUS
13
THREE NEW ERRHOMUS, WITH A KEY TO
THE SPECIES
(Homoptera: Cicadellidae)
P. W. Oman
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research
Administration, United States Department of Agriculture
In connection with the identification of a species of Errhomus
from the State of Washington, I reviewed the material of this little-
collected group which has accumulated since my earlier study of
the genus (Proc. U. S. National Museum, 85 (3036) : 169-173,
1938). This study revealed the existence of three previously un-
recognized species, which are described herein, as well as the mis-
identification of some of the material reported upon in the earlier
paper. Since the number of species has been doubled it also seems
desirable to present a revised key for their differentiation.
Errhomus wolfei Oman, new species
Resembling E. lineatus (Baker) and E. montanus (Baker), but
averaging slightly larger than either and the males usually heavily
marked with fuscous. Dorsal process of aedeagus short and quad-
rate in lateral view and distal aedeagal processes not coarsely
serrate. Length of male 7 mm., of female 7-8 mm.
Male sordid yellowish brown heavily marked with brown and fuscous
on head and thorax, face black excepting irregular lateral areas and small
pale maculae on front; forewing fuscous, veins and narrow bordering areas
pale. Female pale sordid yellow with irregular pale brown to fuscous macu-
lations. Crown of male nearly twice as long medially as next eye, that of
female about two and one-half times as long medially as next eye. Male
macropterous, female hrachypterous. Nymps resembling female in general
form and coloration.
Aedeagus stout, curved in same arc as styles, with short, keel-like,
subquadrate process basally dorsad of shaft; shaft broad, rather flat, with a
short terminal digitate process above gonopore and paired lateral processes
as illustrated in figs. A and B ; gonopore terminal.
Holotype male from Wenatchee, Washington, May 10, 1949.
Numerous paratypes of both sexes and nymphs from Wenatchee
taken on various dates from April 15 to June 15 in 1949 and 1950.
Other material is at hand from Wenatchee Heights, Monitor, Cash-
mere and Dry den, Washington. All specimens excepting a pair from
Dryden collected by Homer R. Wolfe. The specimens from Dry den,
collected by Melander, were previously reported as lineatus. Types
and paratypes in the U. S. National Museum (No. 60897), para-
types in collection of Mr. Wolfe.
14
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
I take pleasure in naming this species for Homer R. Wolfe of
the Washington State College Tree Fruit Experiment Station, who
encountered it during the course of his work and to whom I am
indebted for numerous specimens and interesting observations on
its biology. According to Mr. Wolfe the species lives on Balsamorr-
hiza sagittata Nuttall, the nymphs first being observed during the
first week of April. The first male was observed a short time later,
and many cast skins could be found on both sides of the leaves.
Copulation was noted during the first week of May. Mr. Wolfe
reports that these leafhoppers are alert and can be seen running
to the opposite sides of the leaves while the observer is still ten to
fifteen feet away. When the plant is disturbed the males fly and the
females and nymphs either crawl to the underside of the leaves or
jump to the ground and hide in the grass.
Errhomus similis Oman, new species
Superficially identical with E. lineatus (Baker) but dorsal
aedeagal process much shorter than shaft and distal processes with
secondary spine-like projections. Close to E. wolfei in aedeagal
characters. Length of $ 5.75 mm.
Color and form as in E. lineatus but available specimens slightly smaller
than representatives of that species. Female presumably brachypterous and of
the E. lineatus type.
Aedeagus curved in same arc as styles, with a small keel-like process
basally dorsad of shaft; shaft relatively slender, with a short digitate process
at apex and a pair of lateral processes as illustrated in fig. C; gonopore
subterminal on caudo-ventral aspect of shaft.
Holotype male and one male paratype from Yakima, Washing-
ton, April 18, 1930, S. E. Crumb. One male paratype from Ellen-
burg, Wash., Oct. 17, 1929, S. E. Crumb. One male and one female
specimen from Ritzville, Wash., May 19, 1922, M. C. Lane, pre-
viously identified as E. lineatus, are probably E. similis, as is a
specimen in the University of Kansas collection taken near Dufur,
Oregon, May 5, 1938. These specimens differ slightly from those in
the type series in the number and arrangement of the secondary
spine-like projections on the lateral processes, but the general
structure of the aedeagus is like that of the Yakima material. Type
and paratypes in the U. S. Museum (No. 60898) .
Errhomus filamentus Oman, new species
Less robust than E. wolfei , and the aedeagus with paired basal
ventral accessory processes. Length of male 8 mm.
JANUARY, 1952]
OMAN ERRHOMUS
15
Color sordid yellowish brown, irregularly mottled with brown and fuscous
marks. Forewing suffused with pale brown, marked with fuscous along veins;
veins pale, occasionally interrupted with fuscous or brown. Crown bluntly
triangular anteriorly, median length about one and one-half times length next
eye. Male macropterous, female presumably brachypterous.
Aedeagal shaft rather flat, broad basally, gradually narrowed to about
half its basal width at apex, slightly recurved, bearing a pair of recurved,
acuminate processes distally (fig. D), gonopore subterminal on dorsal side
of shaft; accessory processes slightly shorter than shaft, subparallel to shaft,
attenuate. Style with short dentate process on ventro-lateral surface at about
middle of distal portion.
Described from a single male from Oregon Caves, Oregon,
July 19, 1923, F. H. Wymore. Type in collection of California
Academy of Sciences.
Key to the Species of Errhomus
A. Eyes somewhat bulbous. Very robust species, males subbrachypterous.
Shaft of aedeagus broad in lateral view oregonensis (Baker)
AA. Eyes not bulbous. Relatively slender species, the males macropterous.
Shaft of aedeagus slender in lateral view.
B. Lateral processes at apex of aedeagus neither serrate nor with secondary
spine-like projections.
C. Aedeagus with paired ventral accessory processes arising from base
filamentus Oman
CC. Aedeagus with a single dorsal accessory process arising from base.
lineatus (Baker)
BB. Lateral processes at apex of aedeagus either serrate or with secondary
spinelike projections.
D. Lateral aedeagal processes with secondary spine-like projections.
E. Males more than 6.5 mm. long. Gonopore terminal
wolfei Oman
EE. Males less than 6 mm. long. Gonopore subterminal on caudo-ventral
aspect of shaft similis Oman
DD. Lateral aedeagal processes irregularly serrate on exterior margins
- obesa Beamer
filamentus
Fig. 1. A, caudo-ventral, and B, lateral view of distal part of aedeagus
of Errhomus wolfei ; C, lateral view of distal part of aedeagus of E. similis;
D, caudo-ventral view of distal part of aedeagus of E. filamentus.
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, xVO. 1
A NEW GALL MIDGE PEST OF TOYON BERRIES
(Diptera: Itonididae)
A. Earl Pritchard
University of California, Berkeley
Toyon or Christmas berry, Photinia arbutifolia (Ait.) Lindl., is
a native California shrub that is often planted as an ornamental
because of its large clusters of red berries. Gall midge larvae may
feed in the berries and prevent them from developing. L. W. Swan,
in connection with a study of the insects on toyon, recently reared
adults of this midge. They represent a new species, and it is de-
scribed in order to provide a name for use in connection with the
biological studies.
Asphondylia photmiae Pritchard, new species
Photiniae resembles most other North American species of the
genus Asphondylia by having three palpal segments. No morpho-
logical characters have been used by previous workers to dis-
tinguish these species, and each is regarded as being host specific.
Male — Eye bridge very broad. Palpus three segmented, the first very
short, the second several times as long as broad, the third long, slender, and
narrowing at distal end. Flagellum with 12 segments, the more distal segments
slightly decreasing in size. Mesonotum dark brown with geminate, pale and
setose median vittae and a pale, setose lateral margin; scutellum brown,
densely setose. Wings pale brownish. Claw simple, strongly curved near distal
end; empodium moderately broad, as long as claws. Abdomen moderately
clothed with short curved setae. Hypopygium with tenth tergite very deeply
and triangularly bilobed; tenth sternite widened from base to middle, nar-
rowing beyond middle, and narrowly and deeply emarginate mediodistally ;
tegmen slender, acutely angulate distally and extending well beyond tenth
segment; basiforceps with apodeme slender and parallel sided except for
broad, rounded expansion near origin; distiforceps short and plump, with
two strong teeth distally. Length of body 3 mm. ; length of wing 3.5 mm.
Female — Similar to male, the flagellum, however, with distal segments
strongly shortened, the terminal segment broader than long and with a small
distal nipple. Unextended opipositor about one-half as long as abdomen.
Length of body, excluding extensible portion of ovipositor 3.5 mm. ; length
of wing 4 mm.
Holotype: Male, Palo Alto, California, May 14, 1951 (L. W.
Swan), reared from toyon fruit; in the Pritchard collection.
Paratypes: Eight males, eight females, Palo Alto, California,
April 7 and May 14, 1951 (L. W. Swan), reared from toyon fruit.
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
17
NEW SPECIES AND NOTES ON CALIFORNIA MAYFLIES
( Ephemeroptera )
W. C. Day
1021 Hubert Road, Oakland, California
During the years 1948, 1949 and 1950, the writer and his wife,
Helen L. Day, made numerous short expeditions, collecting Mayflies
on the streams of northern California. Much of the area worked lies
on the western slope of the Coast Range or above the 5,000 ft.
level of the Sierra Nevada, where low temperatures after sundown
make collecting at light unproductive. By collecting and rearing
nymphs, however, it has been possible to make positive associations
between nymph and adult. In the present paper several new species
are described, and descriptions given for a few unknown nymphs or
adults of known species. Also, drawings are supplied for several
known species where additional detail seems desirable or necessary.
E. C. Van Dyke, E. S. Ross and Hugh B. Leech of the California
Academy of Sciences have been most considerate in offering facili-
ties and counsel based on their extensive experience. Mr. Leech has
joined us on field trips and has been an unfailing source of encour-
agement and guidance.
Several years ago a fortunate acquaintance was made with
George F. Edmunds, Jr., of the University of Utah. Mr. Edmunds
has given most generously of his time and wide knowledge of the
Ephemeroptera; he has supplied many comparison specimens,
checked identifications and descriptions, and made generally avail-
able his understanding of this group.
Through the kindness of Henry Dietrich and W. J. Brown,
numerous loans of specimens from the Cornell University collection
and the Canadian National collection respectively, have been made
available to me for comparison purposes. A suggestion from Robert
L. Usinger of the University of California resulted in securing the
fine illustrations given as part of this paper; they were drawn at the
British Museum (Natural History) by Arthur Smith.
Paraleptophlebia helena Dav, new species
(Plate I)
Male imago (in alcohol)
Head: Piceous with yellow brown stripe on vertex. Clypeus yellow brown.
Compound eyes contiguous, upper portions pale orange and lower portions
black. Ocelli milky white. Basal segments of antennae yellow brown; fila-
ments smoky with white tips. Thorax: Pronotum medium black brown. Me-
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
sonotum deep red brown with anterior portion and postero-lateral areas black
brown; wide pale band anterior to scutellum, and bordered laterally with pale
yellow. Metanotum smoky, scutellum yellow. Sternum red brown with wide yel-
low band across prosternum. Legs: Coxae and trochanters of all legs pale brown
with blackish markings. Foreleg uniformly yellow brown with black femoro-
tibial joint. Middle and hind legs somewhat paler. All claws pale. Wings:
Entirely suffused with deep red brown. Subcosta and costal brace of forewing
pale yellow brown ; all other veins of both wings well defined and dark brown.
Abdomen: Tergite 1 opaque medium brown with black posterior margin.
Tergites 2-7 with one-fifth to one-third in anterior portion hyaline; vague wide
median hyaline stripe bordered on each side with submedian black lines;
posterior halves of tergites 2-7 with large, pale, almost hyaline areas, one on
each side, bordered with black brown; postero-lateral areas surfaced with
black. Segments 8-10 opaque orange yellow. All tergites with black posterior
margins. Stemites 2-7 semi-hyaline and pale red brown with anterior margins
hyaline ; a pair of short, oblique hyaline dashes on each sternite. Pleural fold
broadly hyaline with wide, dark geminate line above. Black dot on spiracles
of segments 2-7. Small black U-shaped mark on each tergite just above
geminate line, opening forward. Genitalia: Forceps opaque yellow in basal
third of long segment; remainder smoky. A large lobe at base of first segment
of forceps. Tails: Dark brown, narrowly black at each joining. Size: Body
9 mm. long; forewing 9.5 mm.; tails 13.5 mm.; foreleg 11 mm.
Female imago (in alcohol)
Head: Yellowish-white with extensive black markings; black dashes from
anterior end of median carina to each lateral ocellus; wide black W-shaped
mark based on median ocellus and encompassing lateral ocelli; frontal mar-
gin dark brown. Ocelli white. Compound eyes black and widely separated.
Thorax: Mesonotum yellow brown with pale areas anterior to and laterad of
scutellum ; antero-lateral margins narrowly white. Metanotum yellowish-white
with blackish posterior margins. Legs: As in male imago, slightly paler.
Coxae and trochanters marked with black. Wings: As in male imago. Abdo-
men : All segments opaque; ground color pale yellow, widely marked with
thin black surfacings. Tergites 2-7 with narrow anterior and wide posterior
pale margins except for blackish areas in postero-lateral corners. Also, at
each postero-lateral margin, a strong black line crosses pleural fold, extending
one-third the distance up toward median line of tergite, and one-quarter the
distance down toward median line of sternite ; joined to this line is another,
extending at right angles along the pleural fold about one-third the distance
toward anterior margin. Narrow median pale stripe on tergites bordered on
each side by wider dark line. Tergite 10 largely dark. Sternites somewhat
paler than ground color of tergites, with central portion of posterior margins
pale. Ganglionic areas of sternites pale ; sternites 1-7 each with a pair of short,
pale submedian dashes near anterior margin. Posterior margin of sternite
7 thickened and immediately beyond the opening of the egg valve is a large,
circular brown median spot on sternite 8. Pleural fold as in male. Spiracles
marked with a black L-shaped mark. Emargination of subanal plate shallow.
Tails: Dark brown, narrowly darker at joinings. Size: Body and forewing of
$ imago 0.5 mm. longer than $ imago.
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
19
Nymph (in alcohol)
Head: Vertex whitish from straight posterior margin of head to lateral
ocelli ; a wide black V-shaped mark from the black compound eyes to median
ocellus; in front of median ocellus a wide white quadrangle, bordered on
anterior and lateral edges by a narrow black line. Frontal and lateral margins
of head semi-transparent red brown. Antennae 3 mm, long; the two basal
segments dark brown, with filaments smoky. A pair of smooth, ivory colored,
pointed and incurved mandibular tusks extend forward from head 1.2 mm.
Thorax: Pronotum yellowish-white, broadly marked with red brown in
anterior and lateral portions. In the mature nymph the scutum of the con-
tained subimago is clearly seen as a black bordered dark brown area with
wide white median stripe widened into white circular areas at each end.
Sclerites of sternum red brown, sutures white. Legs: All femora and tibiae
yellow white. Femora with large brown spot on frontal edge one-quarter dis-
tant from apical end. Tibiae with wide dark brown subapical bands; fomoro-
tibial joints dark brown. All tarsi brown, darker in the basal half. Claws of
foreleg with 22 to 26 denticles. Abdomen: Dorsum with pale yellow pattern
showing through thin surfacing of black as shown in Plate I, fig. 4. Sternites
light yellow with narrow black anterior margins. Lateral extensions of all
segments margined with black. Gills: Bifid narrowly lanceolate, largest on
segments 2-6, smaller on 7, and quite small on 1. Gills divided very close to
base; tracheae without branchlets. Tails: Pale, with whorls of minute spines
and longer hairs at each joining. Size: Body 9.5 mm. long; tails 8 mm.
Holotype: Male imago; collected by Helen L. Day on Mill
Creek, Venado Road, Sonoma County, California, in October,
1949; in collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Allo-
type: Female imago; same data; in collection of California Acad-
emy of Sciences. Paratypes : 2 cf imagoes, 2 $ imagoes, 2 nymphs
in collection of California Academy of Sciences; 1 cf imago, 1 $
imago, 1 nymph in collection of G. F. Edmunds, Jr., 21 cf imagoes,
5 $ imagoes, and 35 nymphs in author’s collection.
The male adult of P. helena is distinguished from other Para-
leptophlebia spp. having nymphs with tusked mandibles, by the
deep brown wings. From P. zayante (see below), P. helena can be
separated also by the slimmer abdomen and legs and greater deli-
cacy of the parts of the latter. The nymph of P. helena has longer
and straighter mandibular tusks than those of P. zayante. The
emargination of the subanal plate of the female adult of P. helena
is shallow and semi-circular, while that of P. zayante is more deep
and narrow.
The nymph was found only on well-aged leaves in quiet, shoal
portions of a rapid, small spring-fed stream having a temperature
of 48-50° F. Mating flight of the adults begins about one hour
before sunzet. Association of nymph and adult was established
through rearing.
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
Paraleptophlebia zayante Day, new species
(Plate II)
Male imago (in alcohol)
Head: Black brown with frontal shelf hyaline; median carina, basal
sclerite of antennae and dot on vertex, pale yellow. Ocelli white. Compound
eyes contiguous; upper portion pale orange and lower portion black. Thorax:
Pronotum dark red brown with black markings at postero-lateral corners.
Mesonotum medium brown with narrow black lateral margins; median and
submedian sutures and large postero-lateral areas, pale yellow; scutellum
dark brown, anterior to this, a large pale area. Metanotal scutellum pale with
narrow dark brown posterior margin. Sternum pale yellow brown. Legs: Uni-
formly light red brown with tarsi darker. Femoro-tibial joint black. Wings:
Faintly milky white very lightly tinted with palest brown in stigmatic area of
forewing. Long veins of forewing and hindwing pale yellow brown, becoming
lighter toward rear margins. Crossveins of forewing very fine and pale brown,
becoming lighter toward rear margin. Crossveins of hindwing light brown from
costa to Ri, others colorless. Abdomen: Segments 1, 8 and 9, and posterior half
of 7 opaque. Tergites 2-6 hyaline yellow patterned with a thin surfacing of
black; anterior margins are clear hyaline and posterior margins hyaline
yellow; narrow hyaline median stripe bordered by wide submedian black
lines; laterad of these black lines are wide hyaline lines; laterad of these
hyaline lines are large dark areas with a pale area in the center of each.
Pleural fold marked for its entire length by a broad, faint dark line. Each
spiracle marked with a black dot. The postero-lateral corner with a short,
dark line extending upward, and another as short extending forward. Sternites
2-7 hyaline yellow, each with a well-defined central dark brown ganglionic
area; a pair of dark dots on each sternite. Genitalia: Forceps deep golden
brown at base, paling distally; large lobe at base of first segment. Reflex
spurs present on penes. Tails: Bright red brown entire length, narrowly pale
at each joining. Size: Body 10 mm. long; forewing 10 mm; tails 12.5 mm.;
foreleg 10 mm.
Female imago (in alcohol)
Head: As in male except compound eyes are small and widely separated.
A wide chalky white band across the occipital region from eye to eye. Thorax:
Notum and sternum as in male, slightly darker. Legs: As in male, slightly
darker. Wings: Clear hyaline. Stigmatic area of forewing brown tinted. All
veins of both wings as in male, slightly coarser and darker. Abdomen: Seg-
ments 1-7 pale red brown, translucent; 8-10 opaque. Tergites heavily surfaced
with black wash; maculation same as male. Sternites as in male except that
ganglionic areas are outlined only in dark brown. Tails: As in male imago,
darker. Size: Body 10 mm. long; forewing 11.4 mm.; tails 12.5 mm.; foreleg
6 mm.
Nymph (in alcohol)
Head: Heavily washed with blackish-brown, a pale area below median
ocelli; entire vertex pale. The two basal segments of antennae pale smoky;
filaments yellow. A pair of smooth, yellowish, strongly incurved tusks of the
mandible extend forward beyond the head. Thorax: Notum yellowish, mottled
with black. Sternum yellowish, each of the three segments strongly marked
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
21
with large black ganglionic area. Legs: All segments yellowish-white, each
widely banded with brown; femoro-tibial joints dark brown. 18-22 denticles
on fore claw. Abdomen: Tergites show pale yellow pattern through surfacing
of black, as shown in Plate II, fig. 5. Sternites pale, widely washed with black
close to lateral margins, each with black ganglionic area. Gills: Bifid, lanceo-
late and divided to base; tracheae black, short and scattered. Tails: Pale,
joinings narrowly black. Size: Body 10 mm. long; tails 9 mm.
Holotype: Male imago; collected by the author on Zayante
Creek, Santa Cruz County, California during October, 1950; in
the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Allotype:
Female imago; same data; in collection of California Academy of
Sciences. Paratypes : All topotypical: 2 <$ imagoes and 2 $ imagoes
in collection of California Academy of Sciences; 1 <$ imago, 1 $
imago, 1 nymph in collection of G. F. Edmunds, Jr.; 7 c? imagoes,
5 9 imagoes and 15 nymphs in author’s collection; all collected in
October, 1950.
The male adult of this new species is distinguished from the
closely related P. helena by the pale wings, as well as the genitalia;
the prominent dark ganglionic marks of the sternum are completely
lacking in P. helena. The mandibular tusks of the mature nymph of
P. zayante compared to those of P. helena are one-lhird shorter,
and are heavier and more curved. Nymphs were found in quieter
water of running stream, on leaves and branches. Nymphs were
intermingled with those of P. dehilis Walker only, the latter being
much more numerous. Association of nymph and adult was estab-
lished through rearing.
Paraleptophlebia quisquilia Day, new species
(Plate IV, figures 6, 7)
Male imago (in alcohol)
Head: Pitchy dark brown with yellow median carina. Clypeus yellow
hyaline with anterior edge black brown. Vertex with wide full-length median
brown stripe. Thorax: Pronotum smoky marked with brown; anterior margin
black. Mesonotum reddish black brown with black sutures and margins;
somewhat paler before the scutellum. Legs: All coxae dark red brown with
black pencilings. Fore femur and tibia pale red brown. Femora and tibiae
of legs 2 and 3, palest yellow. All tarsi white. W / ings: Vitreous. Long veins
of forewing faintly marked with gray, those toward hind margin becoming
paler. Subcosta of hindwing gray; all other veins of both wings pale. Abdo-
men: Tergites 2-7 hyaline yellow, thinly washed with black; dark, poorly
marked triangles in antero-lateral areas ; posterior margins each with a thin,
sharp black line; from each postero-lateral corner a narrow black line extends
forward above pleural fold a very short distance, then runs obliquely upward
hall way to anterior margin. Segments 8-10 same color as mid-sections, but
opaque. Sternites 1-7 each with a pair of submedian oblique hyaline dashes
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
starting from anterior margins, and each with a pair of submedian hyaline
small spots. Tails: Smoky yellow, narrowly darker at joinings. Size: Body
6.3 mm. long; forewing 7 mm.; tails 12 mm.; foreleg 6 mm.
Female imago (in alcohol)
Body: Color uniformly pale yellow brown, tergites very lightly surfaced
with black. Legs: Foreleg pale yellow, femur faintly smoky and with black
hair-lines extending almost full length of segment; one hair line central on
anterior surface and the other marking the dorsal edge. Legs 2 and 3 white,
tarsi smoky. Fore tarsus black, contrasting strongly with other leg segments.
Size: Body 6.7 mm. long; forewing 7 mm.; tails 12 mm.
Nymph (in alcohol)
Head: Pale yellow with labrum and fronto-clypeal area dark red brown;
area between ocelli and lateral margins widely dark. Thorax: Pale yellow,
lightly washed with black. Legs: Pale, all segments light brown in the middle.
Coxae largely light brown. Claws yellow, fore claw bearing 16 denticles.
Abdomen: Tergites 2-7 with conspicuous small submedian pale areas at
anterior margin ; starting at the edge of these pale spots, a wide, curved
dark stripe joins posterior margin just above postero-lateral corner; posterior
margins of all tergites broadly dark. Tergites 8-10 pale with some dark mark-
ings. Sternites pale yellow with posterior margins faintly dark across the
median section, these becoming strongly dark as they approach the lateral
margins. Segments 8 and 9 bear postero-lateral spines. Gills: Broadly lanceo-
late, divided almost to the base. Tracheae black and without branchlets.
Tails: Yellow, unmarked at joinings. Size: Body 6 mm. long; tails 9 mm.
Holotype: Male imago; collected on Middle Creek, Lake
County, California, May 28, 1949; in collection of California
Academy of Sciences. Allotype: Female imago; same data; in col-
lection of California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes : Two cT
imagoes, 3 $ imagoes and 4 nymphs in author’s collection. Same
data as holotype.
The association of nymph and adult was established through
rearing.
This species is the smallest Paraleptophlebia found to date in
California. Adult males cannot go beyond couplet 12 in Traver’s
key to the species of Paraleptophlebia (1935. Biology of Mayflies,
p. 512) , as the tails are not ringed at the base. However, the tails of
P. californica Traver often lack rings at the base, and P. quisquilia
the new species, might be considered closest in relationship to P.
californica; apart from the differences in maculation, the difference
of form of the genitalia of the two species serve to separate them.
The cleft between the penes of P. californica is notably deep and
wide, while that of P. quisquilia is very small by comparison. The
type locality is 4.5 miles upstream, by road, from the town of Upper
Lake.
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY — MAYFLIES
23
Ameletus imbellis Day, new species
(Plate V, figures 2, 5 and 5a)
Male imago (in alcohol)
Head: Face and clypeus black brown; median carina light brown; vertex
pale. Ocelli milky white ringed with black at base. Compound eyes nearly
contiguous; no oblique band across eyes, but lower portions darker gray and
with smaller facets. Thorax: Pronotum black brown with wide anterior and
fine posterior and lateral pale margins. Mesonotum yellow brown with exten-
sive darker lateral areas ; anterior portion, scutellum and median suture, dark
brown; two pale dots before the scutellum. Metanotum pale brown. Pleural
sutures white; sclerites red brown; a wide black line runs obliquely down-
ward from root of forewing. Sternum darker red brown than sclerites of
pleuron. Legs: All coxae pale brown, with dark brown markings; narrowly
margined with black. Fore trochanter and femur dark brown. Fore tibia and
tarsus pale brown. Middle and hind legs pale yellow; joinings of tarsi nar-
rowly black. Wings: Faintly milky, strongly so in stigmatic area of forewing.
All veins in both wings medium brown, a few crossveins of forewing lightly
clouded with brown; humeral brace dark brown. Abdomen: Segments 1, 8
9 and 10 opaque dark brown. Segments 2 and posterior half of 7, translucent
medium brown. Tergites 3-6 are hyaline white with thin, broad dark brown
surfacing in median and posterior areas; posterior margins widely pale.
Sternites 2-7 hyaline yellow white with faint indications of darkened ganglia ;
on sternite 2, a pair of large dark brown median spots near anterior margin.
Genitalia: Stimuli sharp and fine. Second joint of forceps bent strongly
inward near base. Tails: Light brown, joinings pale. Size: Body 12 mm. long;
forewing 11 mm; tails 15 mm.; foreleg 10.5 mm.
Female imago (in alcohol)
Description: Considerably darker than male imago. Notum concolorous
dark brown. Tergites patterned as in male; dark areas more extensive and
purple in tone. Sternites 2-7 hyaline pale purple-rose. Ovipositor very promi-
nent and black in middle. Wing veins thicker and darker than in male imago;
crossveins more heavily clouded; humeral brace black brown. Size: Body
10 mm. long; forewing 10.5 mm.; tails 14 mm.
Nymph
Features of the nymph that can be determined from the cast skin show
tails widely banded with dark in the middle area. Gills with short chitinous
band about one-quarter distant from the dorsal edge.
Holotype: Male imago; collected on Sage Creek, Napa County,
California, April 4, 1950; in collection of California Academy of
Sciences. Allotype: Female imago; same data; in collection of
California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes: 3 <S imagoes from
Sage Creek April 4, 1950; 10 cf imagoes and 8 $ imagoes from
Sage Creek, March 18, 1951; 5 cf imagoes and 7 $ imagoes from
Little Stoney Creek, Colusa County, California, April 21, 1951;
1 o' imago; 1 9 imago; 1 nymph in collection of G. F. Edmunds,
Jr.; others in author’s collection.
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
This species is very close to A. amador Mayo, but can be dis-
tinguished from the latter by the much sharper inward bend of the
second segment of the forceps. The holotype of A. amador and 3
additional paratype <$ imagoes loaned by Dr. Mayo show the
second segment of the forceps to be smoothly and evenly curved
exactly as illustrated in her paper (1939.T51). The appearance of
the sharp inward bend of the second segment of the forceps of
A. imbellis is constant in 20 cf imagoes collected from two different
locations in two separate years.
Ameletus facilis Day, new species
(Plate V, Figures 6 and 6a)
Male imago (in alcohol)
Head: Velvety black brown with small pale spot before lateral ocelli and
fine white circular line around antennal sclerite; narrow pale line on upper-
edge of median carina. Compound eyes dark gray, darker in lower portion and
contiguous above. Thorax: Pronotum velvety black brown with fine white line
on posterior margin and small white areas in postero-lateral corners. Mesono-
tum pale yellow brown with dark shading laterally and in postero-lateral
areas; scutellum yellow brown narrowly margined with black brown; post-
scutellum dark brown. Metanotal scutellum as in mesonotum. Legs: Foreleg
dark brown; tarsus only a shade lighter than other joints. Legs 2 and 3
pale yellow; coxae pale, widely marked with brown and edged with black;
coxal processes mostly dark brown. Wings: Vitreous. Stigmatic area of fore-
wing strongly brown tinted. Brown spot at base of forewing. All veins of both
wings amber; humeral braces amber. Abdomen: Segments 1, 8, 9 and 10
opaque brown. Tergites 2-7 semi-hyaline palest cream with smoky areas on
posterior third, somewhat darker in postero-lateral corners. Tergite 2 almost
entirely pale, with following tergites progressively more broadly darkened,
7 being almost entirely dark brown. Sternites 2-7 semi-hyaline white with
opaque white ganglionic areas. Short, faint central submedian brown dashes
on sternites 1 and 2. Tails: Pale yellow brown, the paler joinings of each
section narrowly margined with dark brown. Size: Body 10.5 mm. long;
forewing 10.5 mm. ; tails 14 mm. ; foreleg 9 mm.
Holotype: Male imago ; collected on Sage Creek, Napa County,
California, April 22, 1950; in collection of California Academy of
Sciences. Allotype: Female imago; collected on Smith Creek, Santa
Clara County, California, April 7, 1951 ; in collection of California
Academy of Sciences. Paratypes : 1 c? imago and 1 $ imago, same
data as holotype, in collection of California Academy of Sciences;
1 c? imago, 1 $ imago, 1 nymph, same data as holotype, in collec-
tion of G. F. Edmunds, Jr.; 10 cT imagoes and 9 $ imagoes from
Smith Creek, April 7, 1951, in author’s collection. Males key to
Ameletus (1935:447), and A. facilis, n. sp. is closely related to
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
25
PLATE I, Paraleptophlebia helena
Fig. 1 genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 2 genitalia, lateral aspect. Fig. 3
mandibles of nymph. Fig. 4 tergites of nymph, 6, 7 and 8. Fig. 5 subanal
plate, female imago. Fig. 6 gills of nymph, 1 and 4.
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
PLATE II, Paraleptophlebia zayante
Fig. 1 genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 2 genitalia, lateral aspect. Fig. 3
mandibles of nymph. Fig. 4 subanal plate, female imago. Fig. 5 tergites of
nymph, 6, 7 and 8. Fig. 6 gills of nymph, 1 and 4.
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
27
Fig. 1 P. packii, forceps, ventral aspect. Fig. la P. packii , terminal joint
of forceps. Fig. 2 P. packii, penes, ventral aspect. Fig. 3 P. packii, geni-
talia, lateral aspect. Fig. 4 P. bicornuta, forceps, ventral aspect. Fig. 5 P.
bicornuta, penes, ventral aspect. Fig. 5a P. bicornuta, reflex spur. Fig. 6 P.
californica, penes, ventral aspect. Fig. 7 P. californica, forceps, ventral aspect.
Fig. 8 P. californica, genitalia, lateral aspect.
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
PLATE IV, Genus Paraleptophlebia
Fig. 1 P. associata, forceps, ventral aspect. Fig. 2 P. associata, penes,
ventral aspect. Fig. 2a P. associata, tip of reflex spur. Fig. 3 P. associata,
genitalia, lateral aspect. Fig. 4 P. genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 5 P. clara,
genitalia, lateral aspect. Fig. 6 P. quisquilia, genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 7
P. quisquilia, genitalia, lateral aspect.
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
29
male imago. Fig. 3 A. dissitus, genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 3a A. dissitus,
penes, lateral aspect. Fig. 4 A. dissitus, genitalia, ventral aspect, showing
distorted penes. Fig. 5 A. imbellis, genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 5a A.
imbellis, left half of penes, ventral aspect. Fig. 6 A. facilis, genitalia, ventral
aspect. Fig. 6a A. facilis, left half of penes, ventral aspect.
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
PLATE VI, Ephemerella glacialis carsona
Fig. 1 nymph, head and thorax, lateral aspect. Fig. 2 forewing, male
imago. Fig. 3 genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 4 tergites of male imago, 2 and 3.
Fig. 5 sternites of male imago, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
31
3
Fig. 1 Ephemerella spinifera, genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 2 Ephemer-
ella cognata, genitalia, ventral aspect. Fig. 3 Ironodes lepidus, labrum of
nymph. Fig. 4 Ironodes lepidus, mandibles of nymph. Fig. 5 Ironodes lepidus,
maxilla of nymph. Fig. 6 Ironodes lepidus, hypopharynx of nymph.
32 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
PLATE VIII
Fig. 1 Ironodes lepidus, labium of nymph. Fig. 2 Isonychia velma, fore-
leg of nymph. Fig. 3 Isonychia velma, fore tibia and tarsus of nymph.
A. aequivocus McDunnough. From the latter species, A. facilis may
be distinguished by details of the genitalia. Comparatively, the
penes of A. facilis are widely separated and clubbed at the apices;
the stimuli are bent outward at right angles at the tips.
Ephemerella glacialis carsona Day, new subspecies
(Plate VI)
Male imago (in alcohol)
Head: Dark yellow brown with black spots in front of compound eyes;
a fine pale median line on vertex bordered on each side by narrow black
lines; ridge of median carina black. Clypeus hyaline brown, emarginated
with deep V-shaped notch at center. Light brown antennae set in white
circles at base. Ocelli milky white, black at bases. Eyes nearly contiguous,
upper portion pale yellow and lower portion black. Thorax: Pronotum dark
yellow brown with median raised ridge finely black. A thin black lateral
ridge halfway between margins extends almost entirely across the breadth of
the segment. Mesonotum red brown, paler on sides; scutellum edged with
black, with narrow median double black line extending forward from tip,
and large median pale area anterior to end of this double line. Pleural
sclerites dark brown, unsclerotized portions widely pale yellow. Sternum some-
what darker red brown than mesonotum. Legs: Foreleg red brown, basal third
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
33
of femur and tarsus paler. Middle and hind legs creamy, apical halves of
femora ruddy brown. All coxae creamy with limited brown markings, each
coxa reinforced strongly with a high, chitinous ridge extending its full length.
Fore trochanter brown, others pale. Wings: Hyaline. Stigmatic area of fore-
wing clouded and faintly brown. Wing veins strong red brown except that
the crossveins between Costa and Ri are entirely pale, with those in the
apical quarter of the forewing faintly brown in this narrow strip. The inter-
caleries of the forewing are pale brown and those of the hindwing mostly
colorless. Long veins of the forewing are pale at the base, as is the costal
vein of the hindwing. Crossveins of stigmatic area of forewing irregularly
anastomosed. Abdomen: Deep ruddy widely marked with creamy white,
sternites slightly darker. A wide creamy line extends the full length of the
pleural fold. Wide creamy posterior margins of each segment give the
abdomen a strongly marked annulate appearance. Tergites 1-8 have similar
patterns, and are as shown in Plate VI, fig. 4. Tergite 9 ruddy with pale
lateral and posterior margins. Sternites as shown in Plate VI, fig. 5. Genitalia:
Styliger plate, penes and first two joints of forceps blackish brown with apical
joint paler. Tails: Deep ruddy brown at base, paling to white at tips; joinings
darker in dark portion only. Size: Body 18 mm. long; forewing 18 mm.; tails
21 mm.; foreleg 13 mm. Percentage of parts to total length of foreleg: femur,
29.3; tibia, 33.2; T t 12.2; T, 12.2; T 3 8.8; T 4 4.3.
Nymph (in alcohol)
Head: No frontal shelf. Five low, rounded tubercles on face, two below
and three between the antennae. Wide, raised median carina, crossed in
middle by another ridge. Occipital tubercles prominent, tapering to a blunt
point. Thorax: Prothorax mottled black brown. Submedian tubercles, three
on each side arranged as follows: the anterior tubercle is high and blunt;
the posterior pair are small and unequal, the median being lower and set
somewhat further forward. The submarginal tubercles, one on each side, are
about two- thirds as high as the anterior submedian tubercles, but much finer.
At the antero-lateral corner, a small marginal spine. Mesonotum mottled black
brown. A short distance behind the anterior margin a narrow, low ridge
extends from median line to antero-lateral corner; on this ridge and just
below the median line is a small tubercle; on same ridge, a small tubercle is
halfway distant from median to lateral margin. The principal mesonotal
submedian tubercles arise from long, low, well-formed ridges, one on each
side. The ridge is higher and much better defined than in E. grandis Eaton,
and lower than in E. glacialis glacialis Traver. The tubercle arising from the
ridge varies from one-third to one-half the height of a well developed tubercle
of E. g. glacialis. The median posterior tubercle is larger than in E. g. glacialis.
Legs: Femora dark red brown, unmodified by teeth or spines, and somewhat
flattened. Tibiae red brown with dark band in center. Tarsi black in proximal
portion. Claws black and with 7-8 spines. Abdomen: Lateral spines well
developed on segments 4-9; much smaller on 3 and lacking on 2. Gills on
segments 3-7. Dorsal spines very prominent; smallest and closest together on
2, larger and further apart on 3, higher and in parallel lines on 4-7 ; all
incurved and backward bent at tips. Spines on 8 and 9 are heavier and 40%
longer than those of 4-7 ; those on segment 8 are stouter than 9, and beset
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
with a few long hairs. Sternites blackish brown with vague wide pale median
stripe on 1-8, and short black submedian dashes from anterior margin, and
curved black dashes near lateral margins. Tails: Alternately black brown and
yellow. Size: Body, 18 mm. long; tails, 12 mm.
Holotype: Male imago; reared from nymph collected by Helen
L. Day at Hangmans Bridge, East Fork Carson River, Alpine
County, California, July 3, 1950; in collection of California
Academy of Sciences, together with nymphal shuck. Paratypes:
1 nymph at California Academy of Sciences; 1 cf imago and 1
nymph in collection of George F. Edmunds, Jr.; 12 nymphs in
author’s collection; all topotypical.
The nymph is dull black brown, sometimes with wide pale
median stripe from vextex to tergite 10. While this subspecies may
prove to be only a variation of typical E. glacialis Traver, the adult
of the latter is unknown, and comparisons of the nymphs with all
the specimens of typical E. glacialis in the Cornell University col-
lection show consistent differences in the height of the mesonotal
tubercles. There is some difference in the height of the mesonotal
tubercles in the Cornell specimens, as is true with the Carson River
nymphs, but the range and the average height of the latter is much
lower. Mr. George F. Edmunds, Jr., of the University of Utah has
examined the material and has concurred with my belief that this
should be named as a subspecies of E. glacialis.
The type locality of E. glacialis is given as Glacier National
Park. Montana, and Eaton’s Nymph No. 2, Revis. Monogr., p. 131,
which is probably the same species, was described from Washing-
ton; this species has not been reported elsewhere. It appears that
sufficient physical separation exists between E. glacialis glacialis
and E. glacialis carsona to permit the subspeciation indicated.
Western Paraleptophlebia Having Nymphs With
Tusked Mandibles
For comparison with P . zayante and P. helena, described above,
George F. Edmunds, Jr., of the University of Utah very kindly
presented me with adult and nymphal specimens of P. packii Need-
ham and P. bicornuta McDunnough. Genitalia drawings of these
two longer -known species are given. Plate III, figures 1, la, 2, 3,
4, 5 and 5a.
Paraleptophlebia californica Traver
(Plate III, figures 6, 7 and 8)
Paraleptophlebia californica Traver, 1934. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc.
50:195.
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
35
After examining the type material from Cornell University
collection, and with additional material available, new genitalia
drawings are given herewith as an aid to the identification of this
species.
Paraleptophlebia associata McDunnough
(Plate IV, figures 1, 2, 2a and 3)
Leptophlebia associata McDunnough, 1924. Canad. Ent. 56:221.
Paraleptophlebia compar Traver, 1934. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. See. 50:193.
The writer has examined the paratype genitalia slide of Para-
leptophlebia associata McDunnough No. 818 in the Canadian Na-
tional Collection, referred to by Dr. James McDunnough (1924:
221) and has examined the types and paratypes of Paraleptophlebia
compar Traver in the Cornell University collection, and believes
that only one species is involved. Leptophlebia associata was trans-
ferred to Paraleptophlebia by Dr. J. R. Traver in 1934. It is the
writer’s belief that P. compar is a synonym of P. associata. The
species is very widespread in northern California, having been
collected by the author in Plumas, Alpine, Sonoma, Napa, Alameda,
San Mateo, Stanislaus and Contra Costa counties, and on Waddell
Creek, Santa Cruz County, the type locality of P. compar.
The coloration of this species, like others of this genus in Cali-
fornia, varies considerably in fresh specimens taken from different
streams, so the details of coloration are of dubious value in descrip-
tions for species with any considerable distribution.
In the species under discussion, the reflex spurs of the penes are
sometimes bent ventrally very sharply, causing them to appear
quite short when viewed from below ; there is considerable variation
as to degree of lateral bending, the more sharply bent appearing
shorter. The reflex spurs of the penes mounted on Slide 818 of the
Canadian National Collection are bent ventrally and laterally quite
strongly.
The published drawing of Slide 818 above referred to does not
show the true appearance of the penes or spurs mounted on this
slide. One important detail omitted is an easily seen “tuck” that
produces a small protuberance at the end of each reflex spur. This
protuberance is seen on Slide 818, all specimens from Cornell Uni-
versity, and ail specimens collected by the present writer; it is
shown on Plate IV, figs. 2 and 2a of this paper.
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
Paraleptophlebia clara McDunnough
(Plate IV, figures 4 and 5)
Leptophlebia clara McDunnough, 1933, Canad. Ent. 65:155.
After examining a paratype of this species from the Canadian
National Collection, and with additional material of the writer’s
collecting available, new genitalia drawings are given herewith as
an aid to identification. When the penes is cleared and mounted,
the large seminal ducts are very prominent and distinctive, and are
seen to be a strong dark purple. The male imago has been found to
be highly variable in color.
Ameletus dissitus Eaton
(Plate V, figures 1, 3, 3a and 4)
Ameletus dissitus Eaton, 1885. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Sec. Ser. Zool. 3:210.
On March 24, 1950, male imagoes of Ameletus dissitus Eaton
were collected on Sage Creek, Napa County, California. The identi-
fication was made positive through the kindness of Mr. D. E. Kim-
mins of the British Museum (Natural History) , who compared two
genitalia slides from the writer’s collection with the mounted geni-
talia of Eaton’s paralectotype of A. dissitus. One important feature
of the genitalia of this species has not been detailed in some prior
drawings, and is shown on Plate V, figs. 3 and 3a; the apical ends
of the stimuli are formed into sharp hooks which are easily seen
and quite distinctive.
On Plate V, fig. 4, there is shown another specimen of A. dis-
situs with the apical ends of the penes fixed in a different position
at the time of death; this example was collected at the same time
and place as those referred to above.
Ephemerella spinifera Needham
(Plate VII, figure 1)
Ephemerella spinifera Needham, 1927. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 20:110.
The undescribed male adult of this species has been reared from
nymphs taken from the East Fork of the Carson River, near Hang-
mans Bridge, Alpine County, California, July 4, 1949. Description
of the male imago (in alcohol) is as follows :
Head: Pale yellow; median portion of face beside the median carina, and
median portion of clypeus darker. Eyes light orange brown in upper portion
with lower portion black. Thorax: Pronotum yellow brown with narrow me-
dian and lateral lines purplish-black. Mesonotum brown yellow, a somewhat
darker and very wide stripe along entire median area ; narrowly purple black
on postero-lateral margins. Wide white bands above base of fore coxae. Basis-
ternum of prothorax light yellow, marked with strong purple brown curved
lines along antero-lateral margin and across posterior margin. Basisternum of
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
37
mesothorax white ; furcisternum dark red brown with white sutures. Legs : All
femora white at base, graduating to deep purple rose apically. Fore tibiae
pink. All other leg segments white. Tarsi faintly marked with smoky. Wings:
Faintly milky, strongly so along the costal strip. All veins dark red brown;
humeral brace milky white. Abdomen: Tergites bright purple rose, anterior
median portions pale. Tergites 4-10 with posterior margins white; marked
with fine median broken black line. A wide white stripe extends full length
of abdomen along pleural fold; postero-lateral corners of all tergites white.
Sternites same shade as tergites; posterior margins widely white. Sternites
2-9 each with a pair of pale curved submedian dashes based on anterior
margin; each sternite with a pair of small pale submedian spots mid-distant
between anterior and posterior margins. Genitalia: Forceps purple rose. Penes
black brown. Tails: Dark purple brown at base, lightening to white apically;
joinings dark red purple. Size: Body 13 mm. long; forewing 15 mm.; tails
16 mm. ; foreleg 12.5 mm.
Ephemerella cognata Traver
(Plate VII, figure 2)
Ephemerella cognata Traver, 1934. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 50:231.
The undescribed adult male of this species has been reared from
nymphs taken from San Gregorio Creek, San Mateo County, June
17, 1950; from Sage Creek in Napa County; from Sonoma Creek
in Sonoma County and from Waddell Creek in Santa Cruz County,
the latter being the type locality. All counties named are in Cali-
fornia. Description of the male adult (in alcohol) is as follows:
Head: Blackish-brown with pale median line on vertex; clypeus and
nasal carina hyaline yellow. Antennal sclerite white. Thorax: Pronotum,
mesonotum and sternum blackish-brown. Pleural sutures paler. Legs: Fore-
leg medium brown. Middle and hind legs white, the apices of the tibiae some-
times faintly brown. Wings: Faintly milky, strongly so in stigmatic areas;
dark brown areas at bases of wings. A long axial cord is present as in
Ephemerella tibialis McDunnough; this cord extends almost to tip of scu-
tellum and then projects backward .3 mm. beyond the scutellum. All veins
are colorless; so completely vitreous that they are easily seen against the
slight milkiness of the wings. Abdomen: Segments 2-7 semi-hyaline yellow
green. Dorsum and sternum concolorous. Tergites with dark posterior margins,
broadest in median area; fine, broken, double, dark median stripe. Sternites
show ganglionic areas as white opaque and/ or hyaline ; small dark spots near
antero-lateral corners. Genitalia: As shown on Plate VII, fig. 2. Tails: Clear
hyaline white, narrowly marked with brownish red at each joining. Size:
Body 7 mm. long; forewing 8 mm.; tails 9 mm.; foreleg 7.5 mm.
Ironodes lf.pidus Traver
(Plate VII, figures 3, 4, 5 and 6; Plate VIII, figure 1)
Ironodes lepidus Traver, 1935. Canad. Ent. 67 :35.
The undescribed nymph of this species has been associated with
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
the male adult through rearing, and drawings of nymphal mouth-
parts are given that may be helpful in the further study of this
genus. Nymphs were collected on a small tributary of Hamilton
Branch, North Fork of Feather River, Plumas County, California,
on May 29, 1950.
In alcohol, the entire dorsum of this nymph is dark red brown.
Before each ocellus, a pale yellow spot. On the pronotum, a fine,
dark raised ridge extends nearly the full width across ; it is parallel
to and one-third the length of the pronotum behind the anterior
margin. Mesonotum vaguely marbled with lighter brown. Basister-
num of prothorax outlined in dark brown on lateral and posterior
margins; a small yellow brown central area. Median area of
mesosternum and metasternum yellow brown ; all other surfaces of
sternum white. On well marked specimens, a small pale spot at the
base of each submedian abdominal spine. Sternites yellow brown
with dark brown lateral streaks; a pair of pale submedian oblique
dashes arise from anterior margin on each sternite. Lamellate
portions of gills dark red brown with central portion white to base;
fibrilliform portions lavender; trachaea of gills not visible in
reflected light. Legs dark red brown with black brown tarsi nar-
rowly banded with yellow at proximal end. Anterior surfaces of
femora with white area in middle, and white line extending to base;
posterior surfaces with wide white stripe from base almost to apical
end.
The nymphs of I. lepidus were found only in very fast water.
Emerging at 2:00 p.m. on Hamilton Branch tributary, they crawled
almost out of water on rough rock, waited for from 3 to 5 minutes,
broke out of the nymphal skin, crawled to a dry portion of rock
and dried the wings for up to 9 minutes before flying to low
branches at the water’s edge.
Isonychia velma Needham
(Plate VIII, figures 2 and 3)
Isonychia velma Needham, 1932. Canad. Ent. 64:273.
The imdescribed nymph has been associated with the male adult
through rearing. This species is very widespread in northern Cali-
fornia, found to date in large rivers such as the Klamath, Trinity,
Russian, and Putah Creek. It has been found always in shallow, fast
riffles, frequently on wood. The body of the mature nymph is as
long as 20 mm. The description of the nymph follows:
JANUARY, 1952]
DAY MAYFLIES
39
Entire body an even tone of darkest yellow brown ; head almost
black. Basal segment of antennae very dark, as is pedicel ; flagellum
dark at base, paling apically. Tergites with faint, narrow pale me-
dian stripe in anterior halves; this stripe is paralleled by a sub-
median pale stripe on each side. Tergites and sternites with fine
black lateral margins and finest black posterior margins; latter
beset with fine, short spinules. Sternites with short, pale oblique
streaks based on median point of anterior margin; just beyond the
posterior ends of these, a series of four small pale spots, two on
each side, are in line across the sternite. Gills pale gray brown with
wide chitinous ridge along lower edge; an interior band of chitin
across the gill one-third distant below the dorsal edge. Fore femur
dark brown with wide pale apical band, and pale area in middle.
Fore tibia pale with wide dark band toward proximal end. Fore
tarsus black brown in proximal half and pale apically. Claws pale
with small black tips. Spur at apical end of fore tibia varies from
two-thirds to full length of fore tarsus; 16-20 spines on each fore
tibia; 8-9 teeth on fore claw, irregularly spaced.
References
Eaton, A. E.
1883-1888. A revisional monograph of the recent Ephemeridae or may-
flies. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Sec. Ser. Zool. 3:1-352, pis. 1-65.
Mayo, Y. K.
1939. New Western Ephemeroptera. Pan-Pacific Ent. 15 (4) : 145-154,
figs. 1-21.
McDunnough, J.
1924. New North American Ephemeridae. Canad. Ent. 56 (9) :221-226,
pi. 5.
1933. New species of North American Ephemeroptera III. Canad. Ent.
65 (7) : 155-158, figs. 1-4.
Needham, J. G.
1927. The Rocky Mountain species of the mayfly genus Ephemerella.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Arner. 20 (1) : 107-117, fig. 1.
1932. Three new American mayflies (Ephemerop.). Canad. Ent. 64 (12) :
273-276, figs. A-C.
Needham, J. G., J. R. Traver and Y. Hsu.
1935. The Biology of Mayflies. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, New
York.
Traver, J. R.
1934. New North American species of mayflies. Jour, of the Elisha
Mitchell Sci. Soc. 50:189-254, pi. 16.
1935. Two new genera of North American Heptageniidae (Ephemerida).
Canad. Ent. 67 (2) :31-38, 6 figs.
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
A NEW SPECIES OF NITIDULID BEETLE FROM CHILE
(Coleoptera)
L. R. Gillogly
State Department of Agriculture, Sacramento, California
Eumystrops chilensis Gillogly, new species
Oval, slightly oblong, convex, shining; clothed with close-lying, silvery-
white, rather long pubescence; individuals vary in color from luteus to
piceus, light colored specimens have metasternum dark and dark markings
on the elytra just behind the middle while the dark specimens have two
light longitudinal marks near the suture anterior to the middle. Head coarsely
punctate. Eyes larger and globular. Antennae, having basal segment little
dilated, second less dilated, third slender equal in length to second, 3 to 8
slender and progressively shorter until 8 which is nearly spherical, club
3-segmented, ovate and compact. Antennal grooves convergent, if extended
they would meet at a point between anterior coxae. Pronotum with width to
length as 1.7 to 1, sides rounded, not narrowing posteriorly, moderately ex-
panded, reflexed, with hind angles bluntly rectangular and projecting back
somewhat, hind edge narrowly margined, feebly bisinuate. Elytra entire,
conjointly rounded, edges reflexed, not serially punctate. Scutellum triangular,
rather small. Pygidium small, completely covered by elytra, closely punctate.
None of the other dorsal segments of the abdomen chitinized. Prosternum
moderately punctate, process slender and somewhat expanded at tip. Meso-
sternum short, carinate in middle beneath prosternal process. Mesocoxae
close together. Metasternum short, equal in length to first two abdominal
segments together, axillary space extending back along episternal suture
about three-fourths of distance to hind coxae, median area somewhat de-
pressed. Hind coxae separated by distance equal to width of second abdominal
segment, abdominal lobe between coxae nearly truncate, on each side a
divergent raised line accentuated by a slight depression along its inner side,
the line extends back across entire width of first abdominal segment diverging
at about 45 degrees from longitudinal axis. Surface of ventral abdominal
segments and metasternum covered with reticulations except for area between
divergent lines on first segment which is completely smooth. Mouthparts:
Labrum bilobed; mandibles, straight and projecting forward, several small
teeth preceding a larger tooth before the tip, grinding surface on inner side
of base; maxillae, lacinia broadly truncate, a definite spur on inner edge,
tip very densely covered with long setae, palpi first segment small, second
short and clavate, third equal to second but more nearly cylindrical, fourth
as long as first three together. Labium: Ligula truncate, armed with long
stout setae; paraglossae large, transparent, closely fringed with fine setae;
palpi with first segment small, second subclavate and swollen, third equal in
length to second, cylindrical. Legs short and stout. Tarsi, first three segments
broadly dilated and densely pubescent beneath. Claws simple. Length 2.8 to
3.3 mm.
The species was collected by Luis E. Pena while beating native
plants in the valley of Las Palmas, Coquimbo, Chile, September
JANUARY, 1952]
GILLOGLY NITIDULIDAE
41
30, 1947. Holotype and allotype are placed in the California Acad-
emy of Sciences. Paratypes: Sociedad Cientifica Chilena “Claudio
Gay”; U. S. National Museum; American Museum of Natural
History; and in the author’s collection. The new species differs from
the only other member of the genus as shown in the following table :
Comparative Table
Eumystrops chilensis
Eumystrops centralis
Punctation:
rather coarse
minute, not dense
Pubescence:
close-lying, silvery-white,
conspicuous, as in Epuraea
populi Dodge
fine, inconspicuous
Head:
strongly punctate
very feebly punctate
Scutellum :
of moderate size
rather large
Elytra :
entire, conjointly rounded
short and broad,
truncate behind
Pygidium:
small, covered by elytra,
very broad, exposed,
very closely punctate
very obsoletely
punctate, almost smooth
1
2
3
Figs. 1-6. Eumystrops chilensis n. sp. Fig. 1 labrum, 2. mandible, 3. meta-
sternum and first ventral abdominal segment to show “axillary space” and
diverging post coxal lines, 4. maxilla, 5. labium, 6. mentum.
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
Sharp erected the genus Eumystrops in 1898 for a species
from Panama and while this species agrees very closely with his
definition, he did not figure the mouthparts, so when an undoubted
Eumystrops sp. becomes available for dissection this new species
may be shown to represent a distinct genus. The pronounced spur
on the inner edge of the lacinia distinguishes E. chilensis from
most other Nitidulidae. It is present, however, in two species of
Cillaeus and the single species Ithyphenes gnatho Murray. In many
respects the mouthparts are similar to those of Cyllodes and
Camptodes. The post coxal line on the first abdominal segment is
a good distinguishing character and is present in varying degrees
in several related genera. In Psilotus and Camptodes it appears as
a continuous line enclosing a narrow transverse space behind the
coxae. In Pallodes the area enclosed reaches nearly half way across
the width of the segment with its outer margin strongly sinuate. In
Stelidota the line encloses a broad triangular space which varies
somewhat from species to species but extends about half way across
the segment. In Prometopia the line extends across about two-thirds
of the width of the segment with the outer portion sinuate and the
inner portion straight. This post coxal line is broken in Eumystrops
with the straight inner piece extended nearly across the segment
while the other portion of the line is short but easily visible (fig. 3) .
Book Notice
American Social Insects. By Charles D. Michener and Mary H. Michener.
D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc., Toronto, N. Y., London, xiv -\- 267,
109 Plates. 1951. Price $6.00.
This book on the habits and life histories of the bees, wasps, hornets,
ants and termites is a worthy addition to the many books which have been
written on this fascinating subject. Its organization, from the first chapter on
“What are social insects?” to the last on “Societies of insects and man,”
has been carefully considered. In addition the last 24 pages are devoted to a
short appendix on insect structure and classification, a bibliography, a concise
glossary and an index. The text is based on the contributions of both past
and present workers as well as on the personal observations and researches of
the two authors in the United States, Mexico and Central America. However,
the style of writing is largely non-technical and is coupled with a modest use
of anthropomorhisms. The 109 full page plates, 30 in color, are in addition
to the 267 pages of textual material and represent the efforts of some of the
best nature photographers in this country. These illustrations, interleaved with
the text, serve both to inform and delight the reader with their artistry.
The Micheners are to be congratulated for a book that contains such a
wealth of clearly presented subject matter as to make it a source of enjoy-
ment for naturalists for many years to come. — J. W. MacSwain.
JANUARY, 1952]
KALIK DERMESTIDAE
43
NEW AND INTERESTING SPECIES OF DERMESTIDAE
( Coleoptera)
Vladimir Kalik
Pardubice, Czechoslovakia
Through the kindness of H. B. Leech and E. C. Van Dyke, I
have been able to study some of the Dermestidae from the collection
of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Many inter-
esting species were found, and several of them are treated in the
following article.
Dermestes reductus Kalik, new species
Form and color: Oblong, relatively narrow, moderately convex. Prothorax
lather flat, broadest in the posterior third, narrowing more to the front, slightly
to the base. Elytra as broad as the prothorax, with subparallel sides narrow-
ing gradually in the posterior third. Dorsal surface and under side black.
Antennae of 11 segments, reddish brown, with red club. Tarsi brown.
Pubescence: Upper surface clothed with black and grayish-white hairs.
Grayish-white hairs covering almost the whole head, forming several spots
on the anterior and posterior margins and one spot on either side of the
pronotum; a sparse but long pubescence covers the basal margin and pos-
terior angles of the pronotum ; the grayish-white hairs form a broad transverse
band on the basal two-fifths of the elytra. This band encloses on each elytron
a basal, oval, black spot not reaching either the shoulder or the scutellum;
the black hairs form three distinct spots almost in the middle of the hand,
as in D. lardarius Linnaeus. Scutellum with black pubescence. Undersurface
covered with predominantly grayish-white hairs; on the legs and ventral
segments they are mixed with brown hairs, which predominate especially on
the last two to three segments of the abdomen. Punctation: Surface closely
punctured, those on the pronotum close together, the distance between them
smaller than the diameter of one puncture; elytral punctation slightly sparser;
under side finely and relatively sparsely punctured. Sexual characters: The
male has a small fovea with a brush of yellow hairs on the median line of
each of the 3rd and 4th abdominal sternites. Aedeagus small, curved, widest
at the base, narrower at the middle, broadening again towards the tip ;
parameres approximately as long as the aedeagus, almost of the same width in
their whole length, narrowing only at the tip. Lengths of four S' 6.2, 6.5,
6.5 and 6.5 mm. respectively; of four ^ 6.0, 6.2, 6.2, 6.2 mm. Widths, 2.2,
2.2, 2.5, 2.3 mm. for the S S ; 2.0, 2.2, 2.3, 2.2 for the
Holotype S, and allotype $, from Duparquet, Quebec, Can-
ada, 27. V. 1940 and 26. IX. 1934, G. Stace Smith, collector; in the
California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes: a pair from the type
locality, 11, XI. 1934, under bark Populus, in Kalik collection;
c?\ ? from Canada, in coll. Museum Prague; S', 9, from Canada,
in Kalik collection.
Compartive notes: Lepesme (1950:65) described Dermestes
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
lardarius, ab. reductus as follows: “Je donne le nom de reductus a
des exemplaires de petite taille (moins de 6 mm.) a pubescence
claire des elytres particulierement blanche; je n’ai observe cette
forme que d’Amerique du Nord.” Notwithstanding the brief state-
ments of the description I believe that my specimens are identical
with the type which the author obtained from Mr. J. Mitchel and
returned to him. At present the type is not accessible to me, and
I therefore cannot fully confirm my opinion, but in any case I
consider the specimens described by me as of specific status for
the following reasons:
(a) According to G. Stace Smith and H. B. Leech, who have
both collected living specimens, D. reductus is a species of wooded
areas, away from human habitations. Of the Quebec examples, one
was found on fresh lumber, one under the bark of Abies sp., and
two under the bark of Populus sp. Typical D. reductus has also
been collected in British Columbia at Creston, 18. X. 1931 (G. Stace
Smith), Salmon Arm (under the bark of an old Douglas fir log —
H.B.L.), and Vernon (Ralph Hopping). D. lardarius is a species
predominantly bound to food and material worked by man.
(b) The range in size of the eight type specimens of D. re-
ductus, as mentioned in the description, is 6 to 6.5 mm. In most
examples of D. lardarius the size is 7 to 8.5 mm. The relation of
the numbers of specimens of different sizes among the 89 D. lar-
darius at present at my disposal from different localities, is given in
the graph (fig. 3). It is evident that a size of less than 7 mm. is
quite exceptional and extreme (apparently starvation forms). In
three specimens from North America the length is 8.0, 8.5, and 9.0
respectively.
(c) The whole beetle is black, even the elytra under the trans-
verse band of gray hairs, whereas in D. lardarius this area is red to
brown. The dark spot at the base of each elytron is not divided into
two smaller spots by gray hairs, as it is in D. lardarius.
(d) The sides of the elytra are relatively more parallel, the
lateral margins of the prothorax less raised, the body flatter, than
in D. lardarius.
(e) The posterior margins of the abdominal segments are
interruptedly gray and brown pubescent; in D. lardarius the whole
segments are unicolored gray, brown or black.
(f) In D. reductus the aedeagus narrows in the middle (fig. 1) ,
whereas in D. lardarius it is of almost equal width for its whole
Robert Snelling
ROUTE 2, BOX 696
TURLOCK, CALIF.
JANUARY, 1952] KALIK DERMESTIDAE 45
length (fig. 2) . I have not yet had a sufficient number of males of
the the new species, and so have only been able to compare the
shape of the aedeagus in two specimens. Thus it will be necessary
to convince ourselves of the constancy of this feature by examining
Fig. 1. Aedeagus of Dermestes reductus Kalik, new species. Fig. 2.
Aedeagus of Dermestes lardarius Linnaeus.
Fig. 3. Graph showing relation between sizes of specimens and number
of specimens of Dermestes lardarius Linnaeus.
Dermestes leechi Kalik, new species
Form and color: Oblong, moderately convex, brownish-black. Eyes fairly
large. Pronotum broadest in posterior third, strongly narrowing towards the
anterior end, of semicircular shape in dorsal view, moderately narrowed
basally, anterior angles invisible from above, posterior angles rounded. Scu-
tellum cordate. Elytra subcylindrical, with sub-parallel sides which narrow
only in the posterior quarter. Antennae of 11 segments, reddish-brown, club
3-segmented, inserted almost in the middle of the funicle; 8th segment short,
transverse.
Punctation : Above rather coarsely punctured, punctures on disk of prono-
tum separated by approximately their own diameters. Abdomen more finely
but fairly closely punctured. Pubescence: Upper surface covered uniformly
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
but not too densely with a short grayish -yellow pubescence, that of under
surface similar but much denser. Sexual characters: Third and 4th abdominal
segments of male each with one circular fovea with a brush of hairs. Aedeagus
very short, slightly curved, of almost the same width throughout. Parameres
about a fourth longer than the aedeagus, of equal width throughout, narrow-
ing only at the apices which are bordered with yellow hairs. Length of
and 7.5 to 8.0 mm.; width 2.2 to 2.5 mm.
Holotype $ , and allotype $>, from Bhadravati, Tan j ore Dis-
trict, southern India, in collection of Museum Prague. Paratypes,
all topotypical; , 2 9 9, in collection of Museum Prague; 1
$ in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; 2 c? cf ,
1 9 in Kalik collection.
Compartive notes: This species resembles by the uniformity of
its pubescence D. peruvianus Castelnau and D. nidum Arrow. It is
distinguished from the former mainly by the fact that it is smaller,
that the male has a fovea on both the 4th and 5th abdominal
sternites, that the pronotum is more convex, its anterior angles not
flat and not visible from above. It is distinguished from nidum by
the elytra being without trace of striae, by its smaller size, and by
its more convex pronotum. I am pleased to name this species in
honor of Mr. Hugh B. Leech of the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco.
Dermestes unicolor Lepesme
In the material from the California Academy of Sciences I
found six specimens of Dermestes from San Roque, Baja California,
2.8. 1922, which I regarded originally as a variety of D. carnivorus
F. It is, however, possible that these specimens represent Lepesme’s
species D. unicolor, whose type in the Museum in Paris*. I had no
opportunity to examine. Lepesme’s description (1950:57) runs as
follows :
“D. unicolor n. sp. Long.: 7-8 mm. — Tres voisin du precedent [carnivorus
F.], plus convexe. Brun noir, uniformement couvert a la face dorsale d’une
pubescence blonde peu epaisse regulierement couchee en arriere, aussi bien
sur le pronotum que sur les elytres. Face sternale garnie de pubescence
blanche, exception faite seulement d’une tache triangulair a I’angle antero-
lateral des cinq sternites abdominaux apparents. Dispersion geographique. —
Antilles (Museum de Paris).”
The specimens, of which two are now in my collection, very
much resemble D. carnivorus. Some have quite black elytra, others
are slightly brown on the shoulders ; the whole surface is uniformly
grayish yellow pubescent, only the sides of the pronotum having
JANUARY, 1952]
KALIIC DERMESTIDAE
47
white hairs directed from the side inwards. This white pubescence
of the sides of the pronotum does not, however, stand out strikingly
from the general, light pubescence of the surface. The underside of
the body has the pubescence as in D. carnivorus. The aedeagus of
the male is very similar to that of D. carnivorus, which has per-
haps a slightly narrower tip. According to my examples I believe
that they represented a form of D. carnivorus. Only after a com-
parison with Lepesme’s type I shall be able to confirm my opinion
that the cited examples are actually identical with D. unicolor. To
be sure that this species is only a form of D. carnivorus, I am in
need of more material for comparison. Until that time I shall take
Lepesme’s identification as for that of an independent species.
Dermestes sobrinus Leconte
I have in my collection one female specimen of Dermestes from
Cuba, which I regard as belonging to this species according to
Reitter’s remarks in 1879 (p. 28) “Diese Art ist dem carnivorus
sehr nahe verwandt und ist an den ganz dunklen Seitenstiicken der
Hinterbrust leicht zu erkennen.” This character is not mentioned at
all in the original description by Leconte (1854: 108 ) . Though the
underside of my specimen is in part worn, I ascertained at the pos-
terior margin of the sternites of the abdomen brown spots, which
might correspond to the feature in the original description : “abdo-
mine maculis nigris quadruplici serie ornato.” The femora have
small spots with white hairs. On the whole this species is very simi-
lar to D. carnivorus or unicolor Lepesme, uniformly grayish yellow
pubescent on the upper surface, only the epipleurae and sides of the
prothorax narrowly grayish white, on the shoulder a small spot of
yellow hairs. The whole metasterna densely covered with brown
pubescence.
Thaumaglossa rufomaculata Pic
I found five specimens of this beautiful and characteristically
colored beetle in the material of the California Academy of Sci-
ences: 1 female from Nanking, China, V. 3. 1923, and 4 9 ? from
Alabang, Philippine Islands, Luzon Isl., XI. 9. 30, collection of
E. C. Van Dyke. The British Museum has the type of T . rufoma-
culata Pic (described as an Aethriostoma in 1938: 12 from Kuala
Lumpur) marked as conspecific with T. laeta Arrow, 1915: 435,
whose type is also in the British Museum. I sent one of my speci-
mens for comparison to London. Mrs. H. Cook kindly informed me
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
that all three specimens, both types and the example I had sent,
seem to be completely identical except for the shape of the red spot
on the discus of each elytron. According to Mrs. Cook’s drawings
the spot is round in Thaumaglossa ( Aethriostoma) rufomaculata
Pic, of irregular shape and probably on the anterior side with
worn hairs as shown in the figure in T. laeta Arrow. In one of my
specimens the spot is completely round, in the others partly irregu-
lar. This irregularity is due to the fact that the red pubescence
covering the red spot on each elytron is worn in some specimens,
and thus the light coloring of this spot is not clear at the margin
and partly fuses with the dark neighborhood. Until I am able to re-
examine the conspecifity of the two species with conclusive validity
I retain for my specimens the designation T. rufomaculata, as
according to the shape of the spot they are closer to this type. If the
two species should prove conspecific. Arrow’s name will be valid.
Matsumura & Yokoyama described (1928: 53-4) from Formosa
Orphilus bimaculatus. As in the description they speak distinctly
of the surface as being covered by pubescence, their species cannot
be a representative of the genus Orphilus whose species are bare;
according to the diagnosis: “Elytra with a large reddish circular
spot on its back, closely punctured and furnished with black (in
general part) and reddish hairs (on the spot) it is most probably
again T. rufomaculata (laeta?). If the two suppositions on the
conspecifity of the species mentioned should be confirmed, the
synonymy would be as follows: 1915, Thaumaglossa laeta Arrow.
1928. Orphilus bimaculatus Matsumura & Yokoyama. 1938. Aethri-
ostoma rufomaculata Pic.
Literature Cited
Arrow, G. J.
1915. Notes on the Colepterous Family Dermestidae, and descriptions
of some new forms in the British Museum. Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., (Ser. 8). 15:425-451.
Leconte, J. L.
1854. Synopsis of the Dermestidae of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia, 7:106-113.
Lepesme, P.
1950. Revision des Dermestes. Ann. Soc. ent. de France, 115:37-68.
(1946).
Matsumura, S. and Yokoyama, K.
1928. New and hitherto unrecorded species of Dermestidae from
Japan. Ins. Matsum. 3:51-54.
JANUARY, 1952]
HALL LORDOTUS
49
Pic, M.
1938. Coleopteres exotiques en partie nouveaux. L’Echange. 54(473) : 12.
Reitter, E.
1880. Die aussereuropaischen Dermestiden meiner Sammlung. Verh. des
naturf. Verein in Briinn. 18:28. (1879).
A NEW SPECIES OF LORDOTUS FROM
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
(Bombyiiidae: Diptera)
J. C. Hall
University of California, Davis
During a five-week period of collecting in the San Gabriel
Mountains of the Angeles National Forest, Los Angeles County,
California, two species of the genus Lordotus Loew were collected.
One of these was identified from the key to Lordotus by Painter 1
(1939) as L. planus O.S. The other appeared to be a new species,
which ran to couplet three in Painter’s key, and this assumption
was verified by R. H. Painter, who kindly examined the specimens
and compared them with the determined species of Lordotus in his
collection.
The species was found in great abundance during the months
of June and July. It frequented open areas, usually fire breaks, on
the brush-covered ridges at elevations of 2,500 to 6,000 feet. The
flies were caught resting on the ground and none were observed
visiting the many species of flowering plants that were in abun-
dance at that time.
Lordotus ermae Hall, new species 2
Female — Integument black; wings hyaline, veins on basal one-fourth pale,
apical three-fourths dark; costal cell and subcostal cell yellowish; first basal
cell infuscated in some lights; haltere stalk yellow, knob white. Antenna with
dark buff pile above, longer, paler below; face densely buff pilose, tomentum
wanting; palpi with long yellow and short black pile intermixed; occiput
pale buff pilose, thick white tomentose; thoracic dorsum with pale buff pile
intermixed with white pile anteriorly, becoming shorter and scattered pos-
teriorly, becoming long and thick towards base of scutellum, thick white
tomentum overall, a patch of white pile above wing bases; dense white
tomentum extends from wing base to humeral cross-vein; thoracic pleural
area buff pilose; tomentum wanting, pteropleuron bare; coxae with long buff
pile; femur dark yellow pilose and tomentose; squama buff pilose; abdominal
1 Painter, R.H., 1939. Notes on type specimens and descriptions of new North
American Bombyiiidae. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 42 :267-301.
2 A modern patronymic dedicated to my wife.
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
dorsum buff pilose; basal one-half of pile yellowish, apical one-half white
giving a buff color to pile, a stripe of white tomentum extends from segment
II to segment IV on a median dorsal line; pygidium with short yellow pile,
scattered white tomentum; abdominal venter darker buff pilose, tomentum
wanting. Length of first antennal segment 0.45 mm. ; second 0.20 mm. ; third
1.0 mm.; face slightly protruding below and above oral opening; proboscis
nearly twice as long as anterior tibia ; middle tibia with a strong apical spur ;
costa not denticulate. Length of body 10-12 mm.
Male — Similar to female but differing in the following: Pleural area
ground color lighter. Antennal pile partly black towards apices of segments I
and II ; femora without dense tomentum ; abdominal pile white, tomentum
wanting; body pile in general lighter. Genitalia apparently identical to those
of congeners; length of body 10-13 mm.
Holotype, female and allotype male (Cal. Acad. Sci.), Tanbaric
Flat, Los Angeles County, California, June 20, 1950 (J. C.
Hall). Para+ypes — (all from Los Angeles County, California), 35
males, 25 females, Tanbark Flat, June 19-July 4, 1950 (J. C. Hall,
R. Schuster, D. C. Blodget, C. J. Weinmann, A. T. McClay, W. 0.
Marshall, H. F. Robinson, W. A. McDonald, P. D. Hurd, J. W.
MacSwain, T. R. Haig, F. X. Williams, individual collectors of
specimens) . 1 male, Camp Baldy, June 26, 1950 (K. G. Whitesell) .
1 female, Johnstone Point, July 14, 1950 (R. Schuster). 1 female,
Crystal Lake, June 29, 1950 (H. F. Robinson). 1 male, Big Dalton
Dam, June, 1950 (F. X. Williams).
Paratypes are in the collections of the following: California
Academy of Sciences, California Insect Survey, University of
California at Berkeley, University of California at Davis, U. S.
National Museum, R. H. Painter (Kansas State College) , F. R. Cole,
and the writer.
V ariations — Male and female — pleural area ground color black to gray.
Antennal pile yellow to black above, yellow to dirty white below; abdominal
pile buff to pale yellow to dirty white to brown depending upon the light
used; stripe of white tomentum sometimes scattered but always present in
the female, wanting in the male.
L. ermae appears to be more closely related to planus Coquillett,
miscellus Coquillett, and junceus Coquillett than to gibbus gibbus
Loew. It differs from planus in the absence of infuscations on the
wings, and the black legs ; from misellus in the absence of denticu-
lations of the wings, and the broad dark pilose dorsal band on the
abdomen; and from junceus in the absence of black or brown pile
on the abdomen, and minute black points on the front. It is also
several times larger than any of the above three. The male genitalia
are similar in all of the above.
JANUARY, 1952]
BEAMER EURYSA
51
THE GENUS EURYSA IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO
(Homoptera: Fulgoridae, Delphacinae)
R. H. Beamer*
U mversity of Kansas, Lawrence
I am following Muir and Giffard in the placing of these species
in Eurysa. They could possibly belong to the European genus
Eurybregma but at the present time it seems best to consider them
in Eurysa. „ ,
Eurysa I leber
Eurysa Fieber, Verb. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, XVI (1866), p. 520,
genotype lineata (Perr. ).
This genus is characterized by the wider than long crown almost
devoid of carinae and the front widest at base without carinae on
basal third. T _ „
Key to Species
1. Male styles with finger-like projection on inner apical margin
kormusi ( Crawf . )
Male style without such a projection 2
2. Pygofer in lateral view with angular foot-like process on ventro-caudal
margin magnifrons (Crawf.)
Pygofer without such a process 3
3. Anal segment with processes extending straight out from segment
obesa Beamer
Anal segment with processes curved 1 montana Beamer
Eurysa kormusi (Crawford)
Megamelus kormusi Crawford, C. L., A Contribution Toward
a Monograph of the Homopterous Insects of the Family Del-
phacidae of North and South America, 1914, p. 614.
Brachypterous form: Easily separated from the other species of
this genus by the fingerdike process on the inner margins of the
apices of the styles. Length c? 3.0 mm., $ 3.75 mm.
Structure: Front not quite twice as long as wide, widest on basal third,
very slightly narrowed toward base, more so toward apex, definitely tricarinate
on apical two-thirds ; crown as wide as median length, apex rounded without
carinae, carinae more or less visible on base ; elytra longer than wide, hyaline,
veins raised, apices truncate with rounded corners.
Color: General color stramineous more or less suffused with fuscous;
dorsum of abdomen with darker stripe on lateral margins.
Genitalia: Pygofer in lateral view more or less rectangular with posterior
margin extended posteriorly over about one-third distance in large triangle;
anal segment with a pair of very broad ventrally curving processes; aedeagus
wide at base, narrowed to long parallel-sided shaft, slightly bent dorsally,
apex surrounded by about eight sharp teeth, three additional teeth just
*Contribution from the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas.
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
beyond middle of ventral margin; styles not visible in this view. In caudal
view styles widest on basal half, diverging, inner margin narrowing to about
half median width on outer fifth, a finger-like projection on inner margin of
apices.
Described originally from a brachypterous pair from Ormsby
County, Nevada (Baker).
Types deposited by Crawford in the collection of Pomona Col-
lege, Pomona, California.
Redescribed from cf and Sears Point, Marin County,
California, May 18, 1931, E. P. Van Duzee,
Eurysa magnifrons (Crawford)
Megamelus magnifrons Crawford, C. L., A Contribution Toward
a Monograph of the Homopterous Insects of the Family Del-
phacidae of North and South America, 1914, p. 614.
Brachypterous form. Structure: Front not quite twice as long as basal
width, widest just basad of middle, slightly narrowed toward base, more so
toward apex, definitely tricarinate except at base crown distinctly wider than
long, carinae indefinite on apex, more distinct basally; elytra longer than
wide, veins raised, apices rounded.
Color: General color stramineous to almost brown, carinae of pronotum,
scutellum and abdomen and pustules of abdomen light.
Genitalia: In lateral view pygofer of male much wider on ventral margin
with an angular foot-like projection at ventral caudal corner; anal segment
with caudal side extended into a pair of broad, very long curving processes;
aedeagus long, slightly curved ventrally, with apex enlarged to twice diameter
of shaft with one recurved, short hook on dorsal margin and ventral margin
from apex to more than middle of shaft with about 15 retrorse teeth ; styles
not visible in this view. In caudal view, styles widest at base, diverging, outer
margins sinuate and narrowing to avicephaliform apices ; aedeagal brace wide,
very slightly produced.
Redescribed from 3 cf cT and 4 $ 9? Florissant, Colorado, July
6, 1949, R. H. Beamer; S $, Garrison, Montana, July 10, 1933;
cf, Merritt, British Columbia, Canada, August 3, 1931; 3 <$ and
3 9 9? Yellowstone National Park, July 12, 1939, D. J. and J. N.
Knull. Crawford’s male holotype is Cat. No. 15986, U. S. National
Museum.
Macropterous form: Like the brachypterous form except with
long flight wings and generally darker in color. Elytra fumous
throughout and darker still from cross-veins to apices.
Holomorphotype Florissant, Colorado, July 6, 1949, R. H.
Beamer! in Snow Entomological Collections, University of Kansas.
Eurysa obesa Beamer, new species
Brachypterous form: Resembling Eurysa kormusi but elytra
JANUARY, 1952]
BEAMER EURYSA
53
Figs. 1-4. Genitalia of some species of Eurysa. Figs. 1, 1A, IB, E. kormusi.
Figs. 2, 2A, 2B, E. magnifrons. Figs. 3, 3A, 3B, E. obesa. Figs. 4, 4A, 4B,
E. montana.
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
about as wide as long instead of longer than wide, and male styles
in caudal view widest at base and narrowed to apices. Length cf
3.5 mm., $ 4 mm.
Structure: First segment of antennae longer than wide; front slightly
longer than broad, widest at base, definitely tricarinate on apical two-thirds;
head wider than thorax; crown wider than long, apex rounded, carinae
indistinct; elytra about as wide as long, semihyaline, apices almost truncate,
veins raised, abdomen often with raised median longitudinal ridge and rows
of pustules along sides.
Color: General color stramineous, body often more or less mottled with
brown, some specimens with broad fumose line either side of middle of
dorsum.
Genitalia: In lateral view, pygofer almost triangular, narrowest at ventral
corner; anal segment with pair of heavy processes extending away from
segment at caudo-ventral corner; aedeagus heavy, curved ventrally in almost
half circle, widened on outer third, ventral margin more or less serrate in
this region; styles widest at base, gradually narrowed to sharp apices. In
caudal view, aedeagal brace broad and even, not raised or excavated; styles
widest at base, sinuate, gradually narrowed to diverging apices.
Holotype cf , allotype $ and 2 <$ paratypes, Laramie, Wyom-
ing, 40 miles N.E., July 13, 1937, R. H. Beamer; other paratypes:
2 cT cf and $ North Powder, Oregon, July 13, 1931, R. H. Beamer;
11 cf cf and 13 9 9? Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, July
12, 1939, D. J. and J. N. Knull.
Macropterous form: Like the brachvpterous form except slightly
darker and with flight wings extended much beyond the body.
Holomorphotype cf , Barclay, Utah, July 2, 1931, R. H. Beamer;
cf paramorphotype, Deeth, Nevada, July 21, 1945, R. H. Beamer;
allmorphotype 9; 2 cf cf and 6 9? paramorphotypes, Yellow-
stone National Park, Wyoming, July 12, 1939, D. J. and J. N. Knull.
Types in Snow Entomological Collections and collections of Ohio
State University.
Eurysa montand Beamer, new species
Brachypterous form: Resembling Eurysa obesa but sides of
dorsum of abdomen with a more definite black longitudinal vittae,
aedeagus of male not swollen on outer third and anal processes
curved ventrally. Length cf 3 mm., 9 3.5 mm.
Structure: First segment of antennae slightly longer than width; front
widest at base, length to width is as 5 3/4 is to 3 1/2, strongly tricarinate on
apical two-thirds; crown broad, much wider than median length, carinae
absent except basally in some specimens; elytra definitely longer than wide,
veins raised, apices broadly rounded; dorsum of abdomen with segments
keeled on median line and with pustules on lateral margins.
JANUARY, 1952] USINGER WYGODZINSKYELLA
55
Color: General color stramineous, sometimes fumous; dorsum of abdo-
men usually with a more or less definite fumous longitudinal strip on side
of middle.
Genitalia: In lateral view, py gofer almost triangular with dorsal margin
narrowest; anal segment with a pair of ventrally curved processes arising on
ventro-caudal margin; aedeagus long with sides almost parallel, gently curved
ventrally with apex slightly recurved and with several short sharp teeth on
both margins; styles not visible from this view. In caudal view styles widest
at base, diverging, narrowed evenly from bases to out-curving apices, outer
margin sinuate; aedeagal brace with slight excavation and caudally projecting
trough.
Holotype <$ , allotype 6 c? and 4 9 paratypes, Laramie,
Wyoming, August 5, 1949, R. H. Reamer; other paratypes, 14 <$ <$
and 5 9 9, same place and date, J. R. White.
Macropterous form: Like the brachypterous form except with
flight wings. Holomorphotype <$ , Laramie, Wyo., August 8, 1949,
J. R. White; allomorphotype 9, same place and date, R. H. Beamer.
Types in the Snow Entomological Collections.
A NEW GENUS OF CHRYXINAE FROM BRAZIL
AND ARGENTINA
(Hemiptera: Reduviidae)
Robert L. Usinger
University of California, Berkeley
The subfamily Chryxinae was proposed by Champion (1898)
for Chryxus tomentosus, a new genus and species described by him
from two specimens collected in Panama. A third specimen has
since been collected in British Guiana (British Museum).
A second species, Chryxus travassosi Lent and Wygodzinsky
(1944) was described from Brazil. Then, in 1946, a new genus and
species, Lentia corcovadensis Wygodzinsky, was described from
Brazil and the position of the subfamily was reviewed. This com-
pletes the published history of this small but interesting group.
The present note is prompted by the discovery in the Paris
Museum of a second female specimen of Chryxus travassosi Lent
and Wygodzinsky*. This specimen is from Misiones, Argentina,
Env. de San Ignacio, Villa Lutecia, E. R. Wagner, 1910. It agrees
perfectly with the description and figures given by Lent and
Wygodzinsky except that the fourth antennal segment is longer than
*Dr. Wygodzinsky writes (March 26, 1951) that a male specimen was collected
by O. Schubart on May 19, 1950, Estacao Experimental, Pirassununga, Sao
Paulo, Brazil, in house (Wygodzinsky Collection).
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
the third, the ratio of the two segments being 25:21. Since all other
characters are identical it is suggested that perhaps the apex of the
fourth antennal segment was broken off in the type.
Although Chryxus tomentosus and travassosi are obviously
related, a comparison of the two (British Museum, 1948) revealed
certain striking differences which would warrant generic separation
elsewhere in the Reduviidae. Accordingly, Chryxus travassosi Lent
and Wygodzinsky (1944) is here designated as the type species of
the new genus Wygodzinskyella. The characters of the type are
given in great detail by Lent and Wygodzinsky (1944). Chryxus
Champion differs in that the scutellar spine is thickened apically
(flattened in Wygodzinskyella) , the corial veins are distinct on the
basal half of the transparent corium (practically indistinguishable
on the opaque corium in Wygodzinskyella) , the connexivum is
alternated and the legs entirely pale (connexium uniformly pale,
femora broadly black at middle, tibiae black except at basal fourth
and tarsi black in Wygodzinskyella) , and the size smaller (about
half as long as Wygodzinskyella ) .
It is a pleasure to dedicate this distinctive genus to Dr. Peter
Wygodzinsky, whose outstanding work has contributed so much to
our knowledge of the Hemiptera of the Neotropical Region.
Champion, G. C. REFERENCES ClTED
1898. Biologia Centrali- Americana, Insecta, Rhyn., Hem-Heter., 2:180.
181, Tab XI, fig. 9.
Lent, H., and P. Wygodzinsky
1944. Sobre uma nova especie do genero “Chryxus” Champion, 1898.
Rev. Brasil. Biol. 4:167-171, 19 figs.
Wygodzinsky, P.
1946. Sobre um novo genero e uma nova especie de Chryxinae e con-
sideragoes sobre a subfamilia. Rev. Brasil. Biol. 6:173-180, 12 figs.
ANOTHER AMERICAN FLY ATTRACTED TO SMOKE
(Diptera: Empididae)
Edward L. Kessel
University of San Francisco
In a paper published a few years ago (Wasmann Collector,
7 :23-30. 1947), the writer reported his observations on the Ameri-
can smoke flies belonging to the genus Microsania of the family
Clythiidae. On August 20, 1946, hundreds of these small dipterans
were attracted to the smoke of an outdoor fireplace at the owner’s
home in Mill Valley, Marin County, California. On that same
JANUARY, 1952]
KESSEL SMOKE FLIES
57
occasion numerous individuals of a fly species whose members are
about twice the size of the microsanias were seen flitting about on
the leaves of a California laurel bush which was in the direct path
of the smoke. They mingled with the microsanias and were the only
other insects which seemed to be attracted by the smoke. A speci-
men of this second species, which proved to be an empidid, was
sent to A. L. Melander, who kindly identified it as Hormopeza
brevicornis Loew. In his letter Dr. Melander says, “I have taken
specimens of Hormopeza in the house where they gather on the
window panes when they attempt to leave. I have also taken them
on the walls of my tent when camping. Micro sania gathers on the
tent fabric also. Maybe these insects were attracted in the first place
by smoke.”
Inasmuch as empidids are notorious as predators on other in-
sects, particularly flies, it was supposed that the hormopezas were
present to prey on the microsanias. However, none was seen to
attack any member of the smaller species. Because the writer’s
interest on that occasion was concerned primarily with Microsania,
no mention was made of Hormopeza in the report. It was hoped
that subsequent observations would be made with emphasis on
H. brevicornis, but a change of residence on the part of the writer
has interfered with this plan. Therefore these notes are published
without further delay.
This seems to be the first American species of Hormopeza which
has been observed to possess a positive tropism toward smoke.
Nevertheless, Sharp (Ent. Monthly Mag., 54: 244. 1918) has re-
ported a small dipteran sharing the hot and smoke-permeated
atmosphere of a forest-fire area in England with the buprestid
beetle, Melanophila acuminata De G. This fly was identified later
by Mr. J. E. Collin as Hormopeza obliterata Zett. It seems probable,
therefore, that the species of Hormopeza, like those of the genus
Microsania, are irresistably attracted to smoke. What benefit, if
any, they receive from this response remains to be demonstrated.
Likewise the particular attr actant in the smoke remains to be iden-
tified. Several writers, including Champion (Ent. Monthly Mag.,
54: 199-200, 1918), Van Dyke (Pan-Pac. Ent., 3: 41. 1926), and
Linsley (Jour. Econ. Ent., 36; 341. 1943) have added to the
observations on species of Melanophila being attracted to smoke.
Brues (Psyche, 57: 114-115. 1951) has reported that the vespid,
Eumenes curvata Sauss., is also attracted to smoke. It would be
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
interesting to know if the positive fumotropic responses of the
flies, beetles, and wasps mentioned above are initiated by the same
constituent of the smoke.
TRIATOMA PROTRACTA INFECTED WITH
TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI AT RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA
(Hemiptera: Reduviidae)
On November 27, 1950, Triatoma protracta (Uhler) was col-
lected between Arlington and Lake Mathews in a canyon 3 miles
south of Arlington and 5 miles south of Riverside, California.
This is the first record of Triatoma protracta from this locality
and moreover, infected T riatoma have not been reported previously
from the vicinity of Riverside, California. A total of fifteen nymphs
and three adults were taken from three nests of wood rats, Neotoma
juscipes macrotis Thomas. On examination of feces and gut con-
tents two fifth instar and two fourth instar nymphs were found to
be infected with flagellates. Stained slides of this material showed
organisms morphologically identical with Trypanosoma cruzi
Chagas.
A survey is being conducted to determine the incidence of in-
fection in the vertebrate and invertebrate hosts of T. cruzi in the
canyon mentioned above. Infected Triatoma have been previously
reported from San Diego Co. by Kofoid and Donat, 1933 1 ; Fall-
brook, San Diego Co. by Wood, 1944 2 ; and Eaton Canyon, Pasa-
dena, Calif., by Wood 1938 3 — Raymond E. Ryckman
REINHARDIANA NEW NAME FOR HYPENOMYIA
TOWNSEND (DIPTERA: TACHINIDAE OR
LARVAE V ORI DAE )
A genus Hypenomyia (type petiolata Townsend) was proposed by C. H.T.
Townsend in 1919 in Proceedings of the United States National Museum ,
Volume 56, page 545; it is considered a valid genus. However, P. H. Grimshaw
proposed the same name in 1901 in Fauna Hawaiiensis : Diptera, Volume III,
Part 1, page 53.
The new name Reinhardiana is here proposed for Hypenomyia Townsend,
1919, nec Hypenomyia Grimshaw, 1901, in recognition of Professor H. J.
Reinhard’s many contributions on the American Muscoidea.— Paul H.
Arnaud.
1 Calif. West. Med. 88 :245-249.
2 Jour. Parasitology, 30(3) :199.
Science, 87 (2260) :366-367.
JANUARY, 1952]
59
Book Notice
The Sucking Lice, by G. F. Ferris, with collaboration of Chester
J. Stojanovich. Volume I of the Memoirs of the Pacific Coast En-
tomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco, ix -f- 320 pages (Photo offset). 1951. $6.00.
The importance of the sucking lice as ectoparasites of mammals
and as vectors of agents of disease is well recognized but it has
remained for Dr. Ferris to present in a practical, readily usable
form the pertinent information on the systematics of the group.
The 124 excellent figures do much to clarify the text, not only
serving as aids in identification of sucking lice but also in under-
standing the morphology of lice, particularly of the mouthparts.
A short section is devoted to a consideration of the ectoparasites
of birds and mammals, followed by a detailed chapter on the mor-
phology and anatomy of the Anoplura. The structure of the head
and mouthparts is given special attention. There is a short chapter
on growth and development including descriptions with figures of
eggs and other immature stages of Anoplura. A historical review of
the taxonomic status of the sucking lice is given with the character-
istics of the order described. Ordinal separation of sucking lice
from biting lice is argued primarily on the basis of profound dif-
ferences in morphology of the mouthparts, minimizing claims for
relationship made on the basis of similarities in the tracheal system
of the two groups, or on similarities of habit.
The classification within the order is outlined in a short section
giving the author’s reasons for adapting the system employed.
Here again Ferris has emphasized the morphological basis for
establishment of family and subfamily boundaries. He recognizes
that his opinions will find criticism, as for example in alying the
genus Pedicinus with the group established as the family Hoplo-
pleuridae rather than in the family Pediculidae as is the usual
practice. The most extensive chapter of the book is a review of the
families, subfamilies, genera and species of the Anoplura. This is
replete with keys down to the species level. Commonly encountered
or otherwise important species are well illustrated. A mammalian
host list adds to the usefulness of the text. The final chapter deals
with the distribution of the Anoplura, delving into hypotheses and
speculations on the probable phylogeny of various groups of suck-
ing lice in relation to host phylogeny. The book is a “must” to all
who are interested in ectoparasites of mammals— Deane P. Furman.
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
E. 0. Essig R. L. Usinger D. D. Jensen
Vice-President President Secretary
Proceedings
Two Hundred and Fifteenth Meeting
The two hundred and fifteenth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomologi-
cal Society was held at 7:30 p.m. on February 16, 1951, in the entomological
laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President
Usinger conducted the meeting. The following members were present: W. C.
Day, E. 0. Essig, E. C. Van Dyke, R. F. Smith, 0. E. Bryan, Otto W. Graf,
S. G. Watkins, P. H. Arnaud, J. Figg-Hoblyn, Lynne Scott, Laura M. Henry,
G. F. Ferris, J. Gordon Edwards, William Hazeltine, D. P. Furman, W. W.
Middlekauff, R. L. Doutt, J. E. Gillaspy, E. A. Smith, Theodore Aarons,
W. C. Bentinck, C. A. Downing, P. A. Adams, C. Don MacNeill, T. F. Leigh,
F. X. Williams, W. W. Sampson, J. N. Simons, W. H. Wade, E. R. Kessel,
Berta B. Kessel, L. R. Gillogly, H. B. Leech, G. A. Marsh, J. W. Green,
V. M. Stern, K. F. Innes, Jr., R. W. L. Potts, G. F. Carter, J. W, MacSwain,
Norman Lewis, R. L. Usinger and E. G. Linsley. The following visitors at-
tended: Helen L. Day, W. W. Allen, Mrs. W. W. Allen, Mrs. D. E. Bryan,
Anne Minaker, Kenneth Beck, C. E. Bodwell, Mrs. R. L. Doutt, Mrs. J. E.
Gillaspy, Heidi Aarons, Janice Downing, Allan D. Telford, H. R. MacCarty,
Tom Lauret, Elsie Sampson, Barbara Stern, Mrs. Lorin Gillogly, Peter D.
Ashlock, and Robert G. Krueger.
The minutes of the meeting held December 9, 1950, were read and
approved.
The following were elected to membership in the Society: John Figg-
Hoblyn, Benjamin Keh, Thomas H. Lauret, Norman A. Lewis, Edythe B.
Braff, and William E. McMillan.
The proposed amendments to the By-Laws of the Society, which were
mimeographed and circulated at an earlier meeting, were placed into effect
by a unanimous vote of the membership present. The previous wording and
ihe amended wording are given below:
AMENDMENTS TO THE BY-LAWS OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Previous wording
Article II, Section 3 : The members
of the Executive Board shall consist
of the chairman of standing commit-
tees, the officers of the Society, and
the editor of the Pan-Pacific Ento-
mologist ....
Article III, Section 2: At the regu-
lar fall meeting in the early part of
September, a nominating committee
of three members shall be appointed
Amended wording
The members of the Executive
Board shall consist of the chairmen
of standing committees, the officers of
the Society, and the editor (or one of
the editors) of the Pan-Pacific En-
tomologist ....
At the last regular meeting prior to
the annual meeting, a nominating
committee of three members shall be
appointed ....
JANUARY, 1952] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SFCIETY
61
Article V, Section 1 : The Publica-
tion Committee, Program Committee,
Historical Committee, and Member-
ship Committee shall be known as
standing committees, members to be
appointed by the president when va-
cancies occur. Chairman shall be
elected by the members of each com-
mittee from its own membership.
Article V, Section 2, paragraph 2:
The Publication Committee shall ap-
point an editorial board for the Pan-
Pacific Entomologist consisting of an
editor, assistant editor, two members
of the Publication Committee to act
in an advisory capacity to the editor,
and such additional members as are
deemed necessary.
Article VI, Section 8 ; All members,
except for student members or as
herein otherwise provided shall re-
ceive the publications of the Society
with no additional charge.
Article VII, Section 1 : At least
four regular meetings shall be held
each year, preferably on the first Sat-
urday of September, December and
March with an annual Field Day
during April or May.
The Publication Committee, Pro-
gram Committee, Historical Commit-
tee, and Membership Committee shall
be known as standing committees.
Unless otherwise specified in the By-
Laws the membership of these com-
mittees shall be reviewed by the presi-
dent every five years, at which time
he is authorized to recommend to the
Executive Board such changes as may
be deemed necessary. Committee va-
cancies occurring in the intervening
period may be filled by presidential
appointment, subject to confirmation
by the Executive Board at its next
regular meeting.
The Publication Committee shall
appoint an editorial board for the
Pan-Pacific Entomologist consisting
of an editor ( or editors) and such-
associate and assistant editors and
advisory members as may be deemed
necessary.
All members, except for student
members or as herein otherwise pro-
vided shall receive the regular pub-
lications of the Society with no addi-
tional charge.
Delete: “on the first Saturday of”
Add: “with two in the fall and two
in the spring.”
Dr. Hurd reported that beginning with the January, 1951, issue, the
Pan-Pacific Entomologist would be printed on super-coated paper which
would permit the reproduction of halftone illustrations. The changed format
of the front cover was also mentioned.
President Usinger appointed a committee composed of Dr. Pritchard,
Di. Laura Henry and Dr. Edwards to arrange for the annual field meeting
of the Society.
The President then called for notes and exhibits. Mr. Adams displayed
specimens of Balmes terissinus Navas, collected in Yunnan Province, China.
This species belongs to the very rare neuropteroid family Psycopsidae which
is known from Australia, Asia and East Africa.
Dr. Doutt discussed an interesting parasite of the citrus mealy bug which
Harold Compere had sent from Kenya Colony in Africa in 1947. This species,
Tropidophryne melvillei, is normally thelyotokous, producing mainly females
generation after generation and only occasionally bearing males. Many of the
males become intersexes, starting genetically as males and gradually changing
toward females. This parasite also exhibits the rare phenomenon of autonar-
62
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
cosis. If a large number of them are placed together in a vial they give off a
volatile substance which anesthetizes them. Later they recover and thereafter
they never again produce the substance.
Mr. Gillaspy reported that positive phototropism is a response of the
immature stages of insects as well as of the adults. Both at Clear Lake, Lake
County, and at ponds in eastern Santa Clara County, immatures, along with
numerous adults, were attracted to Coleman lanterns placed in shallow water
or over the surface of the water. Specimens were collected by means of a
strainer as they swam close to the light. Immature forms of Ephemerida,
Odonata, Chironomidae, Coleoptera, and various Hemiptera were collected
in this manner. This may offer a convenient and previously unexploited
means of obtaining material.
Dr. Ray F. Smith, of the University of California, was introduced as the
main speaker of the meeting. His talk, entitled “Entomological Observations
in Mexico,” was illustrated with many colored pictures. A summary of his
lemarks is given below.
Dr. Smith reviewed his recent trip to Mexico to study the ecology of
Diabrotica and related genera. He travelled over 17,000 miles in Mexico in
the company of his family. Diabrotica are far more abundant and the species
far more widespread in northern Mexico than previous records indicate. The
thousands of beetles collected by this expedition enlarge the range of nearly
every species known north of Mexico City. The Cucurbitaceae have long been
considered as the primary hosts of Diabrotica. It is now apparent that there
are several distinct food preferences in the group. A few are apparently
restricted to cucurbits, but the major portion of the genus is associated with
perennial grasses and a few others are confined to mints.
Following a discussion of Dr. Smith’s talk, the meeting was adjourned. —
D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Sixteenth Meeting
The two hundred and sixteenth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomologi-
cal Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on March 17, 1951, in the entomological
laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President
Usinger conducted the meeting. The following members were present: Gordon
G. Marsh, F. X. Williams, J. W. Green, S. G .Watkins, P. H. Arnaud, Lynne
Scott, E. O. Essig, W. C. Bentinck, Alexander Hubert, Otto W. Graf, Jr.,
E. G. Linsley, R. F. Smith, C. Don MacNeill, L. R. Gillogly, P. D. Hurd, Jr.,
T. W. Cook, W. C. Day, E. C. Van Dyke, R. L. Usinger, J. W. MacSwain,
H. B. Leech, and J. Gordon Edwards. Visitors were present as follows:
J. Robert McClintic, H. H. Meyer, J. W. Chapman, Marie Essig, Lucy Castro,
Grace MacNeill, and Mary Cook.
The membership committee proposed and the Society elected Elwood S.
McClusky as a new member.
Dr. Edwards reported that Alum Rock Park had been selected as the
site for the annual field meeting of the Society which will be held April
22, 1951.
JANUARY, 1952] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
63
In response to the President’s request for notes and exhibits, Dr. Van
Dyke displayed a box of Coleoptera from the Michelbacher-Ross expedition
to South America.
Dr. Edwards exhibited a long series of Scolytus multistriatus collected
at San Jose. This species is known to carry the fungus causing the destructive
Dutch Elm disease. Dr. Chapman stated that he had first reported the col-
lection of this species in North America in Psyche in 1910.
The president then introduced as the main speaker of the day Dr. James
W. Chapman, Chairman of Science Faculty, Emeritus, Silliman University,
Duamguete, Oriental Negros, Philippine Islands, who presented three films
dealing with Philippine insects. The films had been taken by Mrs. Bierne
Brues, on Negros Island.
Dr. Chapman stated that he had made a study of the army ants of the
genus Aenichtus which have numerous beetles, flies, cockroaches and Collem-
bola associated with them in nature. However, it had been impossible to
photograph them in their native jungle habitat.
Pictures were shown of several genera of Philippine ants illustrating
Iheir activities and their nesting habits. Nests were shown in twigs, among
leaves, in stumps, etc. Of great interest were the pictures showing the manner
in which adults of the leaf-nesting species use their larvae to tie leaves
together by means of the larval silk.
The second film depicted mound-building termites whose mounds were
built of excreta. These termites prepare a compost from undigested wood
which is worked into a comb-like structure in which the fungus mushroom
gardens are maintained. The termites keep the fungus cut back. When the
same fungus grows outside of the colony it matures into edible mushrooms
about 2 inches in diameter.
A third film presented pictures of a variety of miscellaneous insects such
as bees, wasps, Lepidoptera, and spiders, millipedes, and scorpions.
After some discussion following the films the meeting was adjourned. —
J. W. MacSwain, Secretary pro tern.
Two Hundred and Seventeenth Meeting
Alum Rock Park, April 22, 1951
The two hundred and seventeenth meeting of the Pacific Coast En-
tomological Society was held as the annual field meeting at Alum Rock Park,
Santa Clara County, California, April 22, 1951.
The recorded attendance of 31 persons included 12 members and 19
visitors. Members were present as follows: Otto W. Graf, Jr., J. Gordon
Edwards, J. W. Tilden, A. E. Pritchard, R. L. Usinger, P. H. Arnaud, W. W.
Middlekauff, D. P. Furman, J. W. Green, E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, and
P. D. Hurd, Jr. The following visitors were present: Anne Minaker, Hazel
Tilden, Alice Edwards, Martha Usinger, Juanita Linsley, Jane MacSwain,
Sherill Hurd, Phyllis Middlekauff, Marian Sylvester, E. S. Sylvester, E. C.
Broadwell, Donald Dye, Marquerite E. Arnaud, Kay Furman, Joan Linsley,
Alyce Vilberme, Ruth Green, Mrs. J. W. Green, and Robert Hendrickson.
The weather was very good and the field day was enjoyed by all members
and visitors in attendance. — J. W. MacSwain, Secretary pro tern.
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
Two Hundred and Eighteenth Meeting
The two hundred and eighteenth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomologi-
cal Society was held at 7 :30 p.m. on May 18, 1951 in the entomological labora-
tories of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, President Usinger
in the chair. The following members were present: Edgar A. Smith, J. G.
Edwards, E. 0. Essig, A. E. Michelbacher, C. P. Hoyt, J. P. Harville, W. C.
Bentinck, E. L. Kessel, K. F. Innes, Jr., J. H. Freitag, E. C. Van Dyke, W. W.
Middlekauff, H. B. Leech, J. W. Green, L. R. Gillogly, P. A. Harvey, E. G.
Linsley, R. L. Potts, D. D. Jensen, G. A. Marsh, and R. L. Usinger. Visitors
were present as follows: Donald J. Burdick, A. L. Johnston, Alice Edwards,
H. H. Meyer, Mrs. L. R. Gillogly, James M. Linsley, Juanita M. Linsley and
J oan Linsley.
The minutes of the meetings held February 16, March 17 and the field
meeting held April 22 were read and approved.
The following were elected to membership in the Society: Joe Diaz, W.
Lutz, Richard B. Selander, George F. Edmunds, and John Heifer.
Dr. Edwards exhibited the 14 drawings submitted in the contest spon-
sored by the Society for an appropriate seal for the Society. After the entries
had been examined by the members present a vote by secret ballot was taken
and the drawing submitted by Mrs. L. R. Gillogly, of Sacramento, received
the majority of votes and was declared the winner. A complete set of the
Pan-Pacific Entomologist was awarded to Mrs. Gillogly as the prize.
President Usinger reported that the historical account of the Society
during its first fifty years had been completed and was ready for publication.
President Usinger reported that the date for the semi-centennial meeting
of the Society had been tentatively scheduled for Saturday, September 29,
1951 at 2:00 p.m. A formal meeting will be held in the new auditorium of
the Academy. This will be followed by “open house” in the entomological
laboratories where historical material of the Society will be exhibited and
refreshments will be served.
The President appointed the historical committee to arrange for the
exhibits. A special committee was appointed to handle arrangements and
refreshments at the Academy consisting of the following: Dr. and Mrs. E. L.
Kessel, co-chairmen; Mr. Gustafson, Mr. Leech, Dr. Ross, Dr. Harvey and
Mr. Green.
President Usinger reported that a gavel, made out of well-seasoned
California Laurel, Umbellularia calif ornica, had been made by Mr. John
Simons and would be presented at the September meeting.
President Usinger reported that the Society’s first memoire, “The Sucking
luce” has been edited and is being varityped for publication.
The question was raised as to whether the memoires should be pi'ovided
free on the Society’s exchange list and after some discussion it was decided
they should not be free. It was also decided that a booksellers’ discount of
15% would be given to commercial book dealers.
A motion was made by Mr. Potts and passed by the members present that
Dr. Norman Frazier and Mr. Elwood C. Zimmerman be authorized to sei've as
JANUARY, 1952] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
65
official representatives of the Society at the IXth International Congress of
Entomology to be held at Amsterdam, Holland, August 17-24, 1951.
In response to the President’s call for notes and exhibits, Dr. Edwards
displayed specimens of Priacna serrata, of the family cupesidae which were
attracted in great numbers to soap (“Super Suds”) used in a wash in Glacier
National Park during the summer of 1950. The beetles appeared to be mating,
but all were males. Apparently the soap attracts and stimulates the males in
a manner similar to that caused by females.
Mr. Potts reported that a pest control operator had brought in Melyridae
beetles, Listrus motschulskii (LeConte), which were attacking newly develop-
ing strawberries in the vicinity of Palo Alto. The species is not native to the
United States. Dr. Van Dyke stated that most beetles in this family feed on
pollen.
Dr. Kessel exhibited specimens of balloon flies which represent the third
species of Empis found in Marin County. They were taken at Novata, April
11, 1951, and included several mating pairs.
The president then introduced as the main speaker of the meeting, Mr.
R. W. L. Potts, of the California Department of Agriculture, who presented
an illustrated lecture on “Collecting on Truk and Ponape.” A summary of
Mr. Potts’ remarks is given below.
A general collecting expedition, lasting four months, was made to the
Truk area and Ponape in the Eastern Caroline Islands, under the auspices of
the Insect Control Committee of the Pacific Science Board, National Research
Council, with financial assistance from the Office of Naval Research. The
purpose was to collect as representative a lot of insects as possible in the
Truk area to help further the understanding of insect distribution in the
oceanic islands of the Pacific.
Truk consists of fifteen volcanic islands and over two hundred coral
islets in and around a lagoon some thirty-five miles across. The total land
area is just over thirty-seven square miles. The climate is quite moderate,
tempered by the nearly continuous light trade winds and frequent rains,
which average about five to ten inches precipitation per month, with little 01 -
no seasonal variation. The native population is considerable, with just under
10,000 people, approximately one-fifth the total population of the entire Trust
Territory of all the Carolines, Marshalls, and Marianas Islands. During the
war more than 10,000 Japanese were also stationed on these islands of Truk.
As a result, almost the entire land area is or has been in recent cultivation and
the native flora is restricted to very small mountain cliff areas. Two further
lestrictions upon a native insect fauna are placed by an introduced vine
Ipomoea which has largely taken over the mountain areas, even extending
heavily over cliff faces, and by the extremely abundant ant population of a
number of pest species.
Collections were made on Moen, Tol, Dublon, Param, Falo, Romanum
and Fono Penges among the volcanic islands and at Pis, the largest coral
islet. Short exploratory trips with some collecting were made to Nama, an
isolated coral islet about sixty-five miles from Truk, and to the large volcanic
island of Ponape. About 15,000 insects were collected, but it is expected that
the number of endemic species will be rather small.
66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
About 100 color slides were shown, illustrating the various islands visited.
Following a discussion of Mr. Potts’ talk the meeting was adjourned. —
D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Nineteenth Meeting
(Semicentennial Program)
The two hundred and nineteenth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomol-
ogical Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on September 29, 1951 at the California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, and commemorated the 50th anniversary
of the organization of the Society. President Usinger presided over the meet-
ing. In attendance were 61 members and 22 visitors. The following members
were present: E. S. Ross, E. C. Zimmerman, E. O. Essig, J. W. Tilden, Edgar
A. Smith, J. P. Harville, A. C. Smith, Alice Eastwood, R. C. Miller, Charles
L. Scott, Victor Stombler, William Hazeltine, R. R. Snelling, J. Stage, E. R.
Leach, N. A. Lewis, Ruth C. Whitney, Frieda Abernathy, C. P. Hoyt, P. H.
Arnaud, N. D. Waters, K. F. Innes, Jr., Paul A. Harvey, T. W. Cook, C. D.
MacNeill, W. H. Lange, J. W. MacSwain, E. C. Van Dyke, L. R. Gillogly,
R. P. Allen, A. E. Pritchard, W. D. Murray, J. F. Gustafson, H. M. Armitage,
J. E. Gillaspy, W. V. Garner, W. C. Bentinck, Harry L. Hansen, Larry W.
Quate, R. F. Smith, R. L. Doutt, E. E. Gilbert, K. S. Hagen, H. B. Leech,
W. C. Day, S. G. Watkins, C. A. Downing, G. A. Marsh, Benjamin Keh, E. G.
Linsley, W. W. Sampson, D. P. Furman, J. H. Freitag, J. R. Heifer, Robert
Potts, W. Lutz, R. L. Usinger, J. D. Lattin, C. D. Duncan, J. G. Edwards, and
D. D. Jensen. The following visitors were present: Mrs. K. Innes, Jr., Mrs.
C. D. MacNeill, R. F. Johnston, Pauline S. Lange, Mrs. L. R. Gillogly, Alan
Gillogly, James Gillogly, Keith H. Kellzom, Walter Thomson, Frances Leech,
Herbert Meyer, E. Bodwell, Janice Downing, W. P. Horen, S. J. Rutherford,
Barbara Prendergast, James Linsley, Joan Linsley, Juanita Linsley, Mrs.
E. C. Zimmerman, Geraldine R. Potts, and Michael Potts.
Before the meeting was called to order in the Morrison Auditorium, a
picture was taken of the attending members and visitors on the front steps of
the Leslie Simson African Hall.
The following were elected to membership in the Society: Harry L.
Hansen, William V. Garner, David Cox, Edward E. Gilbert, John D. Lattin,
Dr. Donald De Leon, Jerome G. Rozen, L. J. Stage, Harold E. Stark, Walter
Thomsen, and William Wall.
President Usinger appointed Mr. Leech, Mr. Green and Dr. Ross to serve
as a committee to audit the Society’s financial records and report at the
annual meeting in December.
Mr. Day, Dr. Furman and Dr. Tilden were appointed as a committee to
nominate a slate of proposed officers for the year 1952 at the December
meeting.
President Usinger reported that the first volume of the Society’s new
‘‘Memoirs Series,” “The Sucking Lice” by Professor Ferris, was off the press
and would be bound and ready for distribution within a short time.
President Usinger reported that Dr. E. C. Van Dyke was the only one
of the charter members of the Society who was present at the semi-centennial
anniversary program. The only other living charter member is James E. Cottle
JANUARY, 1952] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
67
cf Hayward, California. He also called attention to the presence of Miss Alice
Eastwood who joined the Society in 1902, one year after its founding. Dr.
Francis X. Williams, who joined the Society in 1904, is still an active member
but was not present.
President Usinger then called on Dr. Van Dyke, Honorary President of
the Society, to conduct the meeting.
Dr. Van Dyke expressed his pleasure at being present for the occasion
and called on Mr. Elwood C. Zimmerman, Entomologist of the Hawaiian
Sugar Planters’ Association Experiment Station, who presented an address on
‘The Origin, Development and Decay of Oceanic Islands.” Mr. Zimmerman’s
interesting talk, which was illustrated with an excellent motion picture in
color of the spectacular volcanic eruptions in Hawaii, is summarized below.
The development of any biota is fundamentally linked with the geological
history of the land. The mode of origin, development and decay of oceanic
islands with the accompanying development and decline of their biotas, pre-
sents us with many remarkable histories of ecology and organic evolution
in a condensed and fascinating manner. The Hawaiian archipelago is com-
posed of typical oceanic islands. It consists of a great line of volcanic peaks
extending across the mid-Pacific for a distance as great as that from Canada
:o Cuba. They have risen as masses of boiling rock from the interior of the
earth and have burst sterile through the barren sea. They have never been
connected to any other land. They have grown by volcanic outpourings to
heights of as much as 14,000 feet above sea level and rising from ocean
depths as great as 18,000 feet below sea level. The great processes of erosion
have, and are, degrading the mountain masses at a surprisingly rapid rate
since the volcanic fires have ceased upbuilding, and the islands are in pro-
gressive stages of being worn away and returned to the sea. Some of the old
leeward islands have been completely eroded to below sea level and their tops
are now capped by coralline materials and are called atolls. (This cycle of
birth, development and decay was illustrated with slides and a colored cinema
of recent volcanic activity of Mauna Loa, Hawaii.)
The terrestrial plants and animals of these oceanic islands are the des-
cendants of ancestors which were transported across the open sea. The agen-
cies of transport include the ocean currents, winds, and aid from other
organisms, including man. The overseas barriers have exerted a selective
influence upon the types of plants and animals which have succeeded in
crossing the ocean and becoming established. Thus, in Hawaii there are no
endemic species of land reptiles, amphibians, mammals, cockroaches, mantids,
earwigs, stoneflies, mayflies, caddice flies, scarabs, leafbeetles and many other
groups which are present on all of the continents. There is an unusual evolu-
tionary development of some of the groups of organisms which have succeeded
in becoming established, however. For example, the greatest concentration
of the Nysius bug complex occurs in Hawaii. There are more than 100
species of Odynerus wasps there, and it is possible that there are more than
200 kinds of Drosophila in this area which is less than that of Massachusetts.
At the conclusion of Mr. Zimmerman’s talk the meeting was adjourned
to the Entomological Laboratories of Leslie Simson African Hall where an
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
open house was held and refreshments served. On exhibit were many of the
•Society’s books, records, pictures and other material of historical interest. —
D. D. Jensen, Secretary.
Two Hundred and Twentieth Meeting
The two hundred and twentieth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomo-
logical Society was held at 7:30 p.m. on November 9, 1951 in the Morrison
Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President
Usinger in the chair. The following members were present: E. S. Ross, W.
Plarry Lange, A. E. Michelbacher, W. C. Day, D. D. Jensen, E. 0. Essig,
Theodore Aarons, F„ E. Skinner, J. W. Green, Gordon Marsh, C. A. Downing,
D. P. Linsdale, S. G. Watkins, N. W. Frazier, Herbert H. Meyer, K. F. Innes,
Jr., H. L. Hansen, W. C. Bentinck, W. V. Garner, E. E. Gilbert, E. R. Leach,
J. P. Figg-Hoblyn, P. H. Arnaud, Victor Stombler, Norman Lewis, Wm.
Hazeltine, J. G. Rozen, C. D. MacNeill, M. Marquis, L. R. Gillogly, H. B.
Leech, E. L. Kessel, T. R. Haig, Jr., Lee A. Wood, Jr., J. G. Edwards, K. S.
Hagen, and R. L. Usinger. Visitors were present as follows: A. Johnston,
P. S. Johnston, H. L. Day, Ruth Ogren, James Balch, R. Morgan, C. E.
Bodwell, Peggy Figg-Hoblyn, George Lindsay, Maxine Hagen, Mrs. L. R.
Gillogly, and J. Galen.
The minutes of the semicentennial meeting held September 29, 1951,
were read and approved.
The following were elected to membership in the Society: Thomas R.
Haig, Jr., Charles P. Alexander, Herbert H. Meyer, and Lee A. Wood, Jr.
President Usinger announced that at the Annual Meeting, to be held in
December, reports were to he given by all committees as well as an annual
report of the Treasurer. The auditing committee and the nominating com-
mittee, appointed at the September meeting, were reminded that they were
to report at the December meeting.
In response to the President’s call for notes and exhibits, Professor Essig
circulated a new book by F. S. Bodenheimer, entitled “Insects as Human
Food.”
Dr. Edwards reported that the drawing selected as the winner in the
contest for an official seal had been recovered after being lost in the mails
for several weeks.
Mr. Leech reported the death, at the age of 80 years, of J. 0. Martin,
Secretary during the years 1928-1935.
The President then called on Dr. A. E. Michelbacher, of the University
of California, and Dr. E. S. Ross, of the California Academy of Sciences,
for reports on their joint collecting expedition in western South America.
Both talks were illustrated with excellent kodachrome pictures. Dr. Michel-
bacher spoke first on “Entomological Impressions of Southwestern South
America.” A summary of his remarks follows:
Many of the entomological problems in southwestern South America are
similar to those in California. In many cases the same species of insects, or
closely related ones, are involved. The insect problems in Chile appeared to
be more like those found in California than those occurring in Peru. The
JANUARY, 1952] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY
69
absence of killing frosts over much of the agricultural area in Peru results
in ecological conditions far different than those encountered in our state. This
climatic difference makes it rather difficult to compare the entomological
problems of the two areas, in spite of the fact that many species occurring
in both regions are the same or closely related.
Chile might well be called the land of the weevils. They were encoun-
tered everywhere and as destructive pests they are only outranked by the
sucking insects. In Chile many ecological zones similar to those found in
California were encountered. The dominant flora in many localities was the
same as introduced into California, and often it was necessary to search for
native plants and insects for proof that we were in a foreign land.
In Argentina we were impressed by the large swarms of grasshoppers.
In one locality the sky as far as the eye could see was full of them flying
westward towards the setting sun. Some of the desert region of western
Argentina was like certain California deserts, and any comparative insect
faunal study between California and South America must include the eastern
as well as the western slopes of the Andes.
Our trip through the Alta Plana of Bolivia and Peru will probably be
best remembered for cold nights and insect collecting pretty well limited to
those that could be found under rocks.
Dr. Ross discussed ‘Impressions on the Biogeography of Western South
America.”
Southward from the Guayaquil gulf of Ecuador the climate and biota of
the Pacific slope of the Andes is strongly influenced by the cold Humboldt
Current and the blocking of the rain-bearing southeasterly trade winds by
the high Andean range. Thus, the entire Pacific Coast of Peru is desert except
for irrigated valleys. The desert conditions continue southward as far as north
central Chile where a gradual increase in winter rain fall is encountered as
one moves southward. This condition increases until many ecological con-
ditions become parallel to those of the Pacific Coast of North America but
prevailing in a reverse direction.
In the California-like zone of Central Chile there is a mixture of xero-
phytic plant life, cacti, Prosopsis, etc., which, as in California is derived from
the Neotropical region, and a southern temperate flora having more affinities
with that of New Zealand and Australia than to that of the remainder of
South America. Southward this temperate flora dominates the scene and,
together with the highly endemic animal life, constitutes, in spite of its small
geographic area, one of the major biotic zones of the world. It is thus a
mistake to classify all of South America as Neotropical for the Patogonian
area is just as distinct from it as the Nearctic is in North America.
Dr. Ross remarked that Argentina should be of greater interest to North
American students because of its ecological conditions paralleling those of
northeastern Mexico and the gulf coast of Texas. The desert in the state of
Mendoza was found io be highly reminiscent of our own Colorado desert.
The large collection of insects now available at the California Academy of
Sciences should, as it is studied by specialists, throw much light on relation-
ships between the faunas of North and South America.
70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 1
At the conclusion of the talks the meeting was adjourned. — D. D. Jensen,
Secretary.
Two Hundred and Twenty-first Meeting
The two hundred and twenty-first meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomo-
logical Society was held at 7:30 p.m. on December 7, 1951, in the Morrison
Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President
Usinger conducted the meeting. The following members were present: A. E.
Michelbacher, W. W. Middlekauff, H. H. Meyer, E. L. Kessel, E. C. Van
Dyke, G. F. Ferris, E. S. Ross, E. E. Skinner, P. H. Arnaud, A. E. Pritchard,
Walter Thomsen, L. A. Wood, M. D. Murray, J. G. Rozen, Jr., H. B. Leech,
W. C. Day, E. 0. Essig, and R. L. Usinger.
Dr. D. G. Denning, Robert Morgan and James Balch were elected to
membership in the Society.
Dr. Ross was appointed secretary pro tern. Dr. Miller read the Treasurer’s
report, which was approved by vote of the members present.
Dr. Ross, chairman of the auditing committee, reported that the Society’s
financial records had been examined and found to be in good order.
Dr. Usinger announced that the Society’s new seal was ready and invited
discussion regarding its use in the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Dr. Pritchard
moved that the editorial board be empowered to decide on the position of
the seal in the Society’s publication. The motion carried.
Discussion was opened regarding a new contract for printing the Pan-
Pacific Entomologist. Mr. Leech reported that a bid had been received from
a San Francisco firm for $10.00 per page. Dr. Kessel suggested changing
printers but not the typesetter. No formal action was taken.
The President then called for notes and exhibits. Professor Ferris dis-
played some of the plates for volume 6 of his scale atlas.
Mr. Hoyt exhibited his drawing of a Chilean neuropteroid (Neuroptera)
having dipterous head characters.
Mr. Day, chairman of the nominating committee, proposed and the
Society elected the following officers for 1952: E. 0. Essig, President; J. W.
MacSwain, Vice-President; D. D. Jensen, Secretary; R. C. Miller, Ti'easurer.
The chairmanship of the meeting was then turned over to President-elect
Essig, who called on Dr. Usinger to give his retiring presidential address
entitled “The Role of Type Specimens in Taxonomy and Nomenclature.”
The position was taken that type specimens can only be specimens upon
which descriptions or figures are based. With this as a premise it was con-
cluded (1) that it is the specimen upon which the figure is based that is the
type, not just the figure; (2) that a type locality must be the place from
which an actual specimen was collected and cannot be restricted to a place
inconsistent with existing evidence as to the place of collection; and (3) that
neotypes should be recognized officially, but only if designated in connection
with a description in words, thus conforming to the revised version of
Article 25 of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature.
Following a lively discussion of Dr. Usinger’s address the meeting was
adjourned. — E. S. Ross, Secretary pro tem.
For your agricultural needs
PENCO.
agricultural chcenicals
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — Fine to
medium granulated powder of uni-
form high quality. Setting point
89° G. minimum.
PENTECH®— Technical DDT made
especially for manufacturers of dust
concentrates, dusts and emulsion
concentrates. A granular, dry,
friable powder.
PENCO DB-50® — Fine, dry powdered
dust base containing 50% DDT, for
use by dust manufacturers in formu-
lating finished insecticides.
PENCO WB-50 — Micron-sized pow-
der containing 50% DDT and su-
perior wetting agents for use as water
suspension spray. Mixes easily, ad-
heres to foliage.
•A 'A H
PENCO BHC TECHNICAL 36 (Benzene
Hexachloride) — A superior, partially
refined technical BHC containing
approximately 36% of the active
gamma isomer. Readily lends itself
to production of impregnated dusts.
PENCO BHC DUST BASE D-12 — 12%
gamma isomer for use by dust manu-
facturers in the formulation of fin-
ished insecticides.
PENCO HI-GAM® 99— This is tech-
nical lindane, the essentially pure
gamma isomer of benzene hexa-
chloride.
Other Penco Insecticides
KRYOCIDE® — Time-tested natural
cryolite insecticide for control of
many chewing insects which attack
orchard and garden. .
PENPHOS® W-15— A wettable pow-
der containing 15% parathion. De-
signed for use as a water spray and
as a dust base concentrate. Effective
for the control of a wide variety of
economic insect pests.
For information on any or all of these
products write: Pewmsylvaniu Salt
Manufacturing Company of
Washington , Agricultural
Chemicals Division 9 Tacoma ,
Wash., Portland , Ore., Berkeley and
Los Angeles, Calif., Wenatchee, Wash.,
Takima, Wash.
I ® 1
PENNSALT
CHEMICALS
(or Industry • Agriculture • Health • Home
1 ]
Products bearing the Niagara symbol of
protection consist of the finest quality
compounds, skillfully formulated to com-
bat specific WESTERN infestations.
Strategic location of blending plants as-
sures Western growers that Niagara sprays
and dusts offer maximum control power.
Every principal growing area has a Ni-
agara field representative, ready with rec-
ommendations based on expert knowledge
of local conditions. Successful Western
growers enjoy more profit when their year
’round protection program combines prop-
er use of Niagara sprays and dusts with
Niagara’s expert WESTERN field expe-
rience.
As additional aid to
Western growers, Ni-
agara Field Service
Bulletins provide reli-
able and accurate
recommendations on
specific crops and in-
festations. We will
gladly add your
name to receive this
information without
obligation. Write
Dept. 121.
SUCCESSFUL
WESTERN
GROWERS
CONSULT A
NIAGARA
FIELD EXPERT
Niagara
SPRAYS & DUSTS
NIACARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA
Home Office: Middleport, New York
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Ill
OUTDOOR LABORATORY
Rohm & Haas Experimental Farm at Bristol, Pa.
Long-time testing on our 300-acre Experimental Farm proves the
formulations developed by Rohm & Haas Research Laboratories
— under actual farming conditions. Result: maximum effectiveness
in commercial use of such chemicals for agriculture as Dithane
and Rhothane.
Because it controls many diseases of many crops without retarding
plant growth, Dithane helps thousands of farmers to increase
yields of potatoes and other crops. And because of its unique
insecticidal qualities, Rhothane gives orchardists effective control
of the red-banded leaf roller on apples, and the orange tortrix
on pears, apples, grapes and other fruit.
Scientific development and exhaustive testing-in-use will continue
to assure the effectiveness of all Rohm & Haas agricultural chemicals.
Dithane and Rhothane are trade-
marks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in
principal foreign countries.
CHEMICALS
FOR AGRICULTURE
ROHM e HAAS
COMPANY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
iv
effective . . .
economical
insect control
During the past three years, ALDRIN and DIELDRIN have achieved recognition as out-
standing insect toxicants for the control of grasshoppers, boll weevil, certain other cotton
pests, mosquitoes, flies and many subterranean insects.
With the increasing number of published reports revealing results of experimental work
with ALDRIN and DIELDRIN, interest of entomologists in the performance of these chemi-
cals continues to grow. Wide fields of investigation still remain open in agricultural, horti-
cultural, arboricultural and public health pest control. Laboratory and field research with
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN on collateral toxiocological and residue problems makes available
important data of value to entomologists.
When planning experimental programs, it is well to remember that modern insect toxi-
cants are characterized by specificity. ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are compatible with all
modern insect toxicants, thus affording the possibility of using them in various combinations
to meet the entire insect problem of any crop.
ALDRIN and/or DIELDRIN are available for experimental use in the following forms:
ALDRIN
100% ALDRIN (Crystalline)
60% Equivalent Solution
25% Emulsifiable Concentrate (2 lbs.
actual ALDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control)
2 %% Dust
DIELDRIN
100% DIELDRIN (Crystalline)
18%% Emulsifiable Concentrate (1% lbs.
actual DIELDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control )
2 %% Dust
Your correspondence is invited concerning formulations and field applications of ALDRIN
and DIELDRIN. Entomological Reports on ALDRIN and DIELDRIN may be obtained upon
request.
ffuliub HYMAN &
DENVER, COLORADO
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are distributed nationally by Shell Chemical Corporation,
New York City
MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF
• Sulphur
• Insecticides
• Fertilizers
• Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave. Fresno, California
P. O. Box 1669 Phone Fresno 2-4113
VI
MULTI-FILM "L"
"L" STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULTI-FILM "L" ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET * SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made for
completing volume 1, and for the pub-
lication of volumes 2 (applications in
regard to nomenclatural problems), 3
(documents considered by the Interna-
tional Commission on Zoological Nom-
enclature at Paris, 1948), 4 (Official
Record of the International Commission
at Paris), and 5 (Official Record of the
section on Nomenclature of the thir-
teenth International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948).
All inquiries regarding publications
should be addressed to: International
Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, 41
Queen’s Gate, London, S. W. 7, England.
PACIFIC
DISCOVERY
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
Vll
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO 1 FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
★
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
7
/
(m
if
r J.
^HEMICALS^? 5
1885
SINCE
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME -HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
vm
IX
for successful formulation
rely upon
VELSlCOL
INSECTICIDE MATERIALS
The effective
•V
insect toxicant which
has consistently
proved its
competence for
control of destructive
and obnoxious
insect pests.
CHLORDANE
Agricultural f° r control of Grasshoppers, Cotton Boll
and Orchard Weevils, Lygus Bugs, Alfalfa Weevils,
Formulations Leaf Miners, Plum Curculio, Japanese
Beetle Larvae and Thrips.
Household & for control of Roaches, Flies, Silverfish,
Institutional Carpet Beetles, Ants and Household
Formulations Spiders.
Livestock for control of sarcoptic mange, Cattle
Applications Lice, Winter Ticks, Lone Star Ticks and
Horn Flies.
VELSlCOL Insecticides and Herbicide Solvents
Your formulations can be improved with these auxiliary
solvents:
VELSlCOL AR-50 G Also VELSICOLS for selective
VELSlCOL AR-50 and non-selective Herbicide
VELSlCOL AR-55 formulations.
VELSlCOL AR-60
For complete data
consult
VELSICOL S Technical
VELSlCOL HEPTACHLOR
. . . has shown promise in the control of Cotton Boll Wee-
vil, Wireworms, Mosquitoes, Japanese Beetle Larvae, etc.
Experimental samples are available on request.
Service Department
* 0«' V *0 „
o* cv
im
L-
VELSlCOL
General Offices and Laboratories
330 E. Grand Ave., Chicago 1 1, III.
Representctiv
“VELSlCOL”
‘ASl C 0*°
e s in
CORPORATION
Export Division
100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, New York
a / c i t i
i n c i
e s
LOOK TO DOW
FOR
INSECTICIDES
METACIDE— A liquid emulsifiable insecticide that has proved to be an
excellent product for the control of most aphids, loopers, orange
tortrix, bud moth, and certain other insects.
OVOTRAN-WETTABLE (containing K-6451)-A 50% wettable powder for
control of all growth stages from egg to adult of the several important
species of plant feeding spider mites occurring in California.
DN- 289— A non-oil dormant spray for the control of a greater number
of insect pests in the dormant stage on prune, plum, cherry, apple,
and pear trees.
DN-1 11— Is used in summer spray application on apples, peaches, and
citrus fruits, almonds, and walnuts.
LINDANE— Gamma isomer of Benzene Hexachloride 99% for fly con-
trol. Effective against those flies resistant to certain other insecticides.
SOIL AND SPACE FUMIGANTS
DOWFUME W-85— With active ingredient Ethylene Dibromide for nema-
tode and wireworm control, and increased growth response resulting
in increased yields.
DOWFUME EB-5— An improved grain fumigant containing Ethylene
Dibromide (5% by volume). Designed for fumigation of stored grain,
is outstanding for its high toxicity, its power to penetrate all levels
of the bin, and its unusual power to control pests in the surface layer
of the grain.
METHYL BROMIDE-A fumigant of high toxicity with excellent pene-
trating properties for food products, food processing plants, and fresh
fruit and vegetables. Controls insects in all stages of development,
also effective at a low dosage for rodent control.
WEED KILLERS
2-4 DOW WEED KILLER, FORMULA 40-the finest 2,4-D AMINE salt
formulation available.
ESTERON 44— a superior ESTER formulation of 2,4-D.
DOW SELECTIVE WEED KILLER-a non-2,4-D product for peas and inter-
planted grains.
ESTERON BRUSH KILLER controls nearly every kind of woody growth.
ESTERON 245 for certain weeds resistant to 2,4-D.
DOW GENERAL WEED KILLER for general weed control.
DOW SODIUM TCA 90%-the NEW grass killer.
Dow pest control products have been thoroughly tested and proved
in actual use over a period ot many years. They are the result of
extensive research and experimentation in the laboratories of The
Dow Chemical Company. Your inquiries are invited.
THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
LOS ANGELES . SAN FRANCISCO • SEATTLE
1
i
YOU GET THE BEST
• • •
Scientific Pest Control Products!
When you use ORTHO products, you're getting the benefits of this matchless
combination of values: nearly half a century of research knowledge and field
experience, progressive product development, quality manufacturing, technical
field service . . . and results against pests!
r
These ORTHO Products are leading the field
Modem Organic Pesticides
ISOTOX — Gamma Isomer of BHC from
lindane. Dusts, Sprays, Wettable
Powder. Concentrate
VAPOTONE — TEPP, Dusts, Spray
Concentrate
VAPOPHOS
Powders
-Parathion, Dusts, Wettable
PERSISTO — DDT, Dusts, Wettable Powder
PEST-B-GON — DDT, Spray
ORTHO-KLOR — Chlordane, Dusts, Spray,
W ettable Powder
ORTHOPHOS 4 Spray — Parathion
ORTHO-MITE — -Aramite. Dusts, Wettable
Powder, Emulsive Liquid
ALLTOX — Toxaphene, Dusts, Wettable
Powder, Spray
GAMTOX — BHC, Dusts, Wettable Powder
ESTERCIDE 330— Ester 2, 4-D Weed Killer
Spray
ESTERCIDE-T 245 and
ESTERCIDE-T 2— Ester 2, 4, 5-T
Weed and Biush Killer Sprays
WEED-B-GON 64— Amine 2, 4-D
Weed Killer Spray
Local ORTHO dust mills throughout the country supply freshly-mixed, custom-
mixed dusts for more timely, more effective control of pests.
For further information on ORTHO products, call your local ORTHO Dealer or
contact the nearest ORTHO office:
CALIFORNIA SPRAY -CHEMICAL CORP.
RICHMOND, SACRAMENTO, FRESNO, SAN JOSE, AND WHITTIER, CALIF.
ST. LOUIS, (MD. HEIGHTS), MO. FENNVILLE, MICH. MEDINA, N. Y. PORTLAND, ORE.
ELIZABETH, N. J. OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. GOLDSBORO. N. C. SHREVEPORT, LA,
ORLANDO, FLA. CALDWELL, IDAHO
SINCE 1907
Trademarks: ORTHO, ISOTOX, VAPOTONE, VAPOHOS, PERSISTO, B-GON, GAMTOX, ESTERCIDE
REG. U. S. PAT. OFF.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXVIII April, 1952 No. 2
JAMES OTIS MARTIN
James Otis Martin, a member of the Pacific Coast Entomol-
ogical Society since 1919 and its Secretary from 1928-35, passed
away on October 15, 1951 at the home of his daughter, Mrs. Fred-
erick J. Adams, in Austin, Texas. He was 81 years old and had
been a resident of Austin for eight years since the death of his
wife, Emily Ferry Martin, in Berkeley in 1943. Survivors include
his daughter and a grandson, Robert Martin Adams of San An-
tonio, Texas. Funeral services were held in Austin and his ashes
were buried beside those of his wife in Sunset View Cemetery,
Berkeley, California.
J. 0. Martin was born in Chicopee, Massachusetts, May 18,
1870, the son of William Henry and Silence Hoskins Martin. He
72
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIII, NO. 2
attended Chicopee High School and Mt. Herman School at Gill,
Massachusetts. After spending three years as an apprentice in the
Navy, he enrolled at Pratt Institute in Brooklyn where he studied
mechanical drawing and machine design. He later attended Cornell
University earning the B.S. and the M.S. degrees. At Cornell Mr.
Martin was an assistant to Professor Ralph S. Tarr and made many
of the photographs which were to serve as illustrations in the
famous Tarr and McMurray geographies. His thesis problems in
entomology involved the biologies of Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy
and of Silpha and Necrophorus.
Martin’s interest in insects was first aroused at the age of 12,
when he was walking in a cemetery one Sunday afternoon and saw
a man and boy turning over grave stones. Upon investigation he
found that they were collecting bombardier beetles. The boy was
Frederick Knab and the man, Knab’s father. James Martin and
Frederick Knab subsequently became good friends and made many
collecting trips together. His intense interest in collecting beetles
started at that time and was maintained throughout his life.
In the summer of 1896, Martin went to Greenland on an expe-
dition sponsored by Cornell University and Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. He had the interesting experience of travelling with
Peary who was returning to Greenland for a 40 ton meteorite
which he had been unable to bring out the previous year. The
expedition was headed by Professor Ralph S. Tarr and, although
the principal object was a geological study of Greenland, Martin
had the assignment of collecting natural history materials, especi-
ally plants, insects and anthropological objects. He also acted as
expedition photographer, operating with the greatest difficulty as
he had to use a drygoods box as a dark room.
In 1913, Martin came to Pasadena, California. There he met
H. C. Fall, who interested him in the myrmecophilous histerids of
the genus Hetaerius and told him where to find them in the Arroyo
Seco where the Rose Bowl is now located. Subsequently Martin
published two valuable systematic papers on this genus and never
missed an opportunity to collect additional specimens.
In 1918, he moved to Berkeley and availed himself of the oppor-
tunity of taking additional graduate work at the University of
California. Under the direction of Professor E. C. Van Dyke while
April, 1952]
MARTIN — -OBITUARY
73
attending the University, he made an important but unpublished
study of the insect inhabitants of wood-rat (Neotoma) nests. Sub
sequently he lived in Berkeley until 1943.
Martin collected extensively in New England, Alabama, and
southwestern United States. He was especially fond of the deserts
of southern California, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas. He spent
half a dozen summers collecting in these areas, one with E. P. Van
Duzee, two with E. G. Linsley, the remainder alone 1 . The material
collected on these trips was presented to the California Academy of
Sciences and forms an important part of the collections from this
region. He was a good companion in the field, a fine camper, good
hiker, excellent cook and able to “take it” without complaining
under difficult and trying conditions.
Throughout most of his life, entomology was an avocation with
Martin. However, in 1924, he joined the staff of the Department
of Entomology at the California Academy of Sciences as a prepa-
rator. He served in this capacity until 1932, when he retired from
active entomological work. In later years he devoted much of his
time to other hobbies, particularly stamp collecting, fishing, and
the building of out-board motor boats.
Martin once recalled that Professor John Henry Comstock had
a profound influence in shaping his life and interests as did H. C.
Fall. He made a number of camping-collecting trips with Fall, who
helped him with his identifications in the early days of his work
in the West.
Martin’s early collection of 12,000 specimens of meticulously
prepared beetles, mostly from western North America, was pre-
sented to the California Academy of Sciences in 1928. It was espe-
cially rich in the less conspicuous and lesser known groups of
Coleoptera.
Mr. Martin was especially fond of beginners who were in their
first enthusiasm for entomology. He helped many by giving them
equipment, insect boxes, and actually taking them on collecting
trips. This was especially true of the writer who in high school
and early college days made several field trips with him throughout
J For notes concerning field activities of J. O. Martin, see Pan-Pae Ent. 2 ;47 ;
3:46,152; 4:48; 5:48, 192 ; and 18:46.
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
California, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas, much of the time
wholly or partly at Martin’s expense. Later, Martin presented him
with a case of 50 Schmitt boxes, a label printing press, certain
entomological books, a complete set of H. C. Fall’s papers on the
Coleoptera, and many other helpful entomological materials which
he could not then afford to buy. Scattered throughout the country
are biologists who could make similar statements concerning the
generosity and encouragement offered by Mr. Martin.
The list of J. 0. Martin’s entomological writings is not long
but it reflects to some extent the diversity of his taxonomic inter-
ests. However, he will long be remembered for the valuable
collections which he made in the course of a long life and the
encouragement and help which he gave to younger students of
entomology. — E. G. Linsley.
Entomological Writings of J. 0. Martin
1900. A study of Hydrometra lineata. Can. Ent., 32:70-76, pi. 3, figs. 7-8.
1917. In quest of Dinapate wrightii. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 12:107-110,
pi. 1.
1919. Notes on the occurrence of Schizax senex in California (Col., Ceram-
bycidae). Ent. News, 30:231-232.
1920a. Notes on the genus Hetaerius and descriptions of three new species
(Coleop.) Ent. News, 31:222-225, 245-248.
1920b. A new California Methia. Can. Ent., 52:215-216.
1922. Studies in the genus Hetaerius (Col. Histeridae). Ent. News,
33:272-277, 289-293.
1924a. Studies in the genus Mecas (Coleop.). Ent. News, 35:244-245.
1924b. Note on Hydnobius matthewsii Crotch (Col. :Silphidae) . Ent. News,
35:255.
1927. A new Helmis (Coleoptera-Helmidae) from the Northwest. Pan-Pac.
Ent. 4:68.
1928. A new Triarius from Arizona. Pan-Pac. Ent., 5:34.
1929, A new California Malachius (Coleoptera). Pan-Pac. Ent., 5:174.
1930a. Notes on the genus Diodyrhynchus Sch. with a description of a new
species (Coleoptera). Pan-Pac. Ent., 6:129-130.
1930b. Two new coleopterous insects from Arizona. Pan-Pac. Ent., 7:70-72.
1931. A new Telegeusis from Arizona (Coleoptera). Pan-Pac. Ent., 8:91-92.
1932a. Amblycheila in California. Pan-Pac. Ent., 8:111.
1932b. A new California Epicauta (Coleoptera, Meloidae). Pan-Pac. Ent.,
8:169-170.
1932c. Amblycheila schwarzi. Pan-Pac. Ent., 8:190.
1933. Notes on some longicorns from subtropical Texas (Coleop. :Ceram-
bycidae). Ent. News, 44:178-183. (with E. G. Linsley).
April, 1952]
DE LEON SEQUOIA INSECTS
75
INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH SEQUOIA SEMPERYIRENS
AND SEQUOIA GIGANTEA IN CALIFORNIA 1
Donald DeLeon
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
Agricultural Research Administration,
U. S. Department of Agriculture
Introduction
Many people believe that the coast redwood Sequoia semper-
virens (Lamb.) Endl. and the giant sequoia Sequoia gigantea
(Lindl.) Decne are either remarkably resistant to insect feeding or
are not fed upon at all. Such, however, does not seem to be the case.
A good many insects breed in or on both species of Sequoia. There
are insects that feed on the foliage, in the thick bark, in the phloem,
and in the solid wood. It is true that, when compared with some of
the other conifers, the number of species of insects attacking the
sequoias is rather small. Just why this is so is not known. It may be
that, since the sequoia is a tree left over from past geological ages,
most of the insects for which it was originally a host have died out.
It is more probable that, like the California nutmeg Taxus brevijolia
Nuttall, the western yew Tumion calif ornicum (Torrey) Green, and
other species of plants, not many insects that feed on sequoias have
developed.
Some people believe that the sequoias’ supposed repellent or
resistant properties are due to chemicals in the wood. Sherrard and
Kurth (1933) have shown that there are extractives in the heart-
wood which prevent growth of certain fungi, but, so far as the
writer is aware, no worker has shown that there is a chemical in
the living portions of the tree — i.e., the sapwood, cambium, or
leaves — which is repellent to insects.
The statement is often made that the sequoias’ thick bark pro-
J The names preceded by an asterisk (*) are new host records. Original notes
for several species, kindly furnished by E. G. Linsley, E C. Van Dyke, and
Emanuel Fritz, of the University of California, and H. L. McKenzie, of the
California State Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, are acknowl-
edged under the insects concerned. The biological notes for the other species
are from the files of the F'orest Insect Laboratory, U. S. Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine, Berkeley, California, and from the writer’s notes, made
when he was earlier employed by the National Park Service. Other assign-
ments have prevented the completion of this paper, which was interrupted by
the writer’s entrance into the Army in 1942. Although the literature has not
been searched since that date and the references consulted before that date have
not been tied into the text, it seems advisable to make this information avail-
able to other workers as it is. F. P. Keen, in charge of the Forest Insect
Laboratory at Berkeley, attended to the final details of this paper.
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
tects them from insect attacks, but some insects easily bore through
the bark, and one species apparently is able to develop in the bark
alone. Moreover, the bark on the upper portion of the bole and on
the branches is thin, seldom being over 1/3 inch thick, and the bark
on the lower portions of the bole is so deeply grooved on large
trees that in many places the distance from the surface to living
tissue is less than 1 inch. As soon as a tree is cut or a limb is broken,
it is promptly and heavily attacked through the bark by insects
which earlier made no attempt to attack it. Such evidence seems to
indicate that a living tree is not attractive to these insects.
The supposed resistance of living trees to insect attack is com-
monly given as one of the chief reasons for the great age which
sequoias attain. However, the western yew and the California nut-
meg have fewer insects attacking them, and these two species are
not known to live longer than 400 years. The real reason for the
great age of the sequoias seems to be that the development of senes-
cent cells in an individual tree is a matter of several hundred years,
rather than of decades or shorter periods, as is the case for much
plant life. Trees, like other organisms, have life spans that vary in
different kinds. Some, such as digger pine and dogwood, are short-
lived; others, such as the oaks and sequoias, are long-lived. Some
kinds are more heavily beset by insects than other kinds; but, al-
though insects may kill off more individuals of the former than of
the latter, the life span of the species is not affected.
Except for several species of scales, all the insects discussed
below are native. No other introduced insects are known to attack
either species of sequoia. No attempt has been made to list the in-
sects attacking either coast redwoods or giant sequoias that have
been introduced into other parts of the world.
COAST REDWOOD INSECTS
Bark Beetles
The redwood bark beetle Phloeosinus sequoiae Hopkins is the
most common insect attacking redwood throughout its range. The
adult is about 4 mm. long, barrel-shaped, and very dark brown to
nearly black. The wing covers of some individuals often remain a
reddish brown. The larvae are curved, legless, and whitish, with
light brown heads.
The beetles are attracted to weakened and recently felled trees
and to injured or broken branches. The attacking beetle, which is
April, 1952]
DE LEON — SEQUOIA INSECTS
77
always the female, bores through the bark to the wood and there
excavates a tunnel up the tree along the grain of the wood. Eggs
are laid on each side of the gallery, and the larvae hatching from
them mine out at right angles to the egg gallery. Pupation occurs
either in the wood or in the bark. There is apparently little prefer-
ence in regard to the size of the tree attacked. Trees 6 feet in diam-
eter are infested as readily as limbs less than Yz inch in diameter.
In the thick-barked portions the egg galleries are entirely in the
bark; in small branches the egg galleries are entirely in the wood.
Winter is passed in the larval, new adult, and parent adult
stages. Attacks are made through the warmer months of the year,
but the main flight period appears to occur in May. There is con-
siderable variation in the number of attacks per square foot. In one
tree 22 inches in diameter the attacks averaged 17 per square foot,
but they are usually fewer than this.
As mentioned above, the female beetle initiates the attack and
only one pair of beetles is found in each gallery. The egg galleries
average about 2% inches in length. The shortest observed was 1
inch, the longest, 6 inches. Counts made in 11 galleries showed an
average of 48 eggs per female. The maximum number observed was
171; the minimum, 36. The incubation period is not definitely
known. The larvae require at least 2 months to complete develop-
ment. There is considerable overlapping of broods, but observations
indicate that there are two generations a year.
Thanasimus repandus Horn is a common predator of this beetle.
A larva collected in October pupated by November 18 and trans-
formed to an adult between December 1 and 17 of the same year.
The adult is about 8 mm. long. The head, legs, and posterior half
of the wing covers are black; the pronotum, base of the wing covers,
and abdomen are red; a narrow band of white hairs separates the
red from the black on the wing covers, and there is a wider band of
white hairs across the wing covers near each tip. The predator
seems to be restricted to this host, where it also feeds on Dicentrus
bluethneri LeConte.
Lasconotus vegrandis Horn is fairly common in the egg galleries
of the redwood bark beetle. The larvae probably prey on the eggs
and young bark-beetle larvae. It is a slightly flattened reddish-brown
beetle about 3 mm. long. Each wing cover bears six distinct ridges
with a double row of coarse punctures between the ridges except
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
the outermost one. All the ridges are crested with silvery recumbent
hairs.
The following parasites have been reared from limbs infested
with the redwood bark beetle:
Heydenia unica Cook and Davis Doryctes sp.
Eurytoma phloeotribi Ashmead Rhopalicus sp.
Spathius sequoiae Ashmead Cecidostiba sp.
Ecphylus calijornicus Rohwer
In the Hopkins (1903) description of Phloesinus cupressi, he
mentioned having taken it from redwood. Blackman (1942) also
reported a single lot taken from redwood in Alameda County. This
beetle normally attacks only Cupressus macrocarpa.
*Cryphalus probably pubescens Hopkins is the smallest beetle
known to attack this tree, being scarcely 1 mm. long. It is very
dark brown. It is found in small injured limbs or ones that have
been recently broken off. The adults make small radiating galleries.
Specimens have been taken in Muir Woods in March and near
Rockport in October. In the literature it is recorded as breeding in
Abies.
Ips latidens (LeConte) is a brownish, cylindrical beetle with
three spines on the declivity. It is about 3 mm. long. The writer has
examined a single specimen in the collection of the State Depart-
ment of Agriculture at Sacramento, taken on May 10, 1934, from
an ornamental redwood growing at Placerville, California. This
species is most commonly found attacking digger and lodgepole
pines.
Ambrosia Beetles
* Platypus i wilsoni Swaine is a dark-brown cylindrical beetle
with a large head and pointed wing covers. It is about 5 mm. long.
Professor Fritz obtained a dead specimen at Samoa* California,
from finished lumber in which it had made extensive galleries.
Whether it had been breeding in the logs in the field or whether
this incidence was merely a case of abnormal attraction to green
logs is not known. Normally this species breeds in Abies, Pseu-
dotsuga, Tsuga, and Picea. In literature it is also recorded from
Libocedrus, Thuja, and Pinus.
Gnathotrichus sulcatus (LeConte) is a slender dark brown
cylindrical beetle about 3 mm. long, which commonly breeds in the
sapwood of freshly cut stumps and logs. It excavates extensive gal-
leries, which in cross section appear as pin holes, often with stain-
April, 1952]
DE LEON — SEQUOIA INSECTS
79
ing around the edges. Adults are found in flight all season long.
Attacks generally occur only when the bark is present; conse-
quently, they may be prevented by barking the tree as soon as it is
felled. This species also attacks the giant sequoia Pseudotsuga,
Abies, Chamaecyparis, Tsuga, Picea, and Pinus.
* Monarthrum scutellare (LeConte) is a shiny dark-brown cylin-
drical beetle with its hind end “cut off” at an angle and with promi-
nent teeth at the sides of the cut. It is about 4 mm. long. This beetle
commonly attacks oak, but there is one record of its boring into a
recently cut log near Garberville. Professor Fritz, who collected the
specimens, states : “Piles of white frass were very numerous on tops
of logs. First observed, April 26, 1934. Adults busy flying in num-
bers above the piles and ever so often one would enter a hole in the
log.” All other records show this species as breeding in hardwoods,
chiefly Quercus.
Trypodendron cavifrons (Mannerheim) is reported by Kleine
(1934) as having been taken from redwood, but this record is not
verifiable. It is known to attack Pinus, Picea, Alnus, and Betula.
Powder-Post Beetles
"Habrobregmus gibbicollis (LeConte) is a grayish-brown beetle
about 4 mm. long, which commonly bores in the damp sapwood of
trees that have been dead several years. The galleries of the grubs
make a network of fine holes and the wood is reduced to a powdery
condition. Larvae have been collected in October. All stages can
probably be found at any time of year. This species is also known
to feed extensively in Pseudotsuga.
* Ptilinus basalis LeConte is a cylindrical brown beetle with a
darker brown head and pronotum. It is about 4 mm. long. E. G.
Linsley has identified adults collected by Professor Fritz near Gar-
berville, California, from redwood siding. This beetle commonly
attacks the wood of California laurel ( Vmbellularia calif ornica
[Hook & Arn.] Nuttall) .
Cerambycid Beetles
*Er gates spiculatus (LeConte) is the largest beetle attacking
redwood and is often nearly 65 mm. long, but some specimens are
only 40 mm. long. It is dark brown. The lateral margins of the
pronotum bear many small spines, although some specimens almost
lack these spines. Linsley collected a larva that was boring in the
sapwood of redwood and also in Abies. Our records show that it
commonly bores in Pinus and Pseudotsuga.
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
Prionus californicus Motschulsky is often slightly over 60 mm.
long and is next to the largest beetle attacking redwood. It is dark
brown, with three large spines on the lateral margins of the pro-
notum. E. C. Van Dyke told the writer that it breeds in redwood
stumps, and that he obtained adults and larvae from the bases of
redwood telephone poles. Damage, to have been caused by the
larvae of this beetle, has been observed in seasoned burls from Los
Gatos. Linsley also recorded it from redwood, Abies, and Pinus.
Additional hosts given in literature for this species ara Pseudotsuga
and hardwoods, such as Quercus and Alnus.
Semanotus ligneus sequoiae Van Dyke is a beetle about 9 to 12
mm. long, with the base of the wing covers of most specimens red-
dish and the rest of the body nearly black. The tips of the wing
covers of some specimens are blackish with a large black spot at
about the middle of each wing cover. This beetle works between the
wood and the bark of recently felled or fire-scorched trees. It takes
about a year for a complete generation. New adults have been taken
early in the spring from wood cut about a year earlier. Pupation
takes place in the outer sap wood. This subspecies is known only
from redwood.
Callidium sempervirens Linsley is a shiny purplish-green beetle
about 9 to 12 mm. long. It has been reared in the Big Basin area
from limbs cut about a year and a half earlier. Linsley, who de-
scribed this species (1942) also obtained his specimens from the
Big Basin area, where he found them infesting limbs. This beetle is
only known to attack redwood.
Callidium pallidum Van Dyke is similar in shape and somewhat
larger than the above-mentioned species. The males are brown and
the females green. Specimens in the California Academy of Science
have been reared from redwood stumps in San Mateo and Santa
Cruz Counties. They were taken in December, January, and March.
The species is only known to attack redwood.
Anoplodera impura (LeConte) is about 8 mm. long and has
brown wing covers and a darker brown head and thorax. Van Dyke
says he believes he has taken it from redwood stumps. Although it
is called the redwood borer, there seems to be no authenticated rec-
ord of its feeding in this host. In literature it is recorded as feeding
normally in Libocedrus.
Anoplodera mathewsii (LeConte) has a reddish-brown head
and pronotum, and yellowish-brown wing covers, each with a large
April, 1952]
DE LEON — SEQUOIA INSECTS
81
black spot at the tip. It is about 15 mm. long. Larvae, pupae, and
new adults have been collected in the sapwood in May and June
from fairly well -rotted old stumps. It is also reported in literature
as feeding in Thuja.
Anoplodera crassipes (LeConte) is about 10 mm. long. The
body is blackish, but the pronotum is covered with short golden
hairs and the wing covers are brownish with three (male) or four
(female) black bars extending across them. It is recorded by Doane
et al. (1936) as feeding in redwood, Pinus, Umbellularia, and Euca-
lyptus.
Leptura obliterata Haldeman is a yellowish-brown beetle about
16 mm. long. The typical subspecies has been taken from redwood
stumps and logs. Nothing is known about its life cycle in redwood;
other known hosts for the species are Pseudotsuga and Abies, and
in literature Tsuga, Picea, and Pinus.
Atimia dorsalis LeConte is a yellowish-brown beetle with the
sides of the body lighter in color. It is about 10 mm. long. Van
Dyke reported in conversation having reared it from redwood
limbs. Linsley also has a record of it from this host and from Thuja
and Juniperus. However, according to Linsley, the redwood records
may possibly involve A. maritima Linsley. A. dorsalis likewise
feeds in Cupressus and Libocedrus.
Phymatodes decussatus (LeConte) is recorded by Hopkins
(1903) as having been reared from a small dead tree. Probably
the species was wrongly identified, as it normally feeds in oak. The
record probably refers to the following species which is super-
ficially similar.
Phymatodes nitidus LeConte is a shiny blackish-brown beetle
about 7 mm. long. It has been reared from the limbs of this host
and there is one record, from the California State Department of
Agriculture, of larvae believed to have been this species feeding in
the cones. Our records show that it also feeds in the giant sequoia,
and in Cryptomeria, Cupressus, Libocedrus, Thuja, and possibly
Abies. In the literature it is also recorded from Juniperus.
Dicentrus bluethneri LeConte is the smallest cerambycid attack-
ing the redwood. It is about 6 mm. long and is black with a wide
interrupted reddish-brown band across the wing covers, which are
also tipped with reddish brown. New adults have been taken near
Willits in October in pupal cells in dry broken limbs, which had
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
apparently been broken off the preceding winter. It is also common
in Pseudotsuga, and Linsley has a record of it from Abies.
Other Borers
Anthaxia aeneogaster Castlenau & Gory is a flattened bluish-
black beetle about 6 mm. long. Van Dyke reported it as breeding
in the sapwood of this tree. A larva belonging to this genus was
taken from a limb infested with the cerambycid Dicentrus blueth-
neri. It also attacks the giant sequoia, Cupressus, Libocedrus, Pinus,
Pseudotsuga, and various hardwoods.
*Serropalpus barbatus (Schall) has been collected only in the
larval stage, boring in the sapwood of a recently killed tree at
Navarro. The larva is whitish, cylindrical, and about 20 mm. long.
The adult is entirely brown and about 15 mm. long. Our records
show that it also feeds in Libocedrus and Abies.
*Ctenicera sp. near rotundicollis (Say) occurs commonly in
the larval stage in the bark of trees about 10 inches d.b.h. near
Willits. The larva confines its work to the inner bark, sometimes
almost scoring the phloem. The specimens collected were about 8
mm. long with dark brown bodies and lighter brown heads. The
urogomphi are bidentate with the inner tooth considerably smaller
than the outer. Similar larvae were also collected near Klamath,
California, under the bark of this tree.
Dromaeolus nitens Horn. Adults of this species have not been
reared from this host, but the larval skins of what is believed to be
this species are commonly taken from large galleries in the bark
of living trees. In a green tree near Willits as many as 31 emerg-
ence holes have been observed in an area of about 10 square feet.
Other similar larvae have been taken from cells in the bark. Larvae,
which were apparently the same species, have been taken from the
bark of the giant sequoia and from the sapwood of Libocedrus.
Ceruchus striatus LeConte is slightly flattened jet-black beetle
with large jaws and strongly striate wing covers. The jaws of the
male each bear a large upright tooth at about the middle of the
inner upper margin; those of the female bear two smaller hori-
zontal teeth on the inner upper margin. The beetles are about 13
mm. long. Doane et al. (1936) record it as living in the sapwood
of dead trees. Linsley also has records of it in dead redwood limbs.
In the literature it is recorded from fir, probably Pseudotsuga,
Scale Insects
The following scale insects and mealybugs are known to attack
April, 1952]
DE LEON SEQUOIA INSECTS
83
redwood, whether growing under natural conditions or as orna-
mentals. As practically nothing is known about their biology or
distribution in redwood, they are merely listed here.
Insect
Authority for Other hosts given
redwood in literature 1
as host
Armored scales definitely from redwood:
Cryptaspidiotus shastae Essig (1926) Cupressus, Juniperus.
(Coleman)
Aspidiotus hederae (Vallot) 2 Coleman Umbellularia, Pinus,
(1903) Taxus, and many more.
Lindingaspis rossi (Maskell) 2 ibid. Araucaria and
many others.
Armored scales possibly from redwood:
Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell)
Calif. State
Citrus and many
Dept, of
Agric. 1942
other deciduous hosts.
Hemiberlesia lantanae (Signoret)
ibid.
Abies (Coleman 1903).
Carulaspis visci (Schrank) 2
ibid.
Libocedrus, Pinus,
Juniperus, Viscum
Cupressus, Thuja.
Phenacaspis pinifoliae (Fitch)
ibid.
Pinus, Pseudotsuga,
T umion, Abies, Picea
Dias pis carueli (Targioni) 2
ibid.
Thuja, Libocedrus,
Cupressus, Juniperus.
Lepidosaphes newsteadi (Sulc) 2
ibid.
Pinus.
Saissetia nigra (Nietner) 2
ibid.
Many tropical and
sub-tropical plants,
Pinus.
Mealybugs:
Pseudococcus sequoiae
Coleman
Cupressus.
( Coleman)
(1903)
Pseudococcus ryani (Coquillett)
Essig
Cupressus, Libocedrus,
(1926)
Thuja, Pinus, Araucaria
Puto cupressi (Coleman)
ibid.
Pinus, Cupressus,
T umion.
Pseudococcus citri (Risso)
ibid.
Wide variety of
non-coniferous species.
J Most of the hosts have been obtained from Essig (1926) and Ferris (1937).
2 Probably introduced.
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
Termites
Zootermopsis angusticollis (Hagan). Linsley has records of
v/hat appeared to be this species attacking redwood in contact with
the ground near Los Gatos and Santa Cruz. Specimens that are
either this species or Z. nevadensis (Hagen) have been taken from
the sapwood of a scorched living tree near Navarro. These two
species are so nearly similar that it is necessary to have soldiers
to make a positive identification.
Reticulitermes hesperus Banks has been observed in the San
Francisco Bay area, attacking redwood boards that have been in
place in the soil less than five months.
Reticulitermes tibialis Banks. Linsley states that he has exam-
ined specimens from the bark of a living ornamental tree to which
its activities were apparently entirely confined.
Kalotermes minor Hagen has been taken by Professor Fritz in
the dead tops of green trees that had just been felled. Adults have
also been taken in October at Navarro, where they had just begun
to bore into the injured sapwood of a green tree. In addition,
Linsley has records of this termite working in redwood rafters in
a house at Santa Cruz, in redwood in a residence at San Simeon,
and in the sapwood of dead branches at Big Sur.
Aphids
Amphorophoro morrisoni (Swain) is a green aphid which E.
0. Essig states, in correspondence, has been taken several times
from redwood. He says it “appears on it late in the fall where the
sexual forms are developed and eggs are laid on the suckers. This
insect also feeds on Monterey cypress and related plants.”
Leaf-Feeding Beetles
Dichelonyx valida (Le Conte) is recorded by Essig (1926) as
feeding on the leaves of this host. It is a greenish-black scarab
about 16 mm. long. The adults are said to appear in April and
May.
Moths
*Laspyresia sp. A heavy infestation of small ivory-colored
caterpillars was observed in July and August in the bark of a large
living ornamental tree in the East Bay area, but no adults have
been obtained. A pupa was observed on August 20. The cater-
pillars force out borings from their galleries in the shape of little
pellets, which are webbed together. They feed both in the dry
April, 1952]
DE LEON — SEQUOIA INSECTS
85
bark and in the outer phloem, where the injury causes beads of
amber-colored pitch to form.
Horntails
Sirex areolatus (Cresson). The females are metallic blue-black
and about 32 mm. long. The males are smaller with the middle
five segments of the abdomen brownish-red. The larvae are white,
legless, and bear a short, sharp spine at the middle of the last body
segment. The female is occasionally observed laying eggs in freshly
cut and in fire-scorched trees. The work of the larva is confined
to the sapwood, where it makes extensive galleries circular in cross
section. Adults have been collected during August in Mendocino
County. In literature it is listed as feeding also in Cupressus,
Pseudotsuga, Thuja , and Pinus.
Carpenter Bees
Xylocopa orpifex Smith is a metallic black bee about 18 mm.
long. The hairs on the head and thorax of the male are buff; those
of the female, black. The bees bore large holes in sound lumber,
where they store the pollen on which the bee larvae feed. They
are found in flight most commonly in October, November, and
December. The species also breeds in the giant sequoia and in
Juniperus.
GIANT SEQUOIA INSECTS
Bark Beetles
Phloeosinus ruhicundulus Swain, a reddish, barrel - shaped
beetle about 3 mm. long, is the most common insect attacking giant
sequoia. It is known to breed only in this host, very commonly
attacking freshly broken limbs and tops. Attacks occur chiefly in
March, April, and May, with a few throughout the summer. Often
limbs lying on the snow are heavily attacked. Attacks average
about one per 4 square inches. The galleries are constructed
between the wood and the bark along the grain of the wood. They
average about 1% inches in length. Of 20 galleries measured, the
shortest was % inch and the longest 3 3/20 inches. Each female
lays about 35 eggs per gallery. The largest number counted was
75; the smallest number 16. Development is rather rapid. Pupae
and new adults are found as early as July in limbs attacked early
in the spring, and these two stages can still be found as late as
October. It is not known whether the beetles that transform to
new adults in the middle of the summer emerge immediately or
winter over in the limbs and emerge with the main emergence of
I
86 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
the following spring. The beetles are of no economic importance.
There is no record of their attacking even weakened or injured
standing trees.
Lasconotus vegrandis Horn, also found in the galleries of
Phloeosinus rubicundulus, is discussed more fully under coast red-
wood insects.
Nemozoma fissiceps (Fall) is a common beetle in the galleries
of Phloeosinus rubicundulus, on which it probably preys. It is a
very slender, shiny beetle about 5 mm. long. Two hornlike pro-
cesses are present on the front of the head. The head and posterior
half of the wing covers are nearly black; the pronotum and base
of the wing covers are yellowish brown. It also occurs in the gal-
leries of other species of Phloeosinus in the Sierra region.
Ambrosia Beetles
Gnathotrichus sulcatus (LeConte) is a dark brown, cylindrical,
elongated beetle about 3 mm. long, which breeds abundantly in the
sapwood. It attacks the trunk of recently felled and wind-fallen
trees throughout the summer. Beetles have been taken from fresh
attacks as late as October in a tree blown over by a windstorm
early in September in Sequoia National Park. A dead adult has
been taken from a wound it had made in a healthy standing tree,
but there are no records of this species ever becoming established
in a living tree. The adult constructs extensive galleries in the sap-
wood and excavates small “cradles” at the side of its galleries. An
egg is laid in each “cradle” and upon hatching the larvae feed on
the fungus growth that develops along the walls of the cradles.
The fungus is introduced into the tree by the adult beetle. It also
attacks redwood and several other genera of conifers listed under
that tree.
Flatheaded and Other Borers
Trachykele opulenta Fall is a beautiful golden-green beetle
about 12 mm. long, which attacks both young suppressed trees and
the wounds of large fire-scorched trees. In its early stages the
larvae work in the bark, and between the wood and the bark, but
they later mine the sapwood and heartwood. According to one
field record they can develop entirely in the thick bark. When fire-
scorched trees are attacked the mines are chiefly in the dead sap-
wood and in the outer wood along the edges of the “cat-face” where
the bark is healing over. Mines also occur and emergence takes
place in the dead wood of the “cat-face.” Records indicate that it
April, 1952]
DE LEON — SEQUOIA INSECTS
87
takes at least three years for the beetle to complete its life cycle.
Pupation occurs in August, September, and October, and trans-
formation to the new adult stage takes place within a few weeks.
The new adults overwinter in their pupal cells and emerge the
following spring. Libocedrus is also attacked, and in the literature
Thuja is given as another host.
Anthaxia aeneogaster Castlenau & Gory is a flattened, dark
blue beetle about 6 mm. long which has been reared from small,
recently broken limbs infested with Callidium sequoiarum. Emerg-
ence in the laboratory occurred during the spring, summer, and
late winter from limbs broken the previous winter. The mines are
constructed between the wood and the bark and in the sapwood,
where pupation occurs.
Dromaeolus' sp. Larvae which apparently belong to this genus
have been collected from the thick bark of large standing green
trees in Sequoia National Park. This species is further discussed
under the heading Coast Redwood Insects.
Roundheaded Borers
Callidium sequoiarum Fisher is a blackish-blue beetle about
8 mm. long which bores between the wood and the bark and in
the sapwood of freshly broken limbs. It has been reared during
the spring from branches less than 1 inch in diameter, collected
the previous winter. It probably has a 1-year life cycle. It con-
structs extensive galleries, reducing the sapwood to a powder that
falls out through breaks in the bark, thus leaving a shell of bark
around a core of inner sapwood. Giant sequoia is the only host
known to be attacked by this insect.
Phymatodes nitidus LeConte is discussed under coast redwood
insects. Larvae were taken at Palo Alto from the trunk of a small
tree that had been dead about a year, and a single adult was reared
in June from cones collected the previous November in Sequoia
National Park.
Semanotus ligneus amplus Casey is a black beetle about 8 to
15 mm. in length, with the basal third of the wing covers reddish
and with antennae about half as long as the body. The larvae com-
monly work between the bark and wood of recently felled or fire-
scorched juniper, cedar, and cypress, but specimens taken from
giant sequoia in the Mariposa Grove and now in the U. S. National
Museum have been checked by Linsley.
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
Leaf Feeders
* Halisidota argentata Packard is a yellowish moth with reddish
forewings marked with silvery spots. It has a wing expanse of
about 2 inches. The caterpillars of this moth have been observed
to attack and develop to maturity on a tree 25 feet tall in Yosemite
National Park. The caterpillars overwintered as small larvae on
the twigs and began to feed early in spring. Considerable damage
was done to the tree by these caterpillars as early as the middle of
March. Pupation occurred in the last three weeks of June. The
first moths emerged July 3 and moths continued to emerge until
July 17. Damage is caused by the caterpillars chewing off the
adnate needles. Many of the twigs were chewed nearly through,
causing them to break and hang down. This infestation was con-
trolled by handpicking the larvae. H. argentata usually feeds on
Pinus, Abies, and Pseudotsuga.
Argyresthia sp. has been identified by H. H. Keifer, of the
California State Department of Agriculture, from foliage of giant
sequoia, on which it was apparently feeding.
Cutworms. Damage to trees in nurseries by caterpillars be-
lieved to belong to this group of insects is mentioned by Fry and
White (1931). The caterpillars are reported to sever the stems
just below ground level.
_ Diaspis carueli Targ. has been identified by Keifer from foliage
of giant sequoia.
Aonidiella aurantii (Ma:kell) has been identified by Keifer
from foliage of this tree.
Cryptaspidiotus shastae (Coleman) . Infestations of this grayish
scale insect have been observed on small trees in Sequoia and
Yosemite National Parks, especially along dusty roads. In none
of the infestations examined was the damage serious enough to
affect the growth of the trees appreciably. Nothing is known about
the biology of this insect on giant sequoia. In literature it is listed
as attacking the coact redwood and Juniperus.
Hemiberlesia rapax (Comstock) was reported by Coleman
(1903) as breeding abundantly on giant sequoia in the Stanford
Arboretum. It has a wide variety of hosts.
*Carulaspis visci (Schrank) was observed in February on the
leaves of giant sequoia growing as an ornamental at Stanford
University. It had a wide variety of hosts.
April, 1952]
DE LEON SEQUOIA INSECTS
89
Termites
Zootermopsis nevadensis (Hagen) has been taken from the
sapwood of suppressed sequoia trees infected and apparently re-
cently killed by Trachykele.
Carpenter Bees and Ants
Xylocopa calif ornica Cresson and X. orpifex Smith were found
to have had a large colony in the dead top of a green tree 12 feet
in diameter when it fell in Sequoia National Park several years
ago. X californica resembles X. orpifex, but is larger and its body
has a greenish metallic sheen. The habits of the two species are
similar. They bore holes in sound dead wood, where they store
pollen on which the bee larvae feed.
Camponotus sp. This ant was taken from the heartwood at the
base of the tree mentioned in the preceding paragraph. A fire scar
extended nearly around the base of this tree, and the ants were
working in the fire-scorched wood. Observations indicated that it
was the activity of this insect, coupled with rot, which undermined
the support of the tree, causing it to fall. Members of this genus
are also very common in old giant sequoia stumps.
The specific names of the two insects listed below indicate that
they feed on either of the sequoias, but later records do not bear
this out.
V espamima sequoiae (Hy. Edwards) is listed in the original
description as if it fed in Sequoia sempervirens, but the writer has
been able to find no authenticated later record that it attacks this
host. Records obtained thus far indicate that it breeds only in
Pinus and Pseudotsuga. The late G. P. Engelhardt, who revised
this family, wrote me that he had no record of this moth working
in sequoia.
Sphinx sequoiae Boisduval was described in 1868 from “a
single individual found resting on the trunk of a tree in the forests
where the gigantic conifers called Sequoia grow,” hence its name,
but so far as is known, no one has ever found it attacking or feed-
ing on Sequoia.
SUMMARY
Fifty-two insect species are listed from coast redwood and
twenty species from giant sequoia. Nine of these species are com-
mon to both hosts, but all nine of them have additional hosts. Four
species feed, so far as is known, only on Sequoia, three of them
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
being confined to redwood and the other feeding only on giant
sequoia. No insect has yet been found that feeds only on both
sequoias.
Literature Consulted
Blackman, M. W.
1931. A revisional study of the genus Gnathotrichus Eichh. in North
America. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 21:264-276.
1942. Revision of the genus Phloeosinus cliopuis in North America
(Coleoptera, Scolytidae). U. S. Natl. Mus. Proc. 92:397-474.
Brunner, J.
1914. The sequoia pitch moth, a menace to pine in western Montana.
U. S. Dept. Agr. Bui. 111. 11 pp.
Chamberlin, W. J.
1939. The bark and timber beetles of North America north of Mexico.
513 pp. (Lithoprinted.) Corvallis, Oreg.
Coleman, G. A.
1901. The redwood mealybug. Calif. Acad. Sci. Proc., 3rd ser. Zool.,
v. 2, (11) pp. 409-420, illus.
1903. Coccidae of the coniferae, with descriptions of ten species from
California. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Jour. 11:61-85.
Doane, R. W., E. C. Van Dyke, W. J. Chamberlin, and H. E. Burke
1936. Forest insects. 463 pp., illus. McGraw Hill Co., New York.
Edwards, Henry
1881. New genera and species of the family Aegeridae. Papilio 1:179-
208.
Essig, E. O.
1926. Insects of western North America. 1,035 pp. MacMillan Co., New
York.
Ferris, G. F.
1937. Atlas of the scale insects of North America. Stanford Univ.
Press, California.
Fisher, W, S.
192Q. New species of Cerambycidae. Wash. Ent. Soc. Proc. 22:153.
Fry, Walter, and J. R. White
1930. Big trees. 114 pp. Stanford Univ. Press, California.
Garnett, R. T.
1918. An annotated list of the Cerambycidae of California. Canad. Ent.
50:172-177; 205-213; 248-252 281-284.
Hopkins, A. D.
1903. Insect enemies of the redwood. U. S. Dept. Agr. Forestry Bub
38:32-40, figs. 4.
Keen, F. P.
1938. Insect enemies of western forests. U. S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Pub.
273, 210 pp., illus.
Kleine, R.
1934-35. Die Borkenkafer (Ipiden) und Standpflanzen. Zeit. Angew.
Ent. 21:125-181; 597-646.
April, 1952]
ROZEN-BRACHYCISTIDINE FEMALES
91
Linsley, E. G.
1942. A new species of Callidium from the coast redwood, Sequoia sem -
pervirens. Pan-Pacific Ent. 18:192.
Person, H.
1933. Redwood has few insect enemies. Forest Worker 9:15-16.
Sherrard, E. C., and E. F. Kurth
1933. Distribution of extractive in redwood. Indus, and Engin. Chem.
25:300. (Reprinted in Termites and Termite Control. C. A.
Kofoid, ed. pp. 514-518. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, Calif.,, .1934. )
Thompson, C. .
1927. (The sequoia pitch moth.) Oreg. State Bur. Hort. Bien. Rpt.
19: 132-133.
Van Dyke, E. C.
1923. New species of Coleoptera from California. Brooklyn Ent. Soc.
Bui. 18:37-53.
COLLECTING BRACHYCISTIDINE FEMALES
(Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae)
Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.
University of California, Berkeley
This spring (1952) a collecting party of the California Insect
Survey, Division of Entomology & Parasitology, University of
California, composed of P. D. Hurd, Jr., G. A. Marsh, P. H. Tim-
berlake and myself, made a considerable effort to collect nocturnal
mutillids and tiphiids on the California deserts. The results of this
effort were gratifying for six brachycistidine females and numerous
mutillid females were taken, as well as a great many males of these
two groups.
The first female brachycistidine was taken at Hopkins Well,
Riverside County, crawling out of the sand on a sand dune sparsely
covered with vegetation. Two additional females were collected
about one mile north of Plaster City, Imperial County. Both of
these insects were found on fine sand in an area covered with the
typical desert flora. The other three females were collected in a
sand dune region a short distance east of Borego, San Diego
County. Two of them were taken on the leeward side of a road,
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIII, NO. 2
possibly blown there by the strong wind, which was prevailing at
the time of our collecting.
The only generalities that can be made are that all the female
brachycistidines were found on fine, unconsolidated sand at night.
Whether or not these insects are partial to sandy country is uncer-
tain, however, for we looked primarily only where there was fine
sand, the small insects being more readily seen there than on
coarser sand and gravel, where they could more easily hide in the
shadows. On the other hand, evidence supporting their preference
for a sandy situation is given by Mickel and Krombein (1942:652) ,
who cite the capture of a female in the sand dune area of San
Francisco, California, and by Hurd and Rozen, who, subsequent
to the spring trip, collected two specimens in the sand dunes of
Antioch, California.
The method of collecting both the tiphiid and mutillid female
was a simple one. Each member of the party, using a Coleman
lantern, walked about the sandy region and picked up the females
by hand. The smaller females, especially those of the genus Chy-
photes, were readily captured by moistening a finger and lightly
applying it to the dorsal surface of the insect. None of the brachy-
cistidine females were taken coming to light, if for no other reason
than because we were continuously moving about. However, it is
certain that at least some of them are attracted to light, for in
addition to the information provided by Mickel and Krombein
(ibid.) H. E. Evans and P. D. Hurd on their Mexican trip of 1951
secured several specimens which came to a stationary Coleman
lantern. Furthermore, one of the Antioch specimens was found at
the base of a Coleman lantern which had been resting on the sand
for a considerable length of time.
Literature Cited
Mickel, Clarence E., and Karl V. Krombein
1942. Glyptometopa Ashmead and related genera in the Brachycisti-
dinae, with description of new genera and species (Hymenoptera,
Tiphiidae). American Midland Naturalist, 28(3) :648-679, 3 pis.
Range extension of Pholisora libya Scudder (Lepid., Hesperiidae) :
On August 13, 1951, a single slightly-worn female was taken about 13 miles
northwest of Coalinga, Calif., on Highway 33, as it flew along a dry wash
by the roadside. This is, as far as I can ascertain, the first record for this
typically mohavian species from the west side of the San Joaquin Valley. —
J. W. Tilden.
April, 1952]
MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA
93
NEW WESTERN EPHEMEROPTERA, III
VELMA KNOX MAYO
Nickel Plate, British Columbia
(Plate III, figures 9, 11)
Ameletus monta Mayo, new species
Male imago in alcohol. Head brown ; ocelli white, bordered by dark
brown at bases. Pronotum dark brown with fine tracheations laterally. No
creamy areas on postero-lateral edges of pronotum as in A. celeroides
McDunnough. Mesonotum dark brown with creamy white in unsclerotized
area between prescutum, and scutum; also creamy spot on either side of
midline near scutellum. Pleural sclerites dark brown; unsclerotized areas at
bases of wings creamy white. Sternites brown. Forelegs pale yellowish-brown;
middle and hind legs creamy. Wings with a reddish-brown tinge due to promi-
nence of reddish-brown longitudinal veins, cross veins less distinct; stigmatic
area milky. Abdomen semi-hyaline ; first tergite dark brown, tergites 2-7
semi-hyaline, washed with pale tracheations; laterally tergites 2-7 very pale;
8-10 dark brown with pale streak on edges. Sternites paler than tergites; 2-8
with blackish ganglionic markings; anterior border and lateral edges of
sternite 9 brown. Genitalia as in figure 11. Forceps and forceps base very
pale yellowish brown. Penes are narrow, parallel, and slightly incurved at
tips; at the base of each are three prominent spines. Tails white, with minute
brown hairs. Each segment delicately bordered posteriorly with reddish
brown.
Male, pinned. Thorax dark brown. Forelegs dark brown; middle and hind
legs yellowish. Wings brown tinged; longitudinal veins prominent; cross veins
less so, but not indistinct. Abdomen much as in alcoholic specimen, but the
posterior borders show as darker bands of brown; segments 8-10 dark brown;
tergites with dark tracheations; sternites paler than tergites with ganglionic
areas blackish. Genitalia and tails brown. Length body, 10 mm ; wing 10 mm.
Female in alcohol. More uniformly colored than male. Thorax light
reddish-brown with same creamy areas at wing bases. Forelegs yellowish-
brown, middle and hind legs pale yellow tinged with red on tarsi. Wings
tinged with brown. Abdomen not semi-hyaline as in male. Tergites about
same shade as thoracic notum, posterior borders darker, all tergites with fine
tracheations. Sternites paler than tergites but not hyaline as in male.
Ganglionic areas blackish. Subanal plate very small, covering less than half
the eighth segment. Tails white, speckled with short brown hairs as in male.
Nymph. Head and thorax brown; median line of thoracic notum pale.
Legs yellowish-brown with last tarsal segment dark reddish-brown. Abdominal
tergites brown with dark submedian streaks from anterior margins; area
between these streaks pale on segments 3 and 4; laterally dark streak extend-
ing from posterior margin near medial side of gill attachment nearly to
antero-lateral corner of tergite. Tracheae of gills are numerous and readily
seen under microscope, but cannot be seen with naked eye. Sclerotized band
present on gills as far from margin as width of band (fig. 9). Ventrally,
ganglionic markings distinct on sternites 2-8; sternite 1 pale; 2-4 and 8
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
uniformly brown; 5-7 pale except around ganglionic markings; 9 pale; each
sternite with brown patches on either side of midline; small distinct white
patches in antero-lateral corners. Tails fringed; pale basally, banded with
dark brown medially and pale distally.
Holotype, male imago (in alcohol) McGuigan Creek, Paine
Mountain near New Denver, British Columbia, altitude 6,500
ft., August 29, 1940. Allotype, female imago same data. Paratypes,
one vial, same data. One male imago, paratype, and one nymph in
collection of California Academy of Sciences. Rest of material in
collection of writer.
.' 1 : • •
Ameletus monta new species is related to A. celer aides McDun-
nough. The distinguishing character is mainly in the genitalia.
A. monta has three large spines on each penis whereas in A.
celeroides there are but two small spines on each penis. A. monta
is larger in body form.
Ephemerella flavilinea McDunnough
Dr. McDunnough loaned me specimens of Ephemerella flavi-
linea McDunnough and I was thereby able to determine that the
species occured very commonly in the Jackson, California region
in May, 1938. The nymphs were reared and both male and female
imagos obtained. The imagos varied in color, some darker, others
paler. It was found that the specimens taken from Jackson Creek
were slightly smaller than those from Dry Creek in the same region.
Ephemerella delantala Mayo, new species
(Plate I, figure 2)
Nymph, (fig. 2). A member of the E. simplex group. Yellowish species
with brown markings. Head yellowish on vertex ; mouthparts brown. Maxillary
palp present. Pronotum yellow, with faint traces of adult pattern showing
through, more distinctly in male. Mesonotum yellow, with dark brown pattern
as in fig. 2, giving a banded appearance across anterior third of mesonotum.
Pleural and sternal sclerites brown. Forelegs yellowish; middle and hind
coxae dark brown; trochanter and basal half of femora brown; tibiae and
tarsi yellowish, amber colored near claws. Six or seven minute denticles on
claws. Abdominal tergites 1-3 dark brown in both sexes; in the male the 4th
tergite is brown laterally and yellow medially; in female, 4th tergite is more
uniformly brown ( fig. 2 ) . In both sexes tergites 5-7 are wholly yellow, tergite
8 dark brown along posterior border and lateral angles, yellow anteriorly,
tergite 9 wholly brown, tergite 10 yellow. The dorsal abdominal spines give
the appearance of folds on either side of midline forming a pleat on tergites
4-8. The spines on tergites 4-8 are conspicuous and increase in size to rear-
ward; they bear fine spicules. On tergites 2, 3, and 9 projections relative to
spines on posterior margins are scarcely visible. Prominent postero-lateral
spines present on segments 5-8 (fig. 2) ; these are curved up dorsally forming
a trough between the lateral and dorsal spines in which lie the gills. Gills
April, 1952]
MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA
95
present on segments 4-7 only; those on 4 semi-operculate. Ventrally, abdomi-
nal sternites 1-4 brown; 5-7 and anterior part of 8, yellow tinged with brown
on either side of midline ; lateral angles and posterior portion of 8 and anterior
half of 9 dark brown. Tails yellowish with light fringe of hairs on distal half.
Length: body of male nymph 5 mm; female nymph 6 mm.
Holotype, nymph (in alcohol) Martis Creek near Trucicee,
Placer County, California, altitude 6,000 ft., June 23, 1933.
Collected by Dr. P. R. Needham and party. Paratype, one nymph,
same data. Holotype in collection of the California Academy of
Sciences. Paratype in collection of writer.
Ephemerella delantala new species is related to E. margarita
Needham. It is a member of the E. simplex group and readily dis-
tinguishable from E. attenuata McDunnough and E. simplex Mc-
Dunnough. The former has tubercles present on the head and
thorax; in delantala there are no tubercles on head and thorax.
E. simplex has no dorsal abdominal spines and no denticles on
claws, both of which are present on delantala. E. margarita, to
which E. delantala is most closely related, is larger; the legs are
pale, tibiae and tarsi banded; in E. delantala the trochanter and
basal half of the femora are dark brown; tibiae and tarsi not
banded. Lateral extensions of abdominal segments 5-8 are well
developed on E. delantala, present on segments 4 to 9 in E. mar-
garita. “Rather short dorsal spines present on tergites 3-9” in E.
margarita, prominent dorsal spines present on segments 4-8 of
E. delantala. Abdomen broadest at segment 7 in E. margarita;
broadest at segment 5 in E. delantala. Tails not banded in E. delan-
tala as in E. margarita.
Baetis palisadi Mayo, new species
(Plate II, figures 3, 5. Plate III, figure 6)
Male imago (fig. 5). Head brown. Turbinate eyes fairly large; orange.
Pronotum with dark brown lateral triangles; median area smoky; posterior
margin widely banded with creamy. Mesonotum rich dark brown with creamy
areas on either side of parapsidal grooves extending to tip of scutellum ;
laterally, brown. Metanotum and first abdominal tergite dark brown.
Pleural sclerites deep brown, unsclerotized areas creamy. Wings hyaline;
venation colorless, stigmatic area milky; cross veins in stigmatic area very
indistinct, some appear to be anastomosed. Hind wing with well developed
costal projection, three veins and no intercaleries ; the third vein is well
developed, extending to beyond the middle of hind margin (fig. 3). Legs pale,
colorless; coxae pale with brown sutures; femora pale with faint tinge of
brown near tibial joining, likewise tibia with pale brown tinge at tarsal
joining; claws dissimilar, brown. Abdominal tergites 2-6 hyaline, tergite 2
with two pale smoky spots on anterior margin, but these are lacking on
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
remainder of tergites; tergites 7-10 yellowish-brown. Tails colorless. Laterally
the tergites are faintly tinged with smoky around stigmatic area. Sternites 2-6
hyaline, sternite 1 yellowish, sternites 7-9 deeper yellow. Forceps pale yel-
lowish; genitalia as in fig. 6. Length of body 8 mm; wing, 8 mm.
Female imago. In the female the coloring is more uniformly light brown.
The brown thorax is much lighter than that of male. Wings hyaline, venation
distinct, light brown. Legs yellowish with sutures outlined in brown; all
femora with brown streak the entire length of anterior and posterior surfaces ;
tarsal joinings brown, claws brown. Abdomen not hyaline, but a yellowish
brown; each tergite is marked near the anterior margin with two pair of
small dark patches, one above the other on either side of midline; laterally
near pleural fold each tergite has two brown markings. Sternites are pale
yellow, marked as tergites with two brown streaks on either side of mid-
ventral line near the anterior margin; sternite 9 shaded with brown. Tails
pale. Length: body 8 mm; wing 8 mm.
Holotype, male imago (in alcohol), Big Pine Creek, Sierra
Nevada Mountains, Inyo County, California, altitude 8,100 ft.,
July 5, 1939. Collected by the writer. Allotype, female imago, same
data as male. Paratypes, three male imagos; one female imago,
same data. Holotype in the collection of the California Academy of
Sciences. Paratype, one female in same collection. Others in col-
lection of the writer.
In type of genitalia Baetis palisadi new species is allied to
B. piscatoris Traver and B. adonis Traver, from California, and
B. lasallei Banks of Wisconsin. B. palisadi is considerably larger
than any of these. It can readily be distinguished from B. piscatoris
by the abdominal tergites which are not banded; from B. lasallei
it can be separated by the absence of intercalaries in the hind wing ;
also by the absence of black dots on each tergite, in the male. The
maculation of the entire body differs from that of B. adonis. In the
hind wing the third vein is well developed in B. palisadi, in adonis
it is short, ending in the basal third of hind margin.
Ephemerella sierra Mayo, new species
(Plate I, figure 1, and Plate III, figures 7, 8)
Nymph (Plate I, fig. 1). Color of mature nymph dark brown with a
distinct reddish tinge on abdomen and ventral surface. Immature nymphs
light brown. Head with a pair of prominent, erect occipital tubercles; vertex
light brown between tubercles. On the pronotum is a twin pair of long,
pointed tubercles which are subequal, the posterior in some cases being
slightly shorter; medially, next to posterior tubercles is a pair of shorter
tubercles, plainly visible; on same level as anterior twin tubercle is a smaller
sharp, lateral tubercle; between the twin tubercles the pronotum is light
brown; laterally, dark brown. The tubercles are covered with small, heavy
spines. There are three pairs of tubercles on the mesonotum ; the first is near
April, 1952 ]
MAYO EPIIEMEROPTERA
97
Plate I: Fig. 1 Ephemerella sierra, n. sp., nymph. Fig. 2. Ephemerella delan-
tala, n. sp., nymph.
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIIIj NO. 2
the anterior margin, one tubercle on either side of midline; a ridge extends
from each short, blunt tubercle to the antero-lateral angle of mesonotum.
Laterally and slightly posterior to the anterior tubercles is the second pair
of longer ones in the middle portion of segment is a third pair, very much
larger, wide basally and directed backwards. The area between the large
tubercles and the scutellum is light brown ; the rest of scutum is dark reddish
brown; all tubercles and the area between them along midline are covered
with short, heavy, black spines. On the posterior portion of mesonotum are
numerous long hairs. There is a slight hump between wing pads which cor-
responds to the scutellum of the adult. Legs light, washed with darker brown;
traces of a dark streak on each femur, fore femur with no teeth on anterior
margin. Tibial thumb fairly sharp. Hind tibia as long as trochanter and femur
combined. Prosternum with a long, blunt tubercle directed towards head.
Mesosternum light reddish brown except for two distinct lunate, dark mark-
ings, one on either side of midline behind leg bases. Pleural sclerites dark
brown; unsclerotized areas light. Abdominal tergites 2-9 each bears a pair
of sharp tubercles on posterior margin ; those on tergites 2-7 are approximately
the same size and directed backwards, those on segments 5-6 are wider apart
than the others. The tubercles on tergites 8-9 are very much longer, at
least four times the length of those on segments 2-7 and bear numerous long,
heavy bristles; the tubercles on tergite 8 are more erect than those on 9,
which are directed backwards. Tergites 3-7 and 10 are deep reddish brown,
very dark laterally, tergites 2 and 8-9 are light brown between tubercles and
darker laterally. Gills on segments 3-7. Abdominal sternites reddish brown;
laterally on each segment are two dark red markings on either side of
midline ; the medial of these is an oblique streak from anterior margin. There
is a trace of a dark mid-ventral line on sternites 5-9 ; sternites 1-5 are lighter
along midline. Lateral prolongations of abdominal segments as in fig. 8,
pi. III. Tails dark brown in basal third, the outer two-thirds alternately light
.and dark, each segment ringed posteriorly with spines. Length : body 11-12 mm.
Holotype nymph, South Fork Bishop Creek, Inyo County,
California, altitude 9,500 ft., August 28, 1938. Paratype: eight
mature nymphs, same data. Two immature nymphs. American
River, California, altitude 4,200 ft., July 24, 1938. Collected by the
writer. Twenty immature nymphs collected by Dr. P. R. Needham
and party as follows: Independence Creek, one mile above Inde-
pendence, California, June 13, 1934. South Fork Bishop Creek,
June 20, 1934, June 25, 1934. Megee Creek, Mono County, July 6,
1934. One paratype in collection of California Academy of Sciences.
One nymph collected July 4, 1938 South Fork Bishop Creek,
Inyo County, California, altitude 9,500 ft., was removed to Mam-
moth Lakes, Mono County, California, altitude 8,000 ft., and reared
to the subimago stage. The subimago emerged on August 28, 1938.
Following is a description of the specimen: Bright red species. Head
reddish brown, yellow around bases of antennae. Ocelli white. Pronotum deep
April, 1952]
MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA
99
Plate II: Fig. 3. Hind wing Baetis palisadi, n. sp. Fig. 4. Ephemerella wilsoni,
n. sp., nymph. Fig. 5. Baetis polisadi, n. sp., adult.
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIII, NO. 2
reddish brown laterally with a light red area in the medial portion. Meso-
scutum lighter brown surrounded by bright red. Light area on either side of
midline near scutellum. Pleural sclerites bright red tinged with rose;
unsclerotized areas light and powdery white in part. Wing venation dark
brown; adult subcostal vein shows through as bright red. Fore legs deep
reddish brown, femora of middle and hind legs light yellow in basal half
and bright red distally; tibiae yellowish and tarsi tinged with dark brown.
All abdominal segments bright red; each tergite bordered posteriorly by
yellowish white, the latero-posterior angles and pleural fold whitish. Ventrally
all segments but the ninth are bordered posteriorly with yellowish white;
each sternite with a dark lunate streak from anterior margin on either side
of mid ventral line. Forceps base light reddish brown; forceps and penes
dark reddish brown (see genitalia, fig. 7, pi. III). Tails blackish in basal
half; brown apically. Length: body 11 mm; wing 14 mm; tails 10 mm.
Ephemerella sierra new species is a member of the E. fuscata
group and allied to E. autumnalis McDunnough of British Colum-
bia. Dr. McDunnough kindly loaned me specimens of E. autumnalis
and I was able to determine that the nymphs which I reared from
Wilson Creek near New Denver, British Columbia on August 10,
11, 12, 1940 at an altitude of 1,700 ft., were undoubtedly E. autum-
nalis. On the nymphs of E. sierra and E. autumnalis the tubercles
are similar; the twin tubercles on the pronotum are subequal; this
is the main difference between these species and E. spinifera Need-
ham. The tubercles on abdominal segment 8 in E. sierra are erect
and those on segment 8 of E. autumnalis are “bent backward and
downward.” The body of E. sierra is stouter than that of E.
autumnalis.
I also reared an Ephemerella species closely related to E. sierra,
from Shephard Creek, Brexton, British Columbia, altitude 3,500 ft.,
on July 1, 1940. I failed to rear the male imago, but obtained two
female imagos. Judging from the marked difference in general
appearance of the nymphs and also from the variation in dates of
emergence, this Brexton species is certainly not E. autumnalis and
further study on more material will be necessary to determine its
relationship to E. sierra.
Ephemerella wilsoni Mayo, new species
(Plate II, figure 4 and Plate III, figure 10)
Male imago, pinned specimen (fig. 10). Blackish-brown. Head black,
Thoracic notum blackish; unsclerotized areas on pleuron pale reddish-brown.
Fore legs dark brown; middle and hind legs paler, with tibiae and tarsi
yellowish. Wings hyaline; longitudinal veins dark brown; cross veins indis-
tinct; finger-like prolongations of wing membrane extending well beyond tip
of scutellum. Abdomen reddish-brown, pleural fold and posterior borders of
April, 1952]
MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA
101
segments pale. Forceps light brown, penes blackish. Tails black basally, pale
brown distally.
Female imago unknown.
Plate III: Fig. 6. Male genitalia Baetis palisadi, n. sp. Fig 7. Male geni-
talia subimago, Ephemerella sierra, n. sp. Fig. 8. Lateral prolongations
of abdominal segments of nymph, Ephemerella sierra, n. sp. Fig. 9. Gill
of nymph of Ameletus monta, n. sp. Fig. 10. Male genitalia of Ephe-
merella wilsoni, n. sp. Fig. 11. Male genitalia of Ameletus monta, n. sp.
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
Male imago in alcohol. Thorax blackish-brown; abdomen a light reddish-
brown. Pronotum smoky with black tracheations ; blackish on either side of
midline; postero-lateral corners white. Mesonotum blackish-brown; distinct
white strip between prescutum and scutum; prescutum black; white patch
near prescutum on either side of scutum proper. Medially the entire scutum
darker than the sides which have a reddish tinge; yellow patch laterally on
postscutum light red patches medially and laterally on scutellum. That part
of wing membrane attached to the scutellum is developed into a finger-like
process extending well beyond the tip of scutellum. Pleuron of prothorax is
white with delicate tracheations. On mesopleuron the sclerites are blackish-
brown, and unsclerotized areas white with faint tracheations. The entire
prosternum is white, unsclerotized with the exception of the basisternal
sclerite, a small blackish brown area between fore coxae. Mesosternum
blackish with white along midline. Fore legs dark brown; coxae and trochan-
ters brown with black tracheations ; femora, tibiae and tarsi blackish. Middle
and hind legs pale yellowish with delicate black tracheations on coxae and
trochanters; femora with margins pale yellow, centers smoky with dark
tracheations, brownish tinge in outer third; tibiae pale with very delicate
tracheations in basal portion, tarsi and claws tinged with brown on dorsal
surface. Wings hyaline; longitudinal veins blackish; cross veins pale, in-
distinct; stigmatic area milky. Abdomen much lighter than thorax. Tergites
with reddish brown markings on a yellow background, and dense network of
tracheations; along the mid-dorsal line is a hyaline streak bordered on either
side by reddish streaks which attain the anterior margins ; these are prominent
on segments 2-4. Tergites 1-2 smoky with dense tracheations; at anterior bor-
der on tergite 2 are wide, narrow hyaline patches on either side of mid-dorsal
streak; on tergite 3 they are larger and on 4-7 they extend from the mid
dorsal line to the lateral edge of tergite so that the reddish markings on these
segments do not attain the anterior border, except at midline. The posterior
borders of tergites 1-2 are dark smoky with dense tracheations; those of
tergite 3 less so with irregular blackish spots; 4-8 yellowish and 9 reddish
brown. Laterally each tergite is yellow; the stigmatic areas are marked with
light patches surrounded by deep reddish-brown; these dark brown lateral
patches are prominent on all tergites. Reddish brown coloring of segments
8-10 darker than that of other segments. The posterior borders of sternites 1-8
are distinctly yellow as is also the midline. Laterally each sternite with a
prominent dark reddish brown area; these are marked with two oblique pale
streaks extending from the anterior margin of each sternite and also in the
central portion of each segment (except 9) near midline, are two small pale
dots outlined with reddish brown. The antero-lateral angles of each sternite
pale brown; ganglionic patches dark smoky on sternites 1 and 2, 4 and 5.
Sternites with fewer tracheations than tergites. Tails black basally, reddish
medially with distal half white. Genitalia (see fig. 10) reddish-brown. Forceps
not swollen apically. Last segments of forceps white; first and second seg-
ments reddish brown. Length body 14 mm; wing 15 mm.
Nymph, male (fig. 4.) Alcoholic specimen dark brown with white prono-
tum. Living specimen black distinguished by prominent white pronotum.
Head black, mottled with brown. Roughened area on vertex indicating very
April, 1952]
TILDEN PHOLISORA
103
slight occipital tubercles. No frontal horns or frontal shelf. Pronotum entirely
white with faint tracheations. Mesonotum blackish with creamy patches on
either side of midline near scutellum. Anterior border of scutum also creamy ;
heavy tracheations on scutum. Thoracic sternites pale with prominent dark
ganglionic areas. Legs pale, banded with black. Coxae with well developed
spinous ridge along anterior suture. Fore femora with heavy spines along
anterior margin. Tibial thumb long, sharp. Abdominal tergites 1-9 with paired
short spines. Tergites 3-6 white except under gills; spines on these segments
also white; other tergites blackish with pale lateral margins; tergites 9 and
10 wholly dark, tergite 10 with long hairs from medial part anterior margin.
Gills present on segments 3-7. Abdominal sternites light brown except 8 and
9 which are black; ganglionic markings on 1-7. Tails white except close to
base where each is ringed with black, and beyond middle where a fifth of
length is black. Length body 9 mm; tails 7 mm.
Holotype, male imago, pinned; Wilson Creek, near New
Denver, British Columbia, September 3, 1940, altitude 1,700 ft.
Paratypes, two male imagos pinned, September 4 and 7, 1940, same
locality. One male imago in alcohol, August 28, 1940, same data.
One paratype, male imago pinned, and one nymph and cast skin in
collection of California Academy of Sciences.
Ephemerella wilsoni new species is similar to E. coloradensis
Dodds. Dr. McDunnough loaned specimens of E. coloradensis , both
nymphs and adults, and the two species are readily distinguishable.
The adults of E. wilsoni are much blacker than those of E. colora-
densis. There is no distinct color contrast in nymph of E. colora-
densis as in E. wilsoni. Occipital tubercles more prominent in E.
coloradensis, and the tibial thumb is blunter than in E. wilsoni
( see fig. 4) . Also the abdominal spines are smaller than those of
E. wilsoni and covered with spicules which are not present on the
spines of E. wilsoni.
References
McDunnough, J.
1934. New species of North American Ephemeroptera IV. Canadian
Entomologist 66(7) : 154-164, 14 text figs.
Needham, J. G., J. R. Traver, and Yin-Chi Hsu.
1935. The biology of mayfles with a systematic account of North Ameri-
can species. Comstock Publishing Co., Inc., Ithaca, New York.
104 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIII, NO. 2
NOTES ON THE ECOLOGY OF CULISETA MACCRACKENAE
IN SAN BERNARDINO AND RIVERSIDE COUNTIES,
CALIFORNIA
(Diptera: Culicidae)
Raymond E. Ryckman and Ken Y. Arakawa
Depart nent of Entomology
School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine, Loma Linda, California
For the past year, data have been obtained on the breeding
habits of Culiseta maccrackenae Dyar and Knab. There is some
question as to previous collections having been made from San
Bernardino County. Several specimens collected by the authors
have been deposited with the Bureau of Vector Control, Berkeley.
Collection records from Urbita Springs, near San Bernardino,
California :
Fourth instars, pupae and adults, March 8, 1951.
Four instars, March 15, 1951.
Adults (numerous), May 13, 1951. Collected in clumps of tall dead
grass in willow brush.
Habitat : Culiseta maccrackenae were quite abundant at Urbita
Springs during March, 1951. After careful inspection of breeding
conditions, the area was dusted by mosquito control personnel.
Larvae and pupae on March 8, 1951 were numerous in a borrow
pit 10 ft. in diameter and located in a grove of deciduous trees not
in leaf. The water was 11-44 cm. deep, partially shaded, and con-
tained considerable decaying debris in the form of tree leaves,
twigs, and grass. Most of the surface was covered by Lemna, duck-
weed. The pH was 7.2 and the temperature ranged from 12° C.
at 9:00 a.m. to 15° C. at 2:20 p.m. on February 22, 1951.
Adult mosquitoes were resting on the 2 - 3 ft. high moss-covered
banks of this pool and under overhanging grass. Many were also
collected in tall dead grass, weeds and brush in the immediate vicin-
ity of the breeding area. Culiseta maccrackenae females were also
taken from inside the lodges of Neotoma fuscipes on February 22,
and November 29, 1951 in San Timoteo Canyon, Riverside County.
At Urbita Springs, several females attempted to bite at which
time they were collected alive in shell vials and returned to the
laboratory. In the laboratory at 3:45 p.m. on March 8 one female
completely engorged with blood on the author’s arm. On March
April, 1952]
RYCICMAN & ARAICAWA MOSQUITOES
105
21, seven adult females from the March 8 collection were given the
opportunity to feed on a human subject, one fed to complete en-
gorgement and two took partial blood meals. The latter two had
consumed considerable sugar water before the opportunity to feed
on blood was presented to them. April 1, at midnight, one female
fed readily on a human host and obtained almost a complete blood
meal. Bites of this species were painful for one-half hour following
the bite and large welts appeared at each feeding point. Welts were
visible as long as two days following the initial feedings. The above
data indicate that this species will feed on a human host, but cer-
tainly man is not one of its preferred hosts.
Culiseta maccrackenae were observed copulating readily in the
daytime under laboratory conditions. A male 12 hours of age copu-
lated with a female 2 1 /4 days old, in a plastic cylinder 20" x 6.5".
No blood meal had been obtained by the female. This pair re-
mained in copulation from 9:45 a.m. until 2:45 p.m. Other pairs
remained in copulation for at lea:t two hours.
Males and females approach face to face prior to copulation.
After copula is effected, they face in opposite direction. The male
has frequently been seen in a vertical position suspended head
down, supported only by the genitalia in copula.
In San Bernardino and Riverside counties, Culiseta maccracke-
nae breeds in very limited numbers, except for certain isolated
pools which may in the winter and spring seasons contain moder-
ate numbers of larvae and pupae. This is in agreement with reports
on their breeding in central and northern California.
ADDITIONAL COLLECTIONS OF MOSQUITOES FROM
WOOD RATS’ NESTS
(Diptera: Culicidae)
Raymond E. Ryckman and Ken Y. Araicawa
Department of Entomology
School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine, Loma Linda, California
Anopheles freeborni Aitken has been reported from the nests of
Neotoma fuscipes Baird (Ryckman and Arakawa 1951).
106
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
Four ; additional species of mosquitoes have been collected from
wood rats’ nests in California and Mexico. The authors have found
mosquitoes in the nests of Neotoma from Mt. Diablo, April 2, 1949
to Baja California, Mexico, August 7, 1951.
Species collected from nests of Neotoma fuscipes Baird:
Anopheles freehorni Aitken, San Timoteo Canyon, Riverside Co.,
Calif. Nov. 29, 1951, 4 $ . Dec. 12, 1951, 1 $ .
Culiseta inornata (Williston) San Timoteo Canyon, Riverside Co.,
Dec. 12, 1951, 4 $.
Culiseta maccrackenae Dyar and Knab, San Timoteo Canyon, River-
side Co., Calif. Feb. 22 and Nov. 29, 1951, one $ each collection.
Culex stigmatosoma Dyar, five miles south Tijuana, Baja California,
Mexico. August 7, 1951, 1 $ .
Culex tarsalis Coquillett San Timoteo Canyon, Riverside, Co., Calif.,
Nov. 29, 1951, 4 $ . Dec. 12, 1951, 11 2 .
The above data are concerned only with the actual specimens
returned to the laboratory and do not take into consideration those
which frequently escaped.
In the San Timoteo Canyon a careful search has been conducted
to find other resting places, but wood rats’ nests were the only
habitat in which the mosquitoes were found. Those taken during
the winter on cold days were apparently taking refuge from the
cold inclement weather; however, the collection in Mexico was on
a very hot day during the dry season. In the latter situation, Culex
stigmatosoma was apparently seeking shelter from a dry, hot
environment.
The food and dung chamber in which most of the mosquitoes
are found affords protection from adverse climatic conditions. It
is the opinion of the authors that this recently investigated mos-
quito habitat is a preferred ecological niche for mosquitoes in cer-
tain environmental situations as the San Timoteo Canyon studies
have indicated. When surveys of overwintering adult mosquitoes
are conducted, the nests of Neotoma should be inspected.
Literature Cited
Ryckman, R. E. and K. Y. Arakawa
1951. Anopheles freeborni hibernating in wood rat’s nest.
Pan-Pacific Ent. 27:172.
April, 1952]
MALKIN & HATCH— AGONUM
107
A NEW AGONUM FROM OREGON
(Coleoptera: Carabidae)
Borys Malkin and Melville H. Hatch
University of Washington, Seattle
Agonum ( Anchomenus) sargentorumMalkin & Hatch, new species
Rufous impunctuate the elytra except at the extreme margins
bright shining viridescent and finely transversely microstrigose;
Head: rufous, moderately elongate, eyes very strongly projecting at
sides. Antennae: rufous, about half as long as body, second segment barely
twice as long as wide, third segment the longest slightly longer than fourth
which is longer than fifth (the proportions of segments 3, 4, 5, being re-
spectively 11 :10:9) ; apical segment conical. Thorax: dark rufous, clouded
on disc, diaphanously paler at sides, slightly wider than long (proportions
of length to width 4.3:5.2), apex about seven-eighths as wide at base, sides
broadly reflexed, arcuate in front, feebly sinuate before the obtuse hind
angles, basal fovae deep, impunctate. Elytra: metallic, viridescent except
for yellow side margins; sides parallel, gradually narrowing in posterior
third, at extreme apex truncate and produced into a spine at the sutural
angles. Elytral intervals smooth, impunctate, flat, striae finely incised, third
interval with three punctures; elytral length is to the width in proportion of
15.2:8.5. Ventral surface: yellow-rufous, smooth, and imunctate. Legs dark
yellow with apices of tibiae and femora darker. Male with a single seta on
each side of last abdominal sternite. Length 11.9 mm.
Fig. 1. Elytron of A) Agonum sargentorum, and B) A. ovipenrve.
103
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
Holotype: unique male, Eugene, Oregon. 23.VI.1941 B.
Malkin collector under pile of dried cow manure, in Hatch’s col-
lection at the University of Washington.
This species runs to Anchomenus in Casey’s 1 key in which
group it traces to ovipenne Mannerheim. From this species as
well as from the other species of the group it may be readily dis-
tinguished by the metallic, viridescent coloration of the elytra and
rufous coloration of the body. The elytra are likewise narrower
than in ovipenne and parallel at the sides; the intervals are more
flat instead of being convex as in the Mannerheim species ; and the
tip of the elytra is produced, a character absent in ovipenne. It is
possible that the rufous coloration is due to immaturity.
We have named this striking species after Mr. and Mrs. Samuel
Sargent of Portland, Oregon, whose enthusiasm for beetle collect-
ing has contributed numerous specimens to our respective collec-
tions. The drawings of the elytra (fig. 1) were executed by Helen
Gellermann Houk.
1 Casey, T.L., “A Revisional Study of the American Platyninae” Memoirs. IX.
1920.
NOTES ON TWO SPECIES OF CALIFORNIA
STEM BORERS
(Hymenoptera, Cephidae)
Woodrow W. Middlekauff
University of California, Berkeley
In his monograph on the Cephidae Ries (1937) 1 was able to
examine only five specimens of Caenocephns aldrichi Bradley. Re-
cently two additional specimens have come to the author’s atten-
tion. One specimen extends the range into California and the other
verifies its occurrence in Washington. The only previous Washing-
ton record (holotype) is based on a poorly labeled specimen pre-
sumably from Washington Territory deduced from the abbrevia-
tion “W. T.” The collecting data from the new specimens are as
follows: California, Contra Costa County: Orinda, $, V-24-51 (G.
Loshbaugh, Middlekauff collection, on Conium maculatum Lin-
naeus. Inasmuch as the host is unknown the notation that this
April, 1952]
MICHELBACHER BOOK NOTICE
109
specimen was taken on poison hemlock may be significant. Wash-
ington, King County: Seattle, 9, V-22-45 (H. J. Jensen, C. I. S. 2 ).
Several specimens of the very rare Janus rufiventris (Cresson)
have also been collected in Berkeley. Data are as follows : Califor-
nia, Alameda County: Berkeley, 9, IV-23-48 (R. E. Beer, Middle-
kauff collection); 9? HI-27-51 (W. Middlekauff, C. I. S.). The
latter specimen was collected on the foliage of coast live oak,
Quercus agrifolia Nee, but considering that all of our other species
of Janus bore in the pith of woody plants, this record is probably
not significant.
’Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 1937, 63 :259-324. October.
^Collection of the California Insect Survey, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley.
Book Notice
The Aphid Genus Periphyllus. By E. 0. Essig and Frieda Abernathy.
166 pp., 43 figures. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles,
California. Price $3.00. 1952.
This book represents a comprehensive study of the aphid genus Peri-
phyllus. It consists of eleven chapters. The first is devoted to a discussion
of the genus and considers its origin, history and the many forms of individ-
uals that are encountered. A system of symbols is given to designate the
various distinct forms that are recognizable, which in the species P. califor-
niensis (Shinji), totals 17. A number of the species have extremely compli-
cated life histories and seasonal cycles. Of great interest are the peculiar
dimorphic stages which are characteristic of several of the species. These
young dimorphs of the fundatrigeniae appear in April and May. They are
tiny, nearly microscopic, disc-like individuals which remain in the first instar
without any appreciable growth throughout the long hot summer. In the fall
they suddenly begin to grow, complete their development in a very short time,
and give rise to parthenogenetic and apterous or alate sexual individuals. The
complicated developement indicates a very long association with their host.
The remaining ten chapters are devoted to a discussion of each of the
known species. For each species an account is given of the published records,
description, historical review, known life history, and seasonal trend, host
range and other information such as that which pretains to distribution, and
collection records.
Detailed life history and seasonal studies were conducted with the Cali-
fornia maple aphid, Periphyllus calif or niensis (Shinji) and the European
maple aphid, P. testudinacea (Fernie). It was these investigations that re-
vealed the complexity of development and they well illustrate the need for a
careful and thorough approach to similar biological problems.
The book is excellently illustrated and should be in the library of every
aphidologist as well as ecologists and other entomologists who are interested
in insect life histories and biology. — A. E. Michelbacher.
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
INTERNATIONAL CODE OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE; PRO-
POSED AMPLIFICATION, CLARIFICATIONS AND EXTENSIONS
TO BE CONSIDERED BY THE INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF
ZOOLOGY, COPENHAGEN, 1953.
Zoologists and palaeontologists are reminded that at its meeting held in
Paris in 1948 the Thirteenth International Congress of Zoology decided that
a number of general problems of great importance involving the text of the
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature should be brought forward
for decision at the next (Fourteenth) International Congress of Zoology at
its meeting to be held in Copenhagen in 1953. The Paris Congress further
decided that, as a preliminary to the submission of these problems to the
Copenhagen Congress, the Secretary to the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature should confer with interested specialists and, hav-
ing done so, should submit comprehensive Reports, with recommendations.
In pursuance of the duties so entrusted to me, I have prepared papers on
each of the problems remitted to me for Report, in each of which I have set
out the issues on which, as it appears to me, the Copenhagen Congress will
need to take decisions. In these papers also I have submitted for considera-
tion a number of suggestions based upon such preliminary consultations as it
has already been possible to hold. The object of these papers is to elicit
expressions of opinion on the issues involved from as wide a circle as possible
of interested specialists.
The subjects dealt with in the papers referred to above are the following:
(1) Emendation of zoological names: proposed substitution for Article 19
of simple clear-cut rules capable of being easily applied (Commission’s
reference Z.N. ( S. ) 356 ) ;
(2) Clarification and amplification of the rules relating to the naming of
families and lower categories of suprageneric rank (Commission’s ref-
erence Z.N. (S.) 357) ;
(3) Proposed introduction of rules for regulating the . naming of Orders
and higher taxonomic categories (Commission’s reference Z.N. (S.)
360) ;
(4) Species to be accepted as the type species of a nominal genus, the
name of which was published in a generic synonymy, if names so
published are to be treated as possessing nomenclatorial availability
(Z.N.(S.)387) ;
(5) Application to be given to a trivial name which, when first published,
was applied to a particular species or specimen but which is stated
also to be a substitute name for some previously published name
(Commission’s reference Z.N. (S) 361) ;
(6) Neotypes: question whether this class of type specimen should be
officially recognized and, if so, under what conditions (Commission’s
reference Z.N. (S.) 358) ;
April, 1952]
NOMENCLATURE
111
(7) The means to be devised for securing stability in zoological nomen-
clature (Commission’s reference Z.N. ( S. ) 359 ) .
A special volume (vol. 7) of the Bulletin of Zoological N omenclature has
been allotted for the publication of the foregoing papers, which it must be
understood constitute an important instalment of the Agenda on nomenclature
questions of the Copenhagen Congress next year. Parts 1/2 containing the
first instalment of the above papers will be published on 25th February 1952;
the whole of the remainder of the volume will be published within the next
six weeks.
The object of the present NOTICE is to draw the attention of zoologists
and palaeontologists to the arrangements being made for the consideration of
the foregoing problems by the Copenhagen Congress next year, and to express
the hope that Nomenclature Committees of museums and other scientific in-
stitutions and also as many individual specialists as possible will furnish as
soon as possible answers to the questions specifically asked in the concluding
paragraph in each of the seven papers enumerated above regarding the action
which, in their opinion or, in the case of Committees, in the opinion of their
members, it is desirable that the Copenhagen Congress should take on each
of the important problems involved. It is particularly hoped that there will
be a wide and representative response to the present appeal, so that the pro-
posals to be submitted to the Copenhagen Congress may be such as will com-
mand the widest possible measure of support among the general body of
zoologists and palaeontologists, both those engaged on taxonomic work and
also those engaged in the teaching of zoology and geology and those working
in the various fields of applied biology.
Nomenclature Committees and individual specialists who respond to the
present appeal for assistance and advice will render a double service if they
will be so good as to assist the International Commission by observing the
following procedure when furnishing statements of their views: (1) Where
comments are furnished on two or more of the general problems enumerated
above, the comments furnished on each of those problems should be on sep-
arate sheets of paper. (2) Every comment furnished should be clearly marked
with the Commission’s Reference Number as indicated in the list given above.
(3) Comments should be typewritten, on one side of the paper only, with
wide margins and should be furnished in duplicate.
In order that there may be sufficient time to prepare the Reports called
for by the Paris Congress — and thus to make those Reports available well
ahead of the Copenhagen Congress — it is particularly hoped that Nomencla-
ture Committees and individual specialists responding to the present appeal
be so good as to despatch their comments as promptly as possible. They
should in any case reach me not later than 31st July 1952.
All communications relating to the foregoing matters should be ad-
dressed to myself, as Secretary to the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature (28 Park Village East, Regent’s Park, London, N.W.L., Eng-
land). — Francis Hemming, Secretary to the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature.
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
THE FALSE SPIDER MITE
GENUS PSEUDOLEPTUS BRUYANT
(Acarina: Phytoptipalpidae 1 )
Edward W. Baker 2 and A. Earl Pritchard^
The genus Pseudoleptus Bruyant (1911) was proposed for a
grass-feeding mite in Uruguay. The original description was in-
accurate, and certain other mites that feed on monocotyledonous
plants have been erroneously assigned to the genus.
Through the kindness of Mr. C. S. Carbonell of Montevideo,
Uruguay, topotypes of Pseudoleptus arechavaletae, the type of the
genus, have been obtained. It is the purpose of this paper to re-
describe this species and to recharacterize the genus.
Genus Pseudoleptus Bruyant
Pseudoleptus Bruyant, 1911, Zool. Anz., 38: 340; Oudemans, 1928. Ent. Ber.,
7: 287; Vitzthum, 1942, Klass. Ordn. Tierr. 5(Abt. 4, Buch 5): 812;
Sayed 1942, Bull. Soc. Fouad ler Ent., 26: 81; McGregor, 1949, Mem.
S. Califor. Acad. Sci., 3(2): 1; Baker, 1949, Amer. Midi. Nat., 42: 353;
Radford, 1950, Union Internatl. Sci. Biol. (Ser. C), 1: 80. Type —
Pseudoleptus arechavaletae Bruyant; monotypic.
Trichadenus, Oudemans, 1938 (not Rondani, 1870), Tijd. Ent., 81: LXXV.,
Misidentification.
Oudemans (1928) included in Pseudoleptus certain species that
properly belong to the genus Dolichotetranychus Sayed, and Vitz-
thum (1942) and Radford (1950) considered Dolichotetranychus
to be a synonym of Pseudoleptus. Sayed (1942) showed that the
two genera are distinct; however, the palpal and tarsal characters
given for Pseudoleptus were inaccurate.
Oudemans (1938) considered Pseudoleptus to be a synonym
of Trichadenus Rondani. The writers concur with Sayed (1942),
however, that Trichadenus cannot be recognized with certainty on
the basis of the original description alone. Moreover, the type of
Trichadenus was found on mulberry, and Pseudoleptus is known
only from salt grass.
Pseudoleptus resembles Pentamerismus McGregor, Aegyptobia
Sayed, and Phytoptipalpus Tragardh in that the palpus is five seg-
mented, a condition that is not found in other phytoptipalpid
Considered by various authors as the Pseudoleptidae, Trichadenidae, or Tenui-
palpidae. The genus Phytoptipalpus, however, was first used as the basis for
a suprageneric name.
-U. S. Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
Washington, D. C.
3 University of California, Berkeley.
April, 1952]
BAKER & PRITCHARD MITES
113
Fig. 1. Pseudoleptus arechavaletae, female, dorsal aspect.
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
genera. Pseudoleptus differs from Pentamerismus and Aegyptobia
in that the female has the hysterosoma subdivided by transverse
striae and lacks a ventral plate (a plate hearing the pair of setae
located just anterior to the genital plate). It differs from Phytop-
tipalpus principally in that the adult possesses four pairs of legs.
Palpus 5 segmented. Adult with 4 pairs of legs. Rostral shield present,
narrow and bifurcate. Body of female elongate-elliptical, the metapodosoma
and opisthosoma separated by transverse striae. Integument with fine striae.
Propodosoma with 3 pairs of dorsal setae; metapodosoma with 2 transverse
rows of 6 dorsal setae each; opisthosoma with a pair of mid-dorsal setae
anteriorly and with 5 dorsolateral setae on either side. Female with genital
plate present; ventral and anal plates absent; with 3 pairs of anal setae.
Male with 4 pairs of genito-anal setae.
The genus Pseudoleptus contains a single species.
Pseudoleptus arechavaletae Bruyant
(Figs. 1-3)
Pseudoleptus arechavaletae Bruyant, 1911, Zool. Anz., 38: 340. Cotypes:
larvae, nymphs, males, and females, Uruguay, on Distichlis scoparia ; pos-
sibly at the University of Lille, France.
Tenuipalpus haumani Lahille, , 1927, Rev. Univ. Buenos Aires (ser. 2), 24:
1295. Cotypes: females, Argentina, on Distichlis spicata; possibly at the
University of Buenos Aires. New synonymy.
Female — Rostrum reaching to end of femur I. Palpus with two setae
and a sensory peg on distal segment. Legs I and II with the femora, genua,
and tibiae each with the dorsal seta slender and somewhat longer than width
of segment; tarsi I and II each with a sensory peg, posterodistally ; tarsi III
and IV without sensory pegs ; claw with hook absent. Rostral shield strongly
bifurcate, the lobes narrow and divergent and reaching the distal end of
trochanter I. Propodosoma dorsally with longitudinal, solid striations; dorsal
propodosomals setiform and minutely serrate, the anterior pair about one-
half as long as distance between them. Metapodosoma dorsally nearly smooth
except for transverse striae of strictures anteriorly and posteriorly; dorsal
metapodosomals similar to dorsal propodosomals but smaller. Opisthosoma
dorsally with caudolaterally diverging, solid striae; dorsolateral opisthosom-
als five in number, the third and fourth considerably longer than the first,
second, and fifth. Podosoma ventrally with solid, longitudinal striae in inter-
coxal areas, with transverse, dotted striae in wide median area ; anterior and
posterior pairs of medioventral metapodosomals very short. Opisthosoma
ventrally with transverse, dotted striae anteriorly and with semilongitudinal,
solid striae laterally and posteriorly; genital plate smooth,.: with 2 pairs of
setae. Length of body 290 u, including rostrum 343 u; greatest width of
body 166 u.
Male. — Tarsi I and II each with a single sensory peg as in female.
Rostral shield reaching to middle of trochanter I. Propodosoma dorsally
similar to female. Metapodosoma dorsally with semilongitudinal, solid striae;
opisthosoma dorsally with transverse striae anteriorly and semi-longitudinal,
solid striae behind dorsocentrals. Podosoma ventrally similar to female.
April, 1952]
BAKER & PRITCHARD — MITES
115
Fig. 2. Pseudoleptus arechavaletae, female, ventral aspect
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIII, NO. 2
Fig. 3. Pseudoleptus arechavaletae, male, dorsal aspect.
Opisthosoma ventrally with transverse, dotted striae; medioventrals located
near middle. Length of body 223 u, including rostrum 266 a, greatest width
of body 133 u.
Specimens examined are from Canelon Chico, Canelones, Uru-
guay, April 4, 1910 (from C. S. Carbonell), on Distichlis scoparia.
The figures of Tenuipalpus haumani that were presented with
the original description clearly indicate that this species belongs
to the genus Pseudoleptus. Haumani was described without ref-
erence to arechavaletae, and no characters were given to separate
the two species. The similarity of the geographic location and hosts
indicates that they are synonymous.
April, 1952]
ESSIG — ALOEPHAGUS
117
Literature Cited
Baker Edward W.
1949. The genus Brevipalpus (Acarina: Pseudoleptidae) . The Ameri-
can Midland Naturalist, 42(2) : 350-402. (September.)
Bruyant, L.
1911. Pseudoleptus arechavaletae n. gen., n. sp., nouvel acarien chele-
tine de PUrguay. Zoologische Anzeiger, 38: 340-345.
Lahille, F.
1927. Nota sobre algunos acaros del pais. Revista de la Universidad
de Buenos Aires (ser. 2), 24: 1286-1304.
McGregor, E. A.
1949. Nearctic mites of the family Pseudoleptidae. Memoirs of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences, 3(2) : 1-45. (March.)
OllDEMANS, A. C.
1928. Acarologische Aateekeningen LXXXIX. Entomologische Berich-
ten, 7: 285-293.
1938. Nieuwe vondsten op het gebied der Systematick en der Nomencla-
tuur der Acari II. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, 81: LXX-LXXX.
Radford, Charles D.
1950. Systematic check list of mite genera and type species. Union
International des Sciences Biologiques (Serie C), 1: 1 — 232.
Sayed, M. Taher
1942. Contribution to the knowledge of the Acarina of Egypt: I. The
genus Roaiella Hirst [Pseudotetranychinae - Tetranychidae] . Bul-
letin de la Societe Fouad ler d’Entomologie, 26: 81-91.
Vitzthum, Hermann Graf
1942. Acarina. In Bronns, Klassen and Ordnugen des Tierreichs, 5
(Abteilung 4, Buch 5) : 301-912.
THE ALOE APHID, ALOEPHAGUS MYERSI ESSIG
(Homoptera)
E. O. Essig
University of California , Berkeley
The apterous form of this very interesting introduced aphid was
described in the Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Vol. XXVI, No. 1, pp.
22—24, Figs. 1—2, 1950. At the time the original specimens were
collected no alate individuals were available. Fortunately, Mr. L. E.
Myers, for whom the species was named, recently sent me a con-
siderable number of both alate and winged forms collected on Aloe
at La Canada, Los Angeles County, California on February 8, 1951
by W. D. Dyer. A description of the alate forms and an illustration
of the same follow.
Alate viviparous par theno genetic female (fig. 1). Color mostly black
excepting the abdomen which is dull greenish with black markings as shown
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXIII, NO. 2
in the drawing. Short rounded tubercles occur on the head, prothorax and
abdomen. A series of wax glands are arranged in transverse groups on the
dorsum of the metathorax and the three basal abdominal segments. Small
hairs and setae are also present. Antenna 5-segmented with large irregular
secondary dorsal sensoria on segments III and IV. These sensoria may be
separated or fused. A single large sensorium on IV, as shown, is the rule
but it may be divided (in one case) or there may be a large one and a very
small one basad (one example). Lengths of segments: III, 0.11 mm.; IV,
0.70 mm.; V, 0.15 mm. The unguis about one-third the length of the base (this
also holds for the apterous form in the original description which was erro-
neously indicated as being twice as long as the base.) Compound eyes and
ocelli well developed. The rostrum long and slender and extending beyond
the middle of the abdomen, the apical segments only slightly wider than the
stem. Prothorax with 4 basal tubercles. Wings with veins and stigma black ;
venation as illustrated. Abdomen with many lateral and dorsal tubercles and
with transverse glandular and pigmented bands. Cauda triangular with many
short, curved spine-like hairs. Cornicles absent. Length of body 2.30 mm. ;
length of forewing 2.97 mm. (Length of apterae 2.20 mm.)
The collection consists of 16 alate and 18 immature and mature
apterous forms. The alates are designated as plesiotypes (specimens
figured or described as examples of an already named species) .
Fig. 1. Aloephagus myersi, Essig. Alate form (plesiotype) with greatly
enlarged antenna, showing dorsal and ventral surfaces; abdominal pig-
mented, tubercular and glandular areas; anal plate and cauda (ventral as-
pect) ; and apical portion of rostrum. (Drawing by Frieda Abernathy).
April, 1952]
KORMILEV ARADIDAE
119
NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL ARADIDAE,
WITH DESCRIPTION OF ONE NEW SPECIES
(Hemiptera)
Nicolas A. Kormilev
Instituto National de Investigation de las Ciencias Naturales
y Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales, Buenos Aires, Argentina
I recently had the opportunity to examine the following rare
and curious Aradidae from the Neotropical Region which seem
worthy of note.
1. Calisiopsis 1 ampliceps Champion, 1898, 9, Porto Alegre,
Brazil, R. P. Buck collector, July 11, 1949. This genus with a
single species was described by Champion based on three speci-
mens, two 99 from Bugaba and one from Tole was somewhat
aberrant. The specimen from Brazil agrees with the original de-
scription. The genus is new for Brazil, and it is most interesting
to note this extension in range from Panama to southeastern Brazil.
2. Miorrhynchus longipes Champion, 1898, cT, Buena Vista,
Santa Cruz, Bolivia, A. Martinez collector, February, 1950. This
monotypic genus was described by Champion from a single 9
specimen from Vulcan de Chiriqui, Panama. The genus is new for
Bolivia. The specimen from Bolivia differs somewhat from the
original description and drawings of Champion, the size being
slightly smaller, 7.3 mm. (Champion gives the size of his type as
7.0 mm. but Dr. R. L. Usinger, who has recently studied the type,
informs me that the size is 7.5 mm.) ; the fourth antennal segment
is slightly longer than in the type of longipes, the proportion of
antennal segments one to four being: 1:0.46:1.07:0.43 (1:0.47:
1.06:0.32 in longipes according to the original description and to
the measurements which were taken from the detailed drawing of
Champion) ; the third and the fourth antennal segments are in-
fuscate but not black at the apex and middle respectively; the
genital capsule is as wide as long in the specimen from Bolivia,
but Dr. R. L. Usinger informs me that it is slightly longer than
wide in Champion’s type. Since these differences fall within the
limits of possible individual variation, I consider the Bolivian
specimen as Miorrhynchus longipes Champion (Fig. 1.).
In connection with my study of the genus Miorrhynchus , Dr.
R. L. Usinger kindly suggested that I might describe a new species
120 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
which he had from Panama. It is a pleasure to dedicate this new
species to him.
3. Miorrhynchus usingeri Kormilev, new species
(Figure 2)
Very similar to longipes Champion, but smaller with the gen-
eral colour more reddish; prOnotum somewhat shorter and wider,
abdomen shorter and narrower, lateral sutures of the sixth abdom-
inal segment less, and of the seventh more pronounced than in
longipes from Bolivia ( according to Dr. Usinger, Champion’s type
has the sixth and seventh abdominal segments more strongly pro-
duced laterally than in the new species) ; the third antennal joint
shorter, the fourth intermediate between that of Champion’s type
and the specimen from Bolivia.
Reddish brown; basal half of fourth antennal segment and
first tarsal segment lighter, the apex of third antennal segment in-
fuscate, tibia with a yellow ring on basal half. Surface partially
covered with yellow, truncate, curly hairs. Upper surface mostly
and ventral surface almost entirely covered with a yellowish wax-
like secretion which is soluble in benzene.
Head, subquadrate, longer than wide across eyes (27:21) ; clypeus stout,
conical, anteriorly slightly declivous; antenniferous tubercles directed for-
wards and slightly inwards, exteriorly almost parallel; eyes not very promi-
nent. Yellow curly hairs absent only on antenniferous tubercles, antennae
and two longitudinal, callous, infraocular spots on vertex. Antennae long
and slender, their length slightly exceeding that of head, pronotum and scu-
tellum together; first segment large, stout, slightly inflated at middle, as long
as head ; second segment more slender and shorter, both with stout, truncate,
bristly hairs on upper surface, more slender on the second segment; third
segment most slender, cylindrical, slightly dilated apically, as long as the
first segment; fourth segment short, pyriform, with fine long bristles on the
apical half. Proportions of antennal segments one to four: 1:0.48:1:0.37.
Rostrum short, yellowish and lying in channel formed by bucculae. Pronotum
wider than long (53:30), divided into two lobes; anteriorly with a distinct
collar. Anterior lobe lower and narrower, with longitudinal elevations later-
ally and arcuate lateral margin; collar completely and anterior lobe mostly
covered with yellow, curly hairs, arranged in longitudinal rows or bordering
anterior and lateral margins of lobe. Curly hairs absent only on four (or
six?) longitudinal callous spots. Posterior lobe plane, with slightly raised
lateral angles and covered with scattered granulation and yellow curly hairs.
Scutellum triangular, wider than long (28:18), flat, basally inflated and with
broad longitudinal ridge; the latter entirely and lateral margins of scutellum
basally covered with curly hairs. Hemelytra reaching hind margin of tergum,
leaving the connexivum exposed. Corium exceeding front margin of second
segment of connexivum ; membrane white, hyaline. Lateral margin of corium
April, 1952]
K0RM1LEV — ARADIDAE
121
Neotropical Aradidae — Fig. 1. Miorrhynchus longipes Champion, $ ;
Fig. 2. M. usinger Kormilev, $ .
and broad triangle on disc bordered with curly hairs. Abdomen regularly
dilated to fifth segment : the sixth segment only slightly and the seventh more
strongly sinuate laterally. First segment of connexivum with one and the
others with two round yellow spots on each segment. Lateral border of ter-
gum, segments of connexivum partially and especially genital capsul ( $ )
covered with yellow curly hairs. Genital capsule large, conical, a little wider
than long (19:17). Ventral surface of abdomen densely covered with a
wax like secretion; secretion absent only on callous spots arranged in longi-
tudinal rows, the median row with spots bigger and oval, the three lateral
rows (on each side) with spots smaller and round. Prosternum with curly
hairs located laterad of a very fine and inconspicuous median sulcus; meso-
and metasterna plane, somewhat depressed in the middle. Propleura densely
and mesopleura scarcely covered with similar hairs. Femora regularly dilated
towards apex and covered with numerous rows of setigerous tubercles; setae
stout, truncate, yellowish and semi-erect. Tibiae with finer and smaller
bristles. Total length, 6.8 mm., pronotal width, 2.1 mm. and width of abdo-
men, 2.5 mm.
Holotype: <S , Panama Canal Zone, Barro Colorado Island,
N. Banks collector, July 23, 1924, deposited in the collection of the
122
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University.
4. Aphleboderrhis pilosa Stal, 1860, 11 c? c? , 14 $9 and 1
nymph, Siambon, Tucuman, Argentina, J. M. Bosq, collector, July,
1933; 4 cf cf and 5 $$, Tucuman, Argentina, Dr. P. Wygodzinsky
collector, Sept. 24, 1949.
Resumen
El autor menciona neuvas procedencias de varios generos de
Aradidae neotropicales y describe una especie nueva del genero
Miorrhynclius Champion de Panama, dedicandola al Dr. Robert
L. Usinger, Professor Asociado de la Universidad de California,
Berkeley, USA.
Bibliography
Champion, G. C.
1898. Hemiptera Heteroptera, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Ins. Rhyn.
Yol. II, pp. 67, 75, tab. V, figs. 4, 17.
Stal, C.
1860. Bidrag till Rio Janeiro-Traktens Hemipter-Fauna ; 1:67.
NEOTROPICAL SCOLYTOIDEA V.-119. CONTRIBUTION TO
THE MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF
THE SCOLYTOIDEA
Karl E. Schedl
Lienz, Austria
Mr. Hugh B. Leech of the California Academy of Sciences has
sent to me two larger lots of bark and ambrosia beetles collected
in various parts of the world. Going over the results of the deter-
minations made it seems worth while to provide a list of the species
originating from Lower California, Mexico and other parts of
America including the description of one new species. Records of
species found outside from the America continent will be published
elsewhere.
New Records
Renocis parkinsoniae Blackman — Lower California: 25 miles S. Santa Rosa-
lia, VII-25-1938, Michelbacher & Ross collectors.
Coccotrypes dactyliperda Fabricius — Lower California: Comondu, VII-22.
1939, Michelbacher & Ross collectors.
Dendroctonus mexicanus Hopkins — Mexico: 15 miles S. El Guardia Distrito
Federal. Xl-14-1946, E. S. Ross collector.
April, 1952]
SCHEDL SCOLYTOIDEA
123
PlesiophthoTus luteolus Schedl— Lower California: Triunfo, VII-13-1938; 15
miles W. La Paz, VII-5-1938, both Michelbacher & Ross collectors; Gulf
of California: Angeles Bay, June 27, 1921, J. C. Chamberlin collector.
Plesiophthorus calif ornicus Schedl — Gulf of California: Angeles Bay, June
27, 1921, J. C. Chamberlin collector.
Xyleborus badius Eichh. Mexico: Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, XI-23-1946,
E. S. Ross collector.
Xyleborus torquatus Eichh. — Mexico: Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, XI-
1946, E. S. Ross collector.
Xyleborus vagabundus Schedl — Lower California: 15 miles W. La Paz, VII-
5-1938; 20 miles N.W. La Paz, VII-16-1938; Todos Santos, VII-15-1938;
8 miles N.E. Cape San Lucas, VII-10-1938, all Michelbacher & Ross col-
lectors.
Xyleborus scopulorum Hopkins — Mexico: 15 miles S. El Guarda Distrito
Federal, XI-14-1946, E. S. Ross collector. Lower California: Todos San-
tos, VII-15-1938; 5 miles S. Miraflores, VII-10-1938; 20 miles N.W. La
Paz, VII-16-1938, all Michelbacher & Ross collectors.
Xyleborus volvulus Fabricius — Lower California: 15 miles W. La Paz, VII-
5-1938; 20 miles N.W. La Paz, VII-16-1938; 5 miles S. Miraflores, VII-
10- 1938; Todos Santos, VII-15-1938, all Michelbacher & Ross collectors.
Platypus sulcatus Chapin — Argentina: Prov. Salta, Tablillas, IX-1933 to
11- 1934; Prov. Salta, Macueta, X-XI-1933, both W. C. Harrington col-
lector.
Platypus inacessus Schedl — Mexico : 15 miles N. Tamazunchale, San Luis
Potosi, XI-24-1946, E. S. Ross collector.
Platypus ustulatus Chapin — Mexico: Veracruz, Dr. A. Fenyes.
Platypus ratzeburgi Chapin — Puerto Rico, Consumo Mayayuez, ex Inga vera
killed by mal de goma, George N. Wolcott collector
Platypus pulicarius Chapin — Argentina: Tartagal, Prov. Salta, W. C. Har-
rington collector.
Platypus rugulosus Chapin — Mexico : Cordoba, Veracruz, Dr. A. Fenyes;
Oaxaca, Zaachila, 4500 ft., VII-21-1937, M. A. Embury collector; 15
miles S. Iguala, Guerrero, XI-15-1946, E. C. Van Dyke; 15 miles N.
Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, XI-24-1946, E. S. Ross collector.
Bolivia: Rurrenebaque, VIII-1925, G. L. Harrington. Argentina: Prov.
Salta, Tablillas, XII-1932 to IX-1933, W. C. Harrington.
Platypus punctulatus Chapin — Panama: ex-bananas, IX-8-1932. Canal Zone:
Ft. Clayton, VII-10-1945, K. E. Frick; Barro Colorado I., VII-21-1944,
K. E. Frick; Argentina: Prov. Salta, Gen. Ballivian, III-IV-1927, G. L.
Harrington.
Tesserocerus dewalkei Chapin — Argentina: Prov. Salta, Tablillas, IX-1933 to
11-1934, W. C. Harrington collector.
Tesserocerus dejeani Chapin — Mexico: Veracruz, Dr. A. Fenyes.
Plesiophthorus californicus Schedl, new species
Dark reddish brown when fully mature, 1.9 to 2.1 mm long,
2.6 times as long as wide. More closely allied to Plesiophthorus
perspectus Schedl and of similar size but the pronotum and elytra
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXIII, NO. 2
more coarsely sculptured, the elytral striae more strongly im-
pressed, the elytral declivity with the lateral convexities somewhat
more pronounced and the space between more distinctly aplanate.
Front broad, coarsely sculptured, densely punctured to granulate-punc-
tate, with an irregular shallow median impression and a slight indication of
a short transverse carina above ; pubescence inconspicuous and short. An-
tennae and front leg with all typical characters of the genus. Pronotum
somewhat longer than wide (27.0 : 24.4 ) , posterolateral angles rectangular
and distinctly rounded, sides parallel to somewhat beyond the middle, thence
obliquely incurved to the rather narrowly rounded apex, the anterior con-
struction merely indicated, anterior margin with several low asperities, sum-
mit somewhat in front of the middle, a transverse despression behind;
anterior area very densely but rather finely asperate, basal area very densely
granulate-punctate ; pubescence short. Scutellum moderate in size, some-
what longer than wide. Elytra as wide and 1.4 times as long as the pro-
notum, sides parallel to far beyond the middle, apex very broadly rounded,
the postero-lateral angles well developed (much better than in its next rela-
tive Plesiophthorus perspectus Schedl), cylindrical, declivity short, steeply
oblique, with the suture but feebly raised below ; disc with regular rows of
coarse, very densely placed punctures in somewhat impressed lines, the inter-
stices narrow, more narrow than the striae, each with a row of much smaller
punctures ; declivity with the strial punctures smaller, the striae themselves
much deeper, the interstices comparatively wider and the interstitial punc-
tures more distinct and much more closely placed; the pubescence dense
and short originating from both series of punctures, those of the striae and
that of the interstices.
Holotype and paratypes from Angeles Bay, Gulf of Califor-
nia, June 27, 1921, J. C. Chamberlin collector; holotype and some
paratypes deposited in the collections of the California Academy
of Sciences. Additional paratypes are in the collection of the writer.
The size and even the proportion do vary to some extent in the
seven specimens before me but I can not find any distinct sexual
differences. Perhaps the more slender specimens are females, the
stouter ones males.
For your agricultural needs
PENCO.
agricultural chemicals
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — Fine to
medium granulated powder of uni-
form high quality. Setting point
89° C. minimum.
PENTECH®— Technical DDT made
especially for manufacturers of dust
concentrates, dusts and emulsion
concentrates. A granular, dry,
friable powder.
PENCO DB-50® — Fine, dry powdered
dust base containing 50% DDT, for
use by dust manufacturers in formu-
lating finished insecticides.
PENCO WB-50 — Micron-sized pow-
der containing 50% DDT and su-
perior wetting agents for use as water
suspension spray. Mixes easily, ad-
heres to foliage.
^ H
PENCO BHC TECHNICAL 36 (Benzene
Hexachloride) — A superior, partially
refined technical BHC containing
approximately 36% of the active
gamma isomer. Readily lends itself
to production of impregnated dusts.
PENCO BHC DUST BASE D-12— 12%
gamma isomer for use by dust manu-
facturers in the formulation of fin-
ished insecticides.
PENCO HI-GAM® 99— This is tech-
nical lindane, the essentially pure
gamma isomer of benzene hexa-
chloride.
Other Penco Insecticides
KRYOCIDE® — Time-tested natural
cryolite insecticide for control of
many chewing insects which attack
orchard and garden.
PENPHOS® W-15 — A wettable pow-
der containing 15% parathion. De-
signed for use as a water spray and
as a dust base concentrate. Effective
for the control of a wide variety of
economic insect pests.
For information on any or all of these
products write: Pennsylvania Salt
Manufacturing Company of
Washington , Agricultural
Chemicals Division , Tacoma ,
Wash., Portland , Ore., Berkeley and
Los Angeles, Calif., Wenatchee, Wash.,
Yakima, Wash.
I ® 1
PENNSALT
CHEMICALS
lor Industry • Agriculture • Health • Home
SPRAYS • DUSTS
Products bearing the Niagara symbol of
protection consist of the finest quality
compounds, skillfully formulated to com-
bat specific WESTERN infestations.
Strategic location of blending plants as-
sures Western growers that Niagara sprays
and dusts offer maximum control power.
Every principal growing area has a Ni-
agara field representative, ready with rec-
ommendations based on expert knowledge
of local conditions. Successful Western
growers enjoy more profit when their year
’round protection program combines prop-
er use of Niagara sprays and dusts with
Niagara’s expert WESTERN field expe-
rience.
As additional aid to
Western growers, Ni-
agara Field Service
Bulletins provide reli-
able and accurate
recommendations on
specific crops and in-
festations. We will
gladly add your
name to receive this
information without
obligation. Write
Dept. 121.
SUCCESSFUL
WESTERN
GROWERS
CONSULT A
NIAGARA
FIELD EXPERT
Niagara
SPRAYS & DUSTS
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA
Home Office: Middleport, New York
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Ill
OUTDOOR LABORATORY
****>£«
Rohm & Haas Experimental Farm at Bristol, Pa.
Long-time testing on our 300-acre Experimental Farm proves the
formulations developed by Rohm & Haas Research Laboratories
— under actual farming conditions. Result: maximum effectiveness
in commercial use of such chemicals for agriculture as Dithane
and Rhothane.
Because it controls many diseases of many crops without retarding
plant growth, Dithane helps thousands of farmers to increase
yields of potatoes and other crops. And because of its unique
insecticidal qualities, Rhothane gives orchardists effective control
of the red-banded leaf roller on apples, and the orange tortrix
on pears, apples, grapes and other fruit.
Scientific development and exhaustive testing-in-use will continue
to assure the effectiveness of all Rohm & Haas agricultural chemicals.
Dithane and Rhothane are trade-
marks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in
principal foreign countries.
CHEMICALS
FOR AGRICULTURE
ROHM £ HAAS
COM PAN Y
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
IV
economical
insect control
During the past three years, ALDRIN and DIELDRIN have achieved recognition as out-
standing insect toxicants for the control of grasshoppers, boll weevil, certain other cotton
pests, mosquitoes, flies and many subterranean insects.
With the increasing number of published reports revealing results of experimental work
with ALDRIN and DIELDRIN, interest of entomologists in the performance of these chemi-
cals continues to grow. Wide fields of investigation still remain open in agricultural, horti-
cultural, arboricultural and public health pest control. Laboratory and field research with
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN on collateral toxiocological and residue problems makes available
important data of value to entomologists.
When planning experimental programs, it is well to remember that modern insect toxi-
cants are characterized by specificity. ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are compatible with all
modern insect toxicants, thus affording the possibility of using them in various combinations
to meet the entire insect problem of any crop.
ALDRIN and/ or DIELDRIN are available for experimental use in the following forms :
ALDRIN
100% ALDRIN (Crystalline)
60% Equivalent Solution
25% Emulsifiable Concentrate (2 lbs.
actual ALDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control)
2%% Dust
DIELDRIN
100% DIELDRIN (Crystalline)
18%% Emulsifiable Concentrate (1% lbs.
actual DIELDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control)
2%% Dust
Your correspondence is invited concerning formulations and field applications of ALDRIN
and DIELDRIN. Entomological Reports on ALDRIN and DIELDRIN may be obtained upon
request.
HYMAN & r (‘ funfranu
DENVER, COLORADO
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are distributed nationally by Shell Chemical Corporation,
New York City
V
CUNJL
4 ^
MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF
• Sulphur
• Insecticides
• Fertilizers
• Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave. Fresno, California
P. O. Box 1669 Phone Fresno 2-4113
V]
MULTI-FILM "L"
M L" STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULTI-FILM " L " ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET * SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
PACIFIC
DISCOVERY
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made for
completing volume 1, and for the pub-
lication of volumes 2 ( applications in
regard to nomenclatural problems), 3
(documents considered by the Interna-
tional Commission on Zoological Nom-
enclature at Paris, 1948), 4 (Official
Record of the International Commission
at Paris), and 5 (Official Record of the
section on Nomenclature of the thir-
teenth International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948).
All inquiries regarding publications
should be addressed to: International
Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, 41
Queen’s Gate, London, S. W. 7, England.
Vll
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
★
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
7
/
\
N
If
1
J
m
y ^ 7 ^7 7
^hemicalI^
1885
SINCE
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME -HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
vm
IX
for successful formulation
rely upon
VELS ICOL
INSECTICIDE MATERIALS
The effective
insect toxicant which
has consistently
proved its
competence for
control of destructive
and obnoxious
insect pests.
For complete data
consult
VELSICOLS Technical
Service Department
CHLORDANE
Agricultural f° r control of Grasshoppers, Cotton Boll
and Orchard Weevils, Lygus Bugs, Alfalfa Weevils,
Formulations Leaf Miners, Plum Curculio, Japanese
Beetle Larvae and Thrips.
Household & for control of Roaches, Flies, Silverflsh,
Institutional Carpet Beetles, Ants and Household
Formulations Spiders.
Livestock
Applications
for control of sarcoptic mange, Cattle
Lice, Winter Ticks, Lone Star Ticks and
Horn Flies.
VELSICOL Insecticides and Herbicide Solvents
Your formulations can be improved with these auxiliary
solvents:
VELSICOL AR-50 G
VELSICOL AR-50
VELSICOL AR-55
VELSICOL AR-60
Also VELSICOLS for selective
and non-selective Herbicide
formulations.
VELSICOL HEPTACHLOR
. . . has shown promise in the control of Cotton Boll Wee-
vil, Wireworms, Mosquitoes, Japanese Beetle Larvae, etc.
Experimental samples are available on request.
o* B 'Vf 0
I
VELSICOL
General Offices and Laboratories \
330 E. Grand Ave., Chicago 11, III.
Representc fives
CORPORATION
Export Division
100 E. 42nd St., New York 17, New York
principal cities
ERIC M. FISHER
Vol. XXVIII July, 1952
No. 3
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
USINGER Brighton Clark Cain 125
COLE — New bombyliid flies reared from anthophorid bees 126
LINSLEY & MacSWAIN — N otes on some effects of parasitism upon
a small population of Diadasia bituberculata Cresson 131
ROSS — The habitat of two rare Californian Histeridae 135
BENESH— Description of a new species of Aegus from the Soloman
Islands, with remarks on other stagbeetles 136
STROHECKER Two palaearctic Orthoptera established in the
United States 138
ROCKWOOD — Notes on coccinellids in the Pacific Northwest 139
WOOD — Trypanosoma cruzi revealed in California mice
by xenodiagnosis 147
BAILEY — A review of the genus Stomatothrips Hood 154
MALKIN — Record of Stenomorpha consobrina from Washington
and Oregon 162
BARBER — Notes on Telegeusis and some relatives 163
BEAL — Description of a new Arizona Thaumaglossa 171
BOOK NOTICE 130
San Francisco, California
1952
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L. Usinger
E. S. Ross Co-Editors E. C. Van Dyke
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18. Calif., or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $3.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to "Pan-Pacific Entomologist.”
Announcing ...
“THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the
world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development,
Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeography. Complete syste-
matic treatment is given including keys, synonymy and descriptions. The
illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his
reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125
full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of
the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
Published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series” by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its Semicentennial Anniver-
sary, September, 1951.
Price
$ 6.00
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at
San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. XXVIII July, 1952
No. 3
BRIGHTON CLARK CAIN
The passing of B. C. Cain on May 19, 1951, is a severe loss to
western entomology. “Bugs” Cain, as he was known to generations
of Boy Scouts, graduated in Entomology at Stanford University in
1923. He took a Master’s Degree at Stanford devoting his research
to the biology of the European earwig which, at that time, was a
recent immigrant to California.
Mr. Cain was not a professional entomologist. He never pub-
lished a paper in the field, and, although he kept up his member-
ship in the Pacific Coast Entomological Society (1923 to the time
of his death), he rarely attended meetings.
For a quarter of a century, “Bugs” Cain devoted himself ex-
clusively to young people. As Naturalist of the Oakland Council,
Boy Scouts of America, he inspired countless boys at Dimond
Camp in the Oakland Hills and at Dimond “0” Camp near Yose-
mite. His enthusiasm was contagious. How many of his proteges
actually went on to careers in science may never be known but at
least one group of six professional entomologists arranged an anni-
versary dinner in his honor some years ago and bound their scien-
tific publications into a sizable volume which they dedicated to
him.
Since his death a “Bugs” Cain Memorial Fund has been raised
by grateful friends throughout the world. Upon conclusion of the
drive, the funds will be delivered to the City of Oakland for the
construction of a Nature Study Building in Lakeside Park. This
seems particularly appropriate because Lakeside Park was the
place where scouts convened at an early hour on many a cold
morning for bird hikes. In retrospect, one can say of “Bugs” Cain
that here was a truly great man who lived not for himself but for
the inspiration that he gave to others. — Robert L. Usinger.
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
NEW BOMBYLIID FLIES REARED FROM
ANTHOPHORID BEES
(Diptera: Brachycera)
Frank R. Cole
Redlands, California
While studying colonies of anthophorid bees, Diadasia conso-
ciata Timberlake, and D. bituberculata (Cresson) in California,
E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain and R. F. Smith of the University
ol California reared three species of bombyliids from the nests of
these bees. The flies were sent to me for identification, and all
proved to be undescribed.
Two of these flies are rather closely related species belonging
tc the genus Villa (subgenus Paravilla of Painter) in the now gen-
erally accepted classification of the family ; the third parasite is an
interesting species of the genus Anthrax (a group better known in
the literature under the generic names Argyramoeba and Spogos-
tylum), very closely related to Argyramoeba daphne of Osten
Sacken. I have compared these flies with various related forms in
my collection in the California Insect Survey and collection of the
University of California.
Many of the bombyliid flies are well known parasites of bees
and wasps, or have been discovered living in their nests as inqui-
lines. Fabre has written a most interesting account of the Anthrax
Fly (Anthrax trifasciata) and its relation to the “wall bee,” Chalci-
doma muraria Retzius, in France. Villa edititia Say, related to the
two species of Villa described in this paper, has been reported as a
parasite of ground nesting bees of the genus Anthophora.
Anthrax nidicola Cole, new species
(Figure 1)
The basic body color is black, but the species has a gray
appearance. The wings are largely hyaline, with a few small, pale
clouds; an extra crossvein forms three submarginal cells.
Head black, with a dull, iron gray “finish” (the texture too fine to be
termed pollen), more hoary on the sides. Face and frons with short, erect,
black hair, mixed with some yellowish at sides of oral margin; yellowish
tomentum visible between this hair; tomentum of occiput finer and paler.
Antennae satiny, gray black, of characteristic form, with black hairs on seg-
ments I and II. Mesonotum and scutellum gray black in color, dorsum cov-
ered with short, fine, dull golden tomentum, coarser and more dense on
scutellum, on mesonotum appearing as broad stripes; some sparse black pile
and black bristles on sides of mesonotum and on scutellum. The ruff is
yellowish to white, with a few black hairs above. Pleura gray black, with
July, 1952]
COLE — BOMBYLIID FLIES
127
long bushy pile, which ranges from white to golden in color. Coxae with
mixed black and yellowish bristles. Abdomen gray black, slightly more shin-
ing than thorax; as wide as thorax at base, tapering as in typical species of
the genus; first tergite slightly longer than III, IY or V, second tergite
longer than any other two tergites combined ; first segment tufted with white
hair on each side. In well preserved specimens (which are rare) there is
a rather dense covering of tomentum on the abdomen, denser on sides and
near apex, most of which is shining, snowy white, but golden brown at base
of second tergite, and a few brown scales evident on third and fourth. Dor-
sum of abdomen with sparse, black, rather recumbent bristly hairs. Incisures
yellowish red, widening apically (in a few specimens tergites VI and VII
mostly reddish). Hypopygium largely reddish, the large dorsal valves semi-
translucent, pale mahogany, the ventral plate with strong black hairs. Venter
largely gray black, posterior margins of sternites reddish, and with a cover-
ing of whitish tomentum and sparse golden pile. Stem of halteres yellowish
brown, knob honey yellow, tipped with ivory. Femora and last four tarsal
segments black, the tibiae reddish. Bristles of the legs black. Pulvilli well
developed. Legs with pale tomentum, the fish-scale tomentum of femora
silvery. Wing (fig. I) largely hyaline, pale brown at extreme base; veins
heavy, black; costal cell grayish; a square blackish brown spot at middle of
first basal cell (2nd R), and a brown spot on anterior crossvein and on the
squared base of first submarginal (3rd R) where there is a stump of a vein;
very narrow brown clouds at bases of third and fourth posterior cells. Three
submarginal cells in all specimens examined, as in the type, a strong crossvein
connecting the anterior branch of third vein ( R 4 ) with the second vein
(R 2+3). Length 6.5 mm.
Female. With the same basic coloring and marking as in the male. Less
pile on the pleura, and pile of coxae more white. Dorsum of the abdomen
mottled with white tomentose patches, and with spots of black tomentum
tergites II, III and IV ; some brownish tomentum scattered on dorsum. More
blackish pile on abdomen than in male, some black pile mixed with the yel-
lowish on venter. Genital segment with close-set, incurved, golden pile.
Length 7 to 8 mm.
Holotype: Male from Tracy, San Joaquin County, Califor-
nia, June 7, 1949, collected by J. W. MacSwain; female allotype
from Palo Verde, Imperial County, California, April 8, 1949 (P.
D. Hurd) ; fifteen male paratypes, Tracy, California, May 3 to June
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
21 (E. G. Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, R. F. Smith), also one from
Cottonwood Springs, Riverside County, California, April 26 (L. W.
Quate), and two collected at Redlands, San Bernardino County,
California, September, 1914 (F. R. Cole).
This interesting species has near relatives in Anthrax isis
(Meigen) and Anthrax hinotata (Meigen), from Africa and Eu-
rope. It is very close to Osten Sacken’s daphne, described at length
and figured (wing) in volume I of the Biologia Centrali- Ameri-
cana, but this species is usually larger, has only two submarginal
cells, and most of my specimens are more dull brownish in general
color, with smaller wing clouds, etc. I have a small specimen of
daphne from Santa Fe, New Mexico; Osten Sacken stated: “Length
10 millim., but much smaller specimens occur.”
Villa apicola Cole, new species
Body dull, gray black, first two antennal joints, face, femora,
tibiae and bases of tarsi yellowish in ground color. Structural
characters rather typical of the subgenus Paravilla. Wings brown
on basal half, the color slanting from end of costal cell through
middle of discal cell and into the apical fourth of the anal cell.
Male. First antennal joint about twice the length of second, the third
joint long conical at base, this black basal portion half the length of third
joint and equal to first and second joints combined. Frons at vertex little
wider than base of third antennal joint. Face projecting, but not truly long
conical; the face and frons with ochre yellow tomentum and with short
proclinate black bristles ; dense tomentum of occiput ochre yellow. The pro-
boscis is not projecting. Pile and tomentum of thorax yellow to golden,
fairly short ; whitish pile over wing base ; pile of pleura mostly longer, yellow
to whitish yellow. Scutellum black, yellow tomentose and pilose. The thor-
acic bristles yellow. The halteres yellowish. Abdomen on dorsum with a
dense covering of fine golden yellow tomentum. Abdominal pile sparse,
yellow, denser and more bushy on sides and at base. Venter reddish on
apical half, all the pile and tomentum yellowish. Abdomen without black
tomentum. Femora and tibiae with yellow, appressed tomentum; basal half
of tarsi yellow in ground color, apical joints blackened. Front claws almost
equal to others in length, the front tibiae noticeably bristled. Wings more
than half gray hyaline ; brownish basal color runs with a vague outline from
tip of costal cell back through basal third of first posterior cell, the middle of
discal cell, and bases of third and fourth posterior cells and apex of anal cell ;
the auxiliary cell is broadly margined gray hyaline; veins are black, strong
and with no indication of three submarginal cells, a character we find in the
related species described in the paragraphs following this ; the anterior cross-
vein is about opposite the middle of the discal cell. Length 6 mm.
Female — Similar to the male. The frons is broader at the vertex (being
twice the width of the third antennal joint at its base and about twice the
July, 1952]
COLE — BOMB YLIID FLIES
129
width of the ocellar tubercle). The face is more typically conical than in the
male. The pile on head and mesonotum is about the same as on male; the
tomentum on the occiput is more whitish, and there is whitish tomentum on
the sides of the long second abdominal tergite.
Holotype: Male, allotype female, and paratypes from Tracy,
San Joaquin County, California, April 26, 1949, reared from
cells of the bee Diadasia consociata Timberlake.
Villa (Paravilla) tricellula Cole, new species
Body black, except for the reddish color of first antennal joint
and genitalia, and portions of face, femora and tibiae. The prin-
cipal characters are typical of Painter’s subgenus Paravilla, which
was based on edititiodes Painter (Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc., VI, p. 10) .
The wings are brown on the anterior proximal portion, and on the
anterior and posterior crossveins. There are three submarginal
cells (See Fig. 2) .
Fig. 2. Wing of Villa (Paravilla) tricellula Cole.
Female — The ground color of most of the body is black, gray dusted to
semi-shining. First antennal joint about one-third longer than second, dull
reddish in color, second joint with a slight reddish tinge (not noticeable
in some specimens). Third antennal joint black, long conical at base, the
styliform portion slightly longer than base. The orange yellow face is pro-
jecting and conical, the proboscis extending only slightly beyond oral margin.
Frons and face with yellowish tomentum and short black pile, the pile erect
on frons and more abundant on lower third; tomentum of vertex yellowish,
silvery white on the rest of the occiput. Pile and tomentum of thorax largely
dull yellowish, some white and more shining on scutellum, above wing base
and on lower pleura. Bristles of mesonotum and scutellum golden yellow.
Yellowish pile longest on collar or ruff and on mesopleura. Halteres yellow-
ish. Abdomen gray black, semi-shining, rather densely pilose, and with a
covering of narrow tomentum-scales in well preserved specimens; the pile
mostly white anteriorly, where it is longest and semi-erect. Narrow posterior
borders of black, bristly pile on second and following segments, this pile
more abundant posteriorly; some of tomentum on dorsum straw yellow. Pile
of first sternite white, the balance of venter yellow pilose and tomentose.
Femora yellow; tibiae yellow, darker at tips, the tarsi blackish. The bristles
130 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
of legs black, quite apparent on front tibiae. Front claws as large as others.
Femora and tibiae with dense yellowish tomentum. Wings are largely hya-
line, gray brown on anterior proximal portion, and not filling much of the
basal portion of discal cell; discal, anal and auxiliary cells largely hyaline
in the type (slightly more clouded in some specimens) ; veins heavy and
black; a strong crossvein connects third and fourth veins (R 2 + 3 and R 4 ),
forming three submarginal cells in all of the type series. There are strong
clouds on anterior crossvein (r-m) and posterior crossvein (m). Length
10 mm.
Holotype: Female and 16 paratypes were reared from cells of
Diadasia bituber culata (Cresson) collected by E. G. Linsley and
J. W. MacSwain at Barrett Springs, San Diego County, Cali-
fornia, on April 20, 1950.
It is most unusual to rear a group of seventeen parasite speci-
mens (at least in Diptera), all of one sex. Among the paratypes is
a freak specimen, having one wing with several spur veins along
Rs and extra crossveins forming three discal cells.
I have what I take to be Villa ( Paravilla ) edititoides Painter
from Lassen County, California (also some related forms which are
undescribed) , and this species has much more of the wing shaded
brown. Painter placed in his subgenus Paravilla the following
species: consul (Osten Sacken), cuniculus (Osten Sacken), pallita
(Loew), diagonalis (Loew), obscura (Coquillett) , lacunaris (Co-
quillett and nemakogensis (Graenicher) .
Specimens of a closely related and apparently undescribed fly
were taken in San Antonio Valley, Santa Clara County, September
14, by P. D. Hurd; this form has two submarginal cells, the wings
slightly more infuscated, abdomen with white tomentum and less
black, bristly pile, and with small triangles of black tomentum on
second, third and fourth tergites.
Book Notice
THE SCRUB-TYPHUS AND SCRUB-ITCH MITES (TROMBICULIDAE :
ACARINA) OF THE ASIATIC-PACIFIC REGION. By H. Womersley.
Published by the South Australian Museum as Vol. X of the Museum
Records. Paper covers. Part I, 436 pp., 4 text figs. ; Part II, 240 pp.
containing 120 pis. of line drawings opposed by the legends.
According to a press notice: “The family, subfamily and genera are
fully keyed. The classification hitherto largely based on larvae is revised
on adult and nymphal characters. . . . Total species mentioned . . . 255.”
Price 3 pounds, 3 shillings (Australian). The issue is limited; orders should
be sent to The Director, South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide,
South Australia.
July, 1952]
LINSLEY & MAC SWAIN— DIADASIA
131
NOTES ON SOME EFFECTS OF PARASITISM UPON
A SMALL POPULATION OF DIADASIA
BITUBERCULATA (CRESSON)
(Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae)
E. G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain
University of California, Berkeley
On several occasions, in the course of studies of the biology of
bees, the writers have found abandoned nesting sites of gregarious
ground-nesting species. In some cases the disappearance of the
bees could be attributed to an extended period of drought or some
other physical factor in the environment. However, a few cases
did not appear explicable on any such basis and, since abundant
evidence was present that there had been a high incidence of para-
sites and predators in the population, it was suspected that biotic
factors might have played an important role in the disappearance
of the bees. It may therefore be of interest to report observations
on the effects of parasitism on a population of Diadasia bituber-
culata (Cresson) , in which the net result was to reduce the popula-
tion to such a low level as to virtually exterminate it.
Diadasia biturber culata is a gregarious, ground-nesting antho-
phorid, which collects pollen from Convolvulus arvensis Linnaeus.
Its nesting habits are similar to those of D. consociata Timberlake
which will be described elsewhere (Linsley, MacSwain & Smith,
1952a) although the pupal period is apparently shorter (23 - 25
days). The nesting site involved in the following observations
extended for about 50 feet along a hard-packed, rarely used dirt
road near Barrett Springs, San Diego County, California. When
the site was discovered on April 20, 1950, there were indications
that large numbers of cells had been provisioned during the pre-
vious season although but two male bees were in evidence about the
area. A sample of 337 cells was removed at this time. These were
examined on April 25 with the results indicated in Table I. When
the site was revisited in July 1950, no adult bees were evident and
sampling failed to yield any living bee larvae or cell series which
had been provisioned during the 1950 season.
Molds , as is often the case with ground nesting bees, took a
large toll in bee cells. In the sample examined 34 per cent of the
cells contained mold which had apparently destroyed the cell con-
132
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
tents. Aspergillus flavus Link 1 was the prevalent species, although
several species of Rhizopus 1 were also present. These last may
have been secondary invaders and may be saprophytic.
Villa ( Paravilla ) tricellula Cole 2 was by far the most important
insect parasite encountered in the nest area. Twenty-seven per cent
of the cells examined contained larvae or pupae of this species.
When allowance is made for the bombyliid larvae destroyed di-
rectly or indirectly by mold, it is obvious that the number of cells
originally infested was much higher. Actually, Villa succeeded in
destroying 41 per cent of those bee larvae in our sample which
were not destroyed by mold. Undoubtedly many of these larvae
had also been attacked by Rhipiphorus or Photopsis, both of which
would also be destroyed by Villa.
Rhipiphorus diadasiae Linsley and MacSwain destroyed bee
larvae in 18.5 per cent of the non-moldy cells examined, although
this figure would be higher if bee larvae containing this parasite
which were destroyed by Villa, Photopsis or Lytta could be deter-
mined. From these figures involved it is estimated that approxi-
mately thirty per cent of all cells were originally infested with
Rhipiphorid larvae. The feeding habits of this species are like those
to be reported in detail elsewhere for Rhipiphorus smithi Linsley
and MacSwain, (Linsley, MacSwain and Smith, 1952b). The
external feeding period, period between completion of feeding and
pupation, as well as the pupal period were obtained for 10 speci-
mens of R. diadasiae. These periods in sequence averaged 6.3 days
(range 6-8) ; 4.9 days (range 3-7) ; and 12.9 days (range 11-15).
The fragmentary biological observations on this species differ
markedly from the more complete study of R. smithi in one impor-
tant detail. In R. smithi over 99 per cent of the adult beetles es-
caped from the soil whereas a high percentage of R. diadasiae
failed to reach the surface. However, this latter circumstance might
well have been due to some purely local condition where the study
was made.
Photopsis auraria Blake 3 has been reported previously as a
parasite of Anthophora linsleyi Timberlake (Linsley and McSwain,
1942). As far as could be determined its habits as a parasite of
identified by E. A. Steinhaus, Division of Biological Control, University of
California, Berkeley, California.
identified by F. R. Cole, Redlands, California.
identified by C. E. Mickel.
July, 1952]
LINSLEY & MAC SWAIN — DIADASIA
133
Table I. — Parasites and predators in a nest sample of Diadasia
bituberculata (Cresson) examined April 25, 1950 1 .
Material examined and stages present
Number
of
cells
Per cent
of
total
Per cent
of non-
moldy
cells (248)
Cells sampled
377
100.0
100.0
Unparasitized Diadasia bituberculata
overwintering larvae
32
12.5
adults
15
21.8
Bees (adults) dead from
unknown causes
7
1.9
Cell contents destroyed by molds
129
34.2
Villa (Paravilla) tricellula
(Bombyliidae)
larvae
84
pupae (including 7 dead)
18
27.1
41.1
Rhipiphorus diadasiae
(Rhipiphoridae)
larvae (endoparasitic first instar)
12
pupae
2
12.1
18.5
adults (including 26 dead)
32
Photopsis auraria (Mutillidae)
larvae
5
pupae
8
5.3
8.1
adults (including 3 dead)
7
Photopsis sp. (Mutillidae)
larvae
11
2.9
4.4
Lytta melaena (Meloidae)
larvae
11
4.0
6.1
pupae
4
1 A11 identifications based upon reared adults.
D. bituberculata are as described for Anthophora. Seven females
and six males were ultimately reared. The females were identified
by C. E. Mickel as P. auraria Blake, 1879 and the males as P. nebu-
losa Blake, 1886. On the basis of habits, cocoon structure, and
coincidence of emergence we regard them as a single species, Pho-
topsis auraria Blake, a conclusion also suggested by Dr. Mickel ( in
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
litt.) . Emergence dates for the females ranged from April 20 to
May 23, the males, with one exception, from April 28 to May 18.
One male, however, did not pupate until May 18 and did not trans-
form until June 19. 5.3 per cent of the cells examined contained
P. auraria, which had parasitized 8.1 per cent of the bee larvae not
killed by mold, Villa or Lytta.
Photopsis sp., represented by 11 larvae from which six females
were ultimately reared, is smaller than P. auraria, the larvae con-
struct a more delicate cocoon, and adults did not emerge until July.
Whether these specimens were retarded in development by our
methods of laboratory rearing or whether they actually represent
a different species remains to be determined. This form was found
in 2.9 per cent of the cells examined and had destroyed 4.4 per cent
of the bee larvae which were not destroyed by mold, bombyliids or
meloids. i
Lytta melaena (LeConte) may have had a greater effect on the
host bee than that indicated in Table I. The fifteen larvae and
pupae were found in resting cells removed from the series upon
which the earlier larval stages had fed. Since larvae of several
species of this genus have been found destroying one or more cells,
depending upon the size of the host attacked, it is possible that the
larvae of this species may have destroyed two cells each in com-
pleting their development. This is a rather large black species
wdiose mature larvae are somewhat larger than the Diadasia larva.
The authors have observed oviposition in more than twenty species
of Lytta, including close relatives of L. melaena. For this reason it
is probably safe to assume that melaena follows the normal pattern
of preparing a short burrow in the soil to a depth of two to three
inches and laying several hundred eggs at the end of the burrow.
The incubation period for the eggs of other members of the genus
is about two weeks, after which the first instar larvae crawl over
the surface searching out new cell series of their host. Although
the authors previously (1942) presumed that larvae of L. occipi-
talis Horn contacted the host bees by climbing surrounding vege-
tation, they now appreciate that this assumption was erroneous.
The feeding habit of this genus is apparently that of a specialized
predator which consumes the contents of one or more cells regard-
less of their nature. After the first four feeding instars the larva
burrows several inches away from the cell series and constructs a
resting chamber. This activity appears to effectively protect the
July, 1952]
ROSS — HISTERIDAE
135
meloid from parasitism by other members of the community. Of
the 15 specimens collected only the four listed as pupae in Table I
transformed during the season in which they were collected. The
11 larvae have not yet transformed as of June, 1952. We have
previously observed this habit in meloids which attack bees and
apparently it is a mechanism to carry the species over unfavorable
seasons.
Literature Cited
Linsley, E. G. and J. W. MacSwain
1942. The parasites, predators, and inquiline associates of Anthophora
linsleyi. Amer. Midland Naturalist, 27:402-417, figs. 1-11.
1945. Longevity of fifth instar larvae of Hornia boharti Linsley. Pan-
Pac. Ent., 21:88.
1950. New western species of Rhipiphoridae. Wasmann Jour. Biol.,
8:229-239.
Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain and R. F. Smith
1952a. The bionomics of Diadasia consociata Timberlake and some biol-
ogical relationships of emphorine and anthophorine bees. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Entom. (in press).
1952b. The life history of Rhipiphorus smithi with notes on their phylo-
genetic significance. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entom. (in press).
THE HABITAT OF TWO RARE CALIFORNIAN
HISTERIDAE
(Coleoptera)
Onthophilus lecontei Horn, 1870, and Margarinotus remotus (Leconte),
1859, are among the rarest of Californian Histeridae. As is often the case
in rare insects, the rarity is due apparently to the restriction of these species
to a special ecological niche seldom investigated by collectors. Dr. F. X.
Williams has recently presented the California Academy of Sciences with a
series of 14 specimens of O. lecontei and 13 of M. remotus collected in
company with numerous individuals of the common Saprinus paeminosus
Leconte in the nest chamber and burrows of Thomomys bottae bottae
Eydoux & Gervais (Botta pocket gopher) at Danville, Contra Costa Co.,
Calif., February 9, through April 17, 1952.
This is strong evidence that such burrows constitute the normal habitat
of these two species. With one exception (a specimen of lecontei collected
in a gopher burrow at Atascadero, Calif.) all other known specimens have
been collected as stragglers during the rare periods when the species ranged
out of their normal habitat. — Edward S. Ross, California Academy of
Sciences.
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF AEGUS FROM
THE SOLOMON ISLANDS, WITH REMARKS ON
OTHER STAGBEETLES
( Coleoptera : Lucanidae)
Bernard Benesh
Burrville, Tennessee
The present paper contains the description of a new species of
Aegus from the Solomon Islands, a characterization of Cerato-
gnathus tasmanus Benesh and C. westwoodi Thomson, and a recti-
fication of an error made by the writer in an earlier paper.
Aegus pulverosus Benesh, new species
This new species is sufficiently distinct that a cursory diagnosis
will suffice for identification of the insect. Obovate, strongly con-
vex; of olive-gray aspect, the dorsum being covered with very
dense, abbreviated pile (giving the insect a pulverous appearance) ,
intermixed with pronounced reddish-brown tufts.
Female — Head transverse, anterior margin straight, angles rounded ;
sides diverging posteriorly and feebly arcuate to opposite the eyes; head
cribripunctate, each puncture bearing a tuft of redish-brown pile. Eyes
large, parallel. Canthus slightly emarginate anterior to the eye and half-way
circumscribing the eyes; postocular section converging to occiput. Mandi-
bles shorter than head, laterally keeled, arcuate, apices acute; inner margin
of right mandible with a bifid tooth, that of the left with a single, simple
tooth; punctured on top and pulverose, apices and inner margins glabrous,
black. Antennae stout, ferrugineous, the three terminal segments forming
the clava, which is pubescent. Pronotum broader than long, anterior margin
nearly straight, anterior angles produced and subacute; sides arcuate to
lateral angles, which are obtuse, thence semicircularly excised and converg-
ing to base, basal angles obtuse, the base broadly arcuate; tufted irregularly
throughout with brownish pile, without apparent punctuation. Scutellum
invisible, squamose. Elytra broader than long, humeri rounded, sides arcu-
ate, posterior margins rounded; pulverose throughout, with four, broadly
spaced lines of brownish tufts, with alternate tufts between. Legs fairly
stout and short, punctate throughout, pulverose and linearly tufted; anterior
tibiae furcate, with three external spines; intermediate and posterior tibiae
with one feeble spine at apical third. Venter ferrugineous; pro- , meso- and
metasternum, inflexed portion of the elytra, and first ventral sternite shining,
cribripunctate, the interior of punctures squamose; last four sterna im-
punctate, pulverose, and tufted. Mentum slightly broader than long, ante-
riorly and laterally rounded, base straight.
Male unknown.
Measurements (in millimeters) : Length Width
Head - 1.1 3.0
Pronotum — 2.6 4.5
Elytra - 4.1 4.7
July, 1952]
BENESH -A NEW AEGUS
137
Holotype: A female from Piva River, Bougainville, Solomon
Islands, collected by B. D. Valentine in October, 1944. Deposited
in the collection of B. Benesh at Chicago Natural History Museum.
Ceratognathus tasmanus Benesh and C. westwoodi Thomson
I have been asked to elucidate the specific differences between
C. tasmanus and westwoodi, in order to facilitate identification of
the two species. I do so herewith, utilizing the description of the
first and comparing it with a specimen 1 in my collection, that is
definitely determined as westwoodi. Incidentally, a specimen that
had been received from the Australian Museum under the specific
name westwoodi (identified by Mr. Oke), proved to be C . flabel-
latus Boileau, a desideratum of long standing. The differences be-
tween the two species can be tabulated as follows :
westwoodi
Mandibles slender, arcuate, inner
margins laminate and serratulate.
Anterior margin of head produced
at middle into a blunt point.
Sides of pronotum nearly uniformly
arcuate from anterior to basal angles.
Scutellum longer than broad, uni-
formly cribripunctate.
Elytra noncostate.
tasmanus
Mandibles at middle angulate, apices
bifid, with two obtuse, distant teeth
on top, one on the angulation, the
other posterior to the apical fork.
Anterior margin nearly straight, sim-
ple. Eyes larger.
Pronotal sides diagonally arcuate to
middle, thence parallel to basal
angles.
Scutellum broader than long; punc-
tation circumscribed by an impressed
line.
Elytra with a sutural and two lateral
costae.
Platycerus cribripennis Van Dyke
This species, described by Dr. Van Dyke as a variety of P.
piceus Kirby (= depressus LeConte), was declared by me to be
just a mutant of P. marginalis Casey. This opinion was based upon
examination of a specimen whose owner asserted that it had been
compared with the type and pronounced a good match 2 .
On a recent visit to the California Academy of Sciences I was
able, through the kindness of Dr. Van Dyke, to examine the typical
specimens and I found them to be distinctive. However, I do not
’Taken by the Harvard Australia Expedition on Mt. Kosciusko, New South
Wales, 5-7,000 ft., Dec. 12, 1931.
2 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. LXXII, p. 173, 1946 (footnote).
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
consider the insects to be variants of P. piceus ; I believe that they
represent a separate species. P. cribripennis differs from P. piceus
in the conformation of the mandibles, the cribriform sculpture of
the pronotum, the more clear cut sculpture (with the walls of the
punctures more straight, not sloping as in P. marginalis , and in
its anthracite black color and higher luster. Specimens of P. piceus
generally have only the head and pronotum feebly shining and the
elytra are more or less opaque.
I take pleasure in rectifying my error, and thank Dr. Van Dyke
for having made it possible for me to do so. I also wish to thank
Mr. Rupert L. Wenzel, Chicago Natural History Museum, for read-
ing and correcting this manuscript and for valuable suggestions.
TWO PALAEARCTIC ORTHOPTERA
ESTABLISHED IN THE UNITED STATES
(Mantidae, Tettigoniidae)
H. F. Strohecicer
University of Miami , Coral Gables , Florida
In a lot of several thousand western Orthoptera sent to me for
identification from the University of California I found specimens
of Phaneroptera quadripunctata Brunner and a species of Iris.
Being unable to arrive at a confident determination of the Iris I
sent specimens to Dr. B. P. Uvarov of the British Anti-Locust
Centre, who has made extensive study of the genus. He informs
me that the mantis is Iris oratoria (L.) and also reassures me on
the identification of the Phaneroptera. Specific records are:
Iris oratoria (linnaeus)
Brawley, Calif., VII-11-1950, at light, 3 $ (K. W. Tucker) ; Imperial
Valley, Calif., 1950, 2 $ ; Shafter, Calif., IX-6-48, 1 $ (R. V. C. Bosch)
Sanger, Fresno County, X-14-50, 1 $ (0. G. Bacon) ; Palm Springs, VI-11-
1940, 2 immature specimens (N. Reynolds) ; Palms to Pine Highway, 1000,
V-24-1940, 1 immature (F. H. Rindge) ; Cathedral City, VIII-14-50, 1 $
(L. W. Isaak) ; Beaumont, V1I-4-47, 1 9-
This mantis can be distinguished at once by the two tubercles
on the frontal disc and the small spines at the tip of the middle
and hind femora. Superficially it resembles a species of Stagmo-
mantis.
Phaneroptera quadripunctata Brunner
Mountain View, Calif., Sept. 9 - Nov. 29, 1941, 4 S and 19 (Kenneth
Frick) ; IX- 13-43, 19 (K. Frick) ; Niles, Calif., IX-16-32, 1 $.
July, 1952] rockwood-northwest coccinellids
139
NOTES ON COCCINELLIDS IN THE
PACIFIC NORTHWEST
(Coleoptera)
L. P. Rockwood 1
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
Agricultural Research Administration,
United States Department of Agriculture
The effectiveness of coccinellids, or lady beetles, in the control
of aphids is sometimes underestimated by economic entomologists,
probably because it is customary to take note of them only in times
of aphid outbreaks. Lady beetles, as well as other natural enemies
of the aphids except fungus disease, may be inadequate for control
at times when aphids have been given an unusual advantage by
weather conditions. It would be better to think of these predaceous
insects as ever present and helping to keep down aphid populations
every year. Aphid outbreaks would probably be a yearly occur-
rence without them. As lady beetles are very susceptible to some
insecticides, it would be well to consider the possible effect on
their numbers of the chemical treatment of large areas.
On the other hand, some people believe that the importation
of large numbers of lady beetles into their fields or orchards would
be a cheap and easy means of controlling aphids on their property.
Their confidence in the effectiveness of these predators has led
them to invest in stocks of lady beetles that have been collected
in distant areas. Davidson (1924), in California, demonstrated
that this practice cannot be of value to the individual grower, be-
cause the imported beetles disperse widely after release. This rapid
dispersal of imported beetles has also been noted by Packard and
Campbell (1926) in the Antelope Valley of southern California,
Knowlton et al. (1938) in Utah, Eddy (1939) in Louisiana, Gar-
man (1936) in Connecticut, and Hedrick (1934) in New York.
Whether or not the region would benefit if large numbers of lady
bettles were brought into it would be very difficult to demonstrate.
The habit of some species of coccinellids of collecting in
masses in certain restricted locations at certain times has rendered
1 Retired October 31, 1948. In addition to my own notes I have assembled and
compiled the notes of several coworkers of the Bureau of Entomology and
Plant Quarantine who were located at Forest Grove, Oregon, but I alone am
responsible for this arrangement and the conclusions drawn. Among these co-
workers were Mrs. S. K. Zimmerman (nee Keen), A. C. Burrill, Max M.
Reeher, and T. R. Chamberlin.
140 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
their collection for exploitation comparatively easy. The tendency
of these species is to return to the same sites year after year, even
though the returning beetles themselves have had no previous asso-
ciation with that site. In the West such aggregations have been
called lady beetle caches. These caches are susceptible to serious
damage by fire at the hands of the ignorant or careless.
Caches, or masses, of lady beetles are much more common than
is generally supposed, at least in the West. A. C. Burrill, with the
help of employees of the United States Forest Service and others,
accumulated reports of lady beetle caches during the period 1918
to 1920. By adding to these reports the definite records made by
other workers, we have records of about 25 such caches scattered
over the region west of the Cascade Mountains and east of the
Coast Range divide, and about 45 in Oregon and Washington east
of the Cascade Mountains. Doubtless there are many other cache
sites in both regions which have never been reported, as these
caches are not easy to discover except at certain opportune times.
Similar caches in California were known, and beetle collections
were made from some of them for many years (Carnes, 1912).
They have also been reported in Nevada (Nunenmacher, 1910),
in Utah (Knowlton et al. 1938), in Colorado (Gillette, 1923), in
New Mexico (Douglass, 1930), in Michigan and in the south-
eastern United States (Sherman, 1938).
In the Pacific Northwest west of the Cascade Mountains, three
species of Hippodamia are found in these caches — quinquesignata
(Kirby), mostly of the spotless or nearly spotless form ambigua 2 ,
smuata Mulsant, mostly of the form spuria LeConte 2 , and converg-
ens Guerin -Meneville 2 . Caches of quinquesignata and sinuata occur
in the same localities, on bald, dry hill tops, the highest in the
region, such as Bald Peak in the Chehalem Hills about 10 miles
south of Forest Grove (discovered by Miss Keen on April 29,
1922), and Peterson’s Butte near Lebanon in Linn County (dis-
covered by entomologists from Oregon State College in 1918).
Although the caches of these two species occur together, they are
not much intermingled, each species tending to bunch up with its
own kind, quinquesignata usually a little higher up the slope than
sinuata. They occur well down in the crowns of a bunch grass,
fescue, or around wild rose bushes, blackberry vines, and poison
determinations were made by P. H. Timberlake in 1920.
July, 1952] rocicwood-northwest coccinellids
141
oak (mostly sinuata in blackberry vines and poison oak) on south-
west-facing slopes. Such caches are not easily discovered except
when the beetles are assembling in September and October, when
basking in the sun on sunny days in early spring, or when leaving
in March or April. When the beetles in the bunch grass are dis-
turbed, they “boil up” in large numbers from each grass crown,
except in cold weather when they are torpid. H. sinuata are usu-
ally more numerous than quinquesignata in these caches. The
mating, or attempted mating, of male sinuata with female quin-
quesignata is frequently observed when the beetles are leaving the
cache. Pale red sinuata spuria 2 with greatly reduced spots, some-
times altogether spotless, have been found in some numbers in the
Bald Peak cache and also in the cache on Peterson’s Butte. Typical
qinquesignata are a brilliant red, whereas the red of sinuata is
usually much faded, sometimes nearly to yellow.
Cache sites of Hippodamia convergens in western Oregon are
quite different — usually near water, on stumps, bracken, bushes
and small trees in cold damp canyons, such as Clear Creek Canyon
six miles northwest of Forest Grove, or on rushes in swampy spots
— and the exposure in general is eastern. In a small swampy spot
near the Forest Grove reservoir, on October 20, 1926, the beetles
were in clumps at the tops of the rushes, giving the impression of
exotic bloom. In February 1935, T. R. Chamberlin found a small
cache of mostly spotless convergens on rushes in a marshy spot on
the valley level at the foot of a slight east-facing slope near Rick-
reall in Polk County. Specimens taken here so closely resembled
the spotless form of quinquesignata that we were not sure of the
species until mounts of the male genitalia proved to agree with
Timberlake’s (1919) description of convergens. Ewing (1913)
reported masses of lady beetles on the summit of Mt. Chintimini
(now called Mary’s Peak), the highest point in the Coast Range
of Oregon. He stated that some of the beetles he found cached there
were spuria LeConte and that others were convergens Guerin-
Meneville.
The late R. C. Treherne wrote (Nov. 5, 1921) that the lady
beetle caches in British Columbia “that face the west are, I believe,
H. 5-signata, whereas the one facing the east is probably H. con-
vergens .” This idea had not occurred to us, but our observations
on the sites that we have seen confirm Treherne’s tentative theory.
It would be desirable for someone to make a study of this interest-
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
ing phenomenon of massing by lady beetles, if he were careful to
make accurate determinations. The determination of the species
of this genus is very difficult, and the male genitalia must be
studied to verify them (Timberlake, 1919, and Chapin, 1946).
Most of the caches that have been reported in the area east of
the Cascade Mountains are presumably of Hippodamia convergent,
but we have seen few specimens from such caches. A form of
caseyi Johnson that is spotted like convergens was noted in num-
bers near Wenatchee, Washington (Timberlake, 1919). Caches
are known to occur on the isolated buttes of the Palouse region as
well as in the Blue Mountains. In Okanogan County, Washington,
many of the caches, judging from specimens collected by A. C.
Burrill in 1918 and 1919, are of caseyi Johnson 2 . Knowlton et al.
(1938) recorded the finding of caches of quinquesignata in Utah.
No one knows from how far the beetles come to these caches.
We have observed that Hippodamia sinuata and quinquesignata
are not present in the fields near Forest Grove until the beetles
have begun to leave the caches on Bald Peak, 10 miles away. It is
quite possible that the beetles travel long distances to reach some
of the caches, particularly those in the high mountains. The beetles
usually come to the caches on Bald Peak in September and October,
but in 1931, some were observed in the grass crowns as early as
July 16. In that year previously large populations of pea aphids
on annual legumes were very greatly reduced in May or in early
June. On July 4, 1926, after a similar sequence of pea aphid pop-
ulations, a picnic party observed convergens massing in Clear
Creek Canyon. Sherman (1938) has suggested that hibernation
does not seem to be the primary reason for massing in the moun-
tains of the Southeastern States. It seems possible that a sudden
failure of the food supply might lead some of the beetles to go to
the caches earlier than usual. Such sites may afford better chances
for survival without food and with a minimum of activity than do
fields at lower levels or in warmer situations. The beetles usually
leave the caches in western Oregon in April, but sometimes as early
as February or March. H. convergens appears to leave its caches
a few days earlier than do sinuata and quinquesignata. In any case
the beetles leave on days when temperatures are sufficiently high
to permit normal activity. Hence the value of introducing them
into the fields before that time would be questionable.
Observations on the caches on Bald Peak were made by us in
July, 1952] rockwood-northwest coccinellids
143
the fall and spring of each year in the period 1922 to 1942, except
in the years 1925, 1928, and 1929. The numbers of the beetles in
these caches varied greatly from year to year. The beetles occurred
in enormous numbers following a year of great abundance of the
pea aphid, Macrosiphum pisi (Kalt.), on the field crops, and, con-
versely, the caches were usually sparsely populated and the area
occupied by them greatly reduced when the previous season had
been one in which the pea aphid was not abundant in the fields
of the surrounding area. In some years there is a considerable
mortality among the beetles in the caches and the entomogenous
fungus Beauveria bassiana (Balsamo) Vuillemin develops on many
of them.
That coccinellid larvae and adults are voracious feeders on
aphids has been demonstrated by feeding records published by
Palmer (1914), Clausen (1915, 1916), Cutright (1924), and
Stehr (1930). Such records are not comparable because of differ-
ences in the species of aphids fed and the physical conditions under
which the experiments were carried on. In 1921 Miss Keen carried
on similar experiments at Forest Grove with several species of
coccinellids, using Macrosiphum, pisi as food, at unheated room
temperatures (rarely exceeding 70°F.) in May and June for the
adults and in July for the larvae. Her findings are abstracted as
follows :
Hippodamia sinuata: 5 larvae ate a mean of 306±44 aphids
each in a larval period of 21 days (3) 3 and 33 to 35 days (2),
the most eaten in 1 day by 1 larva being 28. Five adults ate a mean
of 380±11 aphids each in 31 days, the most eaten in 1 day by 1
beetle being 21. The average life of the adult beetles in cages was
83 days after collection.
H. quinquesignata : 6 larvae ate a mean of 245 ±39 aphids each
in a larval period of 11 days (2), 17 to 19 days (3) and 33 days
(1), the most eaten in 1 day by 1 larva being 30. Four adults ate
a mean of 336±8 aphids each in 31 days, the most eaten in 1 day
by 1 beetle being 18. The average life of the beetles in cages was
73 days after collection. It should be noted that variations in the
length of the larval period, and consequently in the number of
aphids eaten, were considerable in the case of this species and also
in that of H. sinuata.
3 Figures in parentheses indicate the number of specimens reared.
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
H. convergens: 4 larvae ate a mean of 207 ±7 aphids each in a
larval period of 22 to 23 days, the most eaten by 1 larva in 1 day be-
ing 27. Two adults ate an average of 308 aphids each in 31 days,
the most eaten in 1 day by 1 beetle being 20. The average life of the
adult beetles in cages was 67 days after collection.
H. tredecimpunctata tibialis (Say) 4 : 3 larvae ate a mean of
198 ± 2 aphids each in a larval period of 26 to 27 days, the most
eaten by 1 larva in 1 day being 15. One adult ate 342 aphids in
31 days, the most eaten in 1 day being 18. This adult lived 59 days
after collection.
H. lunatomaculata Motschulsky 2 : 4 larvae ate a mean of 224±9
aphids each in a larval period of 22 to 25 days, the most eaten in
1 day by 1 larva being 21. Four adults ate a mean of 302 ±7
aphids each in 31 days, the most eaten in 1 day by 1 beetle being
14. The beetles lived an average of 67 days after collection.
Coccinella trifasciata Linnaeus 4 : 2 larvae ate an average of 175
aphids each in a larval period of 27 days, the most eaten by 1
larva in 1 day being 15. Three adults ate a mean of 295d=9 aphids
each in 31 days, the most eaten by 1 beetle in 1 day being 19. The
beetles lived an average of 85 days after collection.
Cycloneda polita Casey 2 : 2 larvae ate an average of 148 aphids
each in a larval period of 17 to 19 days, the most eaten by 1 larva
in 1 day being 15. Four adults ate a mean of 344±12 aphids each
in 31 days, the most eaten in 1 day by 1 beetle being 14. The
beetles lived an average of 48 days after collection.
These experiments demonstrated that the three species of Hip-
podamia that are known to have the habit of massing in caches,
namely sinuata, quinquesignata, and convergens, are important
predators on aphids in this area. In these counts convergens ate
fewer aphids than the others.
In the Willamette Valley all these species are common on vetch
and alfalfa, and on Austrian winter field peas infested by the pea
aphid. Vetch, whether infested by aphids or not, attracts large
numbers of coccinellid beetles, as Ewing (1913) has also noted.
This is probably because the beetles often feed at the nectaries on
the stipules. The same is true for alfalfa. Lady beetles do not
appear to be attracted to peas unless aphids are abundant, and it
has been our experience that syrphid larvae, often hatched from
4 Determined by M. C. Lane.
July, 1952] rockwood-northwest coccinellids
145
eggs laid on the plant tips in anticipation of aphid infestation, are
usually better predators on that host plant than are lady beetles.
Hippodamia lunatomaculata was noted in abundance only on red
clover when the host plants were heavily infested by the clover
head aphid, Anur aphis baker i (Cowan). H. quinquesignata usu-
ally outnumbered other Hippodamia on vetch. H. sinuata was
abundant on alfalfa on April 27, 1933, and on corn in September
1931. H. tibialis were not found in large numbers on any of the
field crops. CoccineUa trifasciata was sometimes more abundant
than Hippodamia on vetch and alfalfa. Cycloneda polita was com-
monly found on vetch and alfalfa. In some years Adalia bipunctata
(Linnaeus) became abundant on aphid-infested Austrian peas and
vetch in some fields. CoccineUa transver so -guttata Fald. was much
more abundant, on alfalfa, east of the Cascade Mountains than in
western Oregon. Hippodamia apicalis Casey 2 was also a very com-
mon species on alfalfa in eastern Washington and eastern Oregon.
In 1941 and 1942 a rotary trap 5 was operated at Forest Grove
by J. C. Chamberlin, of this Bureau, and I was permitted to ex-
amine the catch for coccinellids. In 1941 Hippodamia convergens
was caught as early as February 19 and 20 at 60°F.; Adalia bi-
punctata on March 6, at 62°, and the first H. quinquesignata and
CoccineUa trifasciata on March 7 at 66°. The total catch in 1941,
February 18 to May 15, was as follows: Hippodamia quinquesig-
nata 694 (possibly some spotless forms of H. convergens were
included in this count), Adalia bipunctata 521, H. convergens 477,
CoccineUa trifasciata 347, Cycloneda polita 273, H. sinuata 173,
H. lunatomaculata 4, and CoccineUa transver so guttata 2. As many
as 143 H. quinquesignata, 113 H . convergens, 61 Cycloneda polita,
and 60 CoccineUa trifasciata were caught in one 24-hour period
on warm days in April and May. The preceding year had been
one of pea aphid abundance. The total catch in 1942, April 19
to June 5, was as follows: Cocinella trifasciata 185, Hippodamia
sinuata 129, H. quinquesignata 125, Cycloneda polita 93, Adalia
bipunctata 48, H. convergens 14. The trap was not set out early
enough to get the first movement of coccinellid beetles and it was
located in a different place from that in 1941, but the drop in
numbers in April and May was striking as compared with 1941.
The conclusions are that coccinellid beetles are worthy of pro-
5 For description of trap see U. S. Bur. Ent. and Plant Quar. ET-163, 6 pp.
(1940) (Processed.) and Mosquito News, 5 (1) : 8-16; illus. (1945).
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
tection, not only from the ignorant or careless but also from well-
meaning exploiters of the massing habit of some species, especially
as the exploiters may be “robbing Peter to pay Paul.” The caches
of these lady beetles are valuable natural assets and should be con-
served as such. They are more common and widely distributed
than is generally known, and no one knows whence the beetles
come to them nor whither they go. The caches are vulnerable to
fire and some insecticides.
Literature Cited
Carnes, E. K.
1912. Collecting ladybirds (Coccinellids) by the ton. Calif. Dept. Agr.
Monthly Bui. 1 (3) : 71-81, illus.
Chapin, Edward A.
1946. Review of the New World species of Hippodamia Dejean. Smithsn.
Inst. Misc. Collect. 106 (11) : 1-45, illus.
Clausen, C. P.
1915. A comparative study of a series of aphid feeding Coccinellidae.
Jour. Econ. Ent. 8 (5) : 487-491.
1916. Life history and feeding records of a series of California Coc-
cinellidae. Calif. Univ. Pubs., Ent. 1 (6) : 251-299.
Cutright, Clifford R.
1924. Bionomics of Hippodamia trideceum-punctata L. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. 17: 188-192.
Davidson, W. M.
1924. Observations and experiments on the dispersion of the convergent
ladybeetle (Hippodamia convergens Guerin) in California. Amer.
Ent. Soc. Trans. 50: 163-175.
Douglass, J. R.
1930. Hibernation of the convergent ladybeetle, Hippodamia convergens
Guer., on a mountain peak in New Mexico. Jour. Econ. Ent. 23
(1) : 288.
Eddy, C. 0.
1939. An attempt to colonize Hippodamia convergens Guer. Internatl.
Soc. Sugar Cane Technol. Cong. Proc. 6: 385-386. In Rev. Appl.
Ent. A, 28: 245, 1940.
Ewinc, H. E.
1913. Notes on Oregon Coccinellidae. Jour. Econ. Ent. 6(5) : 404-407.
Garman, Phillip
1936. Control of apple aphids with California ladybeetles. (35th Ann.
Rpt.) Conn. Ent. Bui. 383: 356-357.
Gillette, C. P.
1923. Ladybeetle, Hippodamia convergens Guer., hibernation notes.
Colo. State Ent. Rpt. 14: 20.
July, 1952]
WOOD — TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI
147
Hedrick, U. P.
1934. Division of Entomology. N. Y. State Agr. Expt. Sta. (Geneva)
Rpt. 54: 56.
Knowlton, G. F., C. F. Smith, and F. C. Harmston
1938. Pea aphid investigations. Utah Acad. Sci. Proc. 15: 71-80.
Nunenmacher, F. W.
1910. The Pacific Coast Entomological Society. Ent. News 21: 432.
Packard, C. M. and Roy E. Campbell
1926. The pea aphid as an alfalfa pest in California. Jour. Econ. Ent.
19(5): 760-761.
Palmer, Miriam
1914. Some notes on life history of ladybeetles. Amer. Ent. Soc. Ann.
7(3) : 213-238, illus.
Sherman, Franklin
1938. Massing of convergent ladybeetles at summits of mountains in
Southeastern States. Jour. Econ. Ent. 31(2): 320-322, illus.
Stehr, William C.
1930. The Coccinellidae (lady beetles) of Minnesota. Minn. Univ. Tech.
Bui. 75: 5-54.
Timberlake, P. H.
1919. Notes on the North American species of Hippodamia. N. Y. Ent.
Soc. Jour. 27(3 and 4) : 162-174.
TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI REVEALED IN CALIFORNIA
MICE BY XENODIAGNOSIS
Sherwin F. Wood *
Life Sciences Department, Los Angeles City College, Los Angeles
Introduction
Brumpt 1 introduced the term xenodiagnosis for a method of
detecting trypanosomes in mammal hosts by feeding laboratory-
bred reduviid bugs upon the animal. While studying the blood
parasites of mammals at the San Joaquin Experimental Range near
O’Neals, California, the writer exposed 186 captured mammals to
670 feedings by 612 cone-nosed bugs. The majority of these in-
sects were 1st instar nymphs of the species of Triatoma used and
3rd and 4th instar nymphs for the Paratriatoma. All bugs were
laboratory raised or examined prior to feeding so were known to
be free of trypanosomes. The largest number fed on any mammal
*The writer wishes to thank the California Forest and Range Experiment
Station and the Division of Zoology at Davis, University of California for use
of facilities at the San Joaquin Experimental Range, O’Neals, California ; Dr.
Fae D. Wood for her constructive criticisms of this manuscript ; and Mr. Ken-
neth Stager of the Los Angeles County Museum for assistance in bat identi-
fications.
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
was 18, the smallest number being 1 and the average for all mam-
mals 3.6. Since the habits of these bugs affect their value in xeno-
diagnosis, some observations are recorded below concerning their
usefulness in this process.
Observations
The captured mammals included 91 Chiroptera, 92 Rodentia
and 3 Lagomorpha. Two Gilbert white footed mice, Peromyscus
truei gilberti (Allen), were found to harbor Trypanosoma cruzi
Chagas, the causative agent of Chagas’ disease. Not only did blood
smears reveal a trypanosome morphologically identical to Try-
panosoma cruzi, but Triatoma fed upon the rodents subsequently
revealed developmental forms of Trypanosoma cruzi.
One female Peromyscus truei gilberti, at time of capture, served
to feed 6 laboratory-raised, unfed 1st instar nymphs of Triatoma
protracta. All of these bugs showed metacyclic T rypanosoma cruzi
in voluntary fecal samples 104 days after the original blood meal.
The male mouse was host to 4 laboratory-raised, unfed 1st instar
Triatoma protracta nymphs, of which 3 showed trypanosomes in
their feces 95 days after feeding on the mouse.
Of the seven slides from the adult female Peromyscus, five were
blood smears (6-VII-50) and two were thick drop preparations
(7-VII-50) . Three blood smears of 384, 250, and 299 sq. mm. were
negative while 4 broken trypanosomes were seen in a 242 sq. mm.
smear and one whole and two broken trypanosomes were found in
a 320 sq. mm. smear. This parasite resembled in form the flattened
trypanosome illustrated in Plate 2, Figure 31 of Wood 13 . However,
the nucleus was rounded, the kinetoplast triangular, and the cyto-
plasm basophilic with 17 volutin granules. One thick drop slide
revealed 5 trypanosomes, the other none. All 6 bugs fed on this
mouse were positive as noted above. Two trypanosomes were seen
in the fresh blood sample from the left ear under an 18 mm. cir-
cular coverglass but not recognized as Trypanosoma cruzi at the
time.
A single 450 sq. mm. blood smear from the adult male Pero-
myscus was negative and no trypanosomes were seen in the fresh
blood sample. Both animals were trapped near the headquarters
area where many Triatoma, naturally infected with Trypanosoma
cruzi, were found by Wood 13 .
July, 1952]
WOOD-TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI
149
One 12 gram, male white mouse, Mus musculus, Experiment 141,
was inoculated intramuscularly (right gastrocnemius) with a 0.1
ml. suspension in sodium citrate solution of 3 voluntary fecal
samples from a 4th instar protracta nymph which had fed on the
female Peromyscus at O’Neals. Trypanosomes were seen in the
blood from the 9th to the 42nd day with the maximum number of
91 counted from two drops of tail blood under an 18 mm. circular
coverglass on the 22nd day. Both living and stained trypanosomes
were typical blood forms of Trypanosoma cruzi as illustrated in
Plate 2, Figure 36 of Wood 13 .
Of the 612 cone-nosed bugs, 322 (9 cT, 15 15 fifth, 10 fourth,
3 third, 5 second and 265 first instar nymphs) were Triatoma pro-
tracta (Uhler), 232 (4 cf , 7 1 fifth, 1 fourth, 2 second, and 217
first instar nymphs) were Triatoma rubida uhleri (Neiva), 49
(3 cT , 4 9, 5 fifth, 16 fourth, 14 third, and 7 second instar nymphs)
were Paratriatoma hirsuta Barber, and 9 (1st instar nymphs) were
Triatoma lojigipes Barber. Six hundred twelve bugs were used
for one xenodiagnostic feeding, 28 for one additional feeding on a
new host and 15 for two additional feedings on new hosts. With
those bugs used for the 2nd and 3rd xenodiagnostic feedings, the
procedure followed was to feed the bug on the new host after a
minimum of 14 days and examine the fresh fecal deposits immedi-
ately after each new feeding. The 43 hugs used again for xenodi-
agnosis of new hosts as well as most of the bugs fed on one host
were negative for all feedings as reported above.
The three bugs, T riatoma protracta, T. rubida uhleri and Para-
triatoma hirsuta, were under constant observation during the sum-
mer period. Usinger 5 reports respective body lengths as 18, 20 and
12 mm. for adults. From the standpoint of their efficiency for use
in xenodiagnosis, Triatoma rubida uhleri proved to be the best
insect. Some advantages favoring the use of this bug in xenodi-
agnosis are: rapid feeding on all types of mammals, especially
bats and active small rodents ; quick recovery from host movement
disturbances; more resistance to body damage from handling with
fingers or forceps; greater ease of handling with forceps because
of longer legs; rapid utilization of the blood meal by adults;
greater blood volume intake of all stages but especially 1st, 2nd,
and 3rd instars; rapid defecation after engorgement; and greater
viability of eggs. Some disadvantages of this bug are: irritation
of the host by preliminary quick jabbing of the proboscis; large
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
blood volume intake of adults and 4th and 5th instar nymphs
greatly weakening small rodents; and greater rapidity of motion
making capture difficult.
Some advantages for using Triatoma protracta in xenodiag-
nosis are: less irritation to host mammal since contact is made
without repeated jabbing of the proboscis; greater ease of han-
dling because of less rapid locomotion ; and rapid utilization of the
blood meal by adults. Some disadvantages of using this bug are:
slower recovery from host movement disturbances to feeding;
larger blood volume intake of adults and 4th and 5th instar
nymphs; and slower defecation after a complete blood meal.
The use of Paratriatoma hirsuta for xenodiagnosis has the fol-
lowing advantages: rapid feeding ability; lower blood volume in-
take in adults and nymphs ; less irritation of host animal by quick
jabbing of the proboscis; and longer interval between feedings for
all nymphal instars. Some disadvantages are : difficulty in handling
because of small size; rapidity of locomotion; and slowness in
defecation after engorgement.
Discussion
Although many California mammals have been examined pre-
viously, very few xenodiagnoses have been carried out by Wood
and Wood 16 and Wood 7 . F. D. Wood 6 was the first to demonstrate
Trypanosoma cruzi in the San Diego wood rat, Neotoma fuscipes
macrotis, by examination of centrifuged blood. She also experi-
mentally infected the Gilbert white footed mouse which is reported
here naturally infected with Trypanosoma cruzi for the first time.
Thus, there are now two mammal hosts known for this trypano-
some in California, Neotoma fuscipes macrotis and Peromyscus
truei gilberti.
Dias 3 has reported a third mammal host, the Pacific pallid bat,
Antrozous pallidus pacificus from Pinole, Contra Costa County.
Wood 9 found an anterior nuclear bat trypanosome, T. vespertili-
onis, in blood smears from Antrozous pallidus pacificus in 1941.
During the summer of 1950, xenodiagnosis of 76 Antrozous palli-
dus pacificus, of which 9 were found by blood examination (8 fresh,
1 dried) to harbor Trypanosoma vespertilionis, failed to reveal
Trypanosoma cruzi. Because of Triatoma’ $ nocturnal flight habits 12 ,
and since both the bats and Triatoma were observed flying at night
July, 1952 ]
WOOD-TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI
151
it may be assumed that the bugs were available as food to the bats 13
In 1946, the writer fed Triatoma to Antrozous pallidus pallidus in
captivity. Adults of both Triatoma protracta and T. rubida uhleri
were chewed and in one instance a female rubida uhleri was eaten.
Dead adults were rejected after preliminary chewing but live
nymphs with and without Trypanosoma cruzi were eaten rapidly.
Therefore, the trypanosome seen by Dias in 2 of 8 Antrozous palli-
dus pacificus was probably Trypanosoma vespertilionis. The con-
spicuously close proximity of the nucleus to the anterior border of
the cytosome in this trypanosome distinguishes it from blood forms
of T rypanosoma cruzi.
Environmental temperature has been shown by Kolodny 4 to in-
fluence laboratory infections of Trypanosoma cruzi in rats, produc-
ing milder infections (blood invasions) in summer (June 15th to
September 15th) than fall, winter, or early spring. This might ex-
plain the low number of positive xenodiagnoses encountered here as
compared with the much larger number found in Arizona during
the winter, when 4 of 16 rodents revealed infection 11 .
Brief mention of Triatoma feeding habits was made by Wood
and Wood 17 for protracta and rubida uhleri and by Wood 8 for
rubida uhleri and longipes. All adult bugs are quicker to metabolize
their blood meal, thus can be used again at shorter intervals for
new suspected hosts. The 1st instar nymphs, because of relatively
small volume intake, can be used again at 14 day intervals if the
environmental temperature is high enough. Since Paratriatoma
hirsuta apparently metabolizes its blood meal at all stages more
slowly than T. protracta or T. rubida uhleri, it can not be used at
14 day intervals. However, if sufficient P. hirsuta were available,
the longer interval is advantageous in the summer, since the bugs
need not be examined immediately or fed again for some time.
Even though rubida uhleri is faster moving at higher tempera-
tures than protracta and about the same as hirsuta, the bug is easier
to handle with either fingers or forceps because of its larger size
and longer legs. Triatoma rubida uhleri is the easiest to hold with
fingers for squeezing fecal samples and appears to survive rough
treatment better than either protracta or hirsuta. Adult males of all
species are difficult to squeeze and therefore should be reserved for
voluntary samples since permanent injury usually follows the pres-
sure treatment. Adult females can be squeezed successfully with less
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
possibility of permanent injury. Damage to reproductive and diges-
tive organs may result from rough handling. Investigators working
with T riatoma infected with virulent parasites should keep the face
well away while squeezing any of these bugs for fecal examinations
since at least one laboratory worker has been infected using this
technique 2 .
Usually it is advantageous to feed adults and large nymphs on
rodents because the large blood sample may reveal light infections.
If the animal is needed for further experimentation and is smaller
than a white mouse, 20 bugs feeding to capacity at one time may
kill the animal. Experimental animals can not tolerate many large
bugs feeding on them at one time but can survive the feeding of
many 1st instar nymphs as noted by the writer 10 .
Other factors favoring the use of T riatoma rubida uhleri in
xenodiagnosis are the large number of defecations shortly after
engorgement and the shorter egg incubation period. The writer 14
has recently recorded data showing an average of 7 voluntary fecal
deposits at 91° F. for rubida uhleri as against 3 deposits for pro-
tracta at 91° and 94° F. during the first hour after a full blood meal.
Usinger 5 reports a 16—18 day incubation period for rubida uhleri
reared under constant temperature and humidity.
Summary
Exposure of 186 captured mammals (91 Chiroptera, 92 Ro-
dentia and 3 Lagomorpha) to 670 feedings of 612 cone-nosed bugs
revealed two Gilbert white footed mice, Peromyscus truei gilberti,
naturally infected with Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas. T riatoma ru-
bida uhleri is more useful for xenodiagnosis than either T riatoma
protracta or Paratriatoma hirsuta.
References Cited
1 .
Brumpt, E.
1914. Le xenodiagnostic. Application au diagnostic de quelques infec-
tions parasitaires et en particular a la trypanosomose de Chagas.
Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. 7:706-710.
2. Brumpt, E.
1949. Precis de Parasitologie. 6th Ed., Paris, Masson et Cie, Vol. 1,
1042 pp.
July, 1952]
WOOD-TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI
153
3. Dias, Em.
1937. Trypanosomes in bat and marmot. Trans. Roy. Soc. Trop. Med.
& Hyg. 31:260.
4. Kolodny, M. H.
1940. The effect of environmental temperature upon experimental try-
panosomiasis (T. cruzi) of rats. Am. Jour. Hyg., Sec. C. 32:21-23.
5. Usinger, R. L.
1944. The Triatominae of North and Central America and the West
Indies and their Public Health significance. Washington, D. C.,
Public Health Bull., No. 288, 83 pp.
6. Wood, F. D.
1934. Experimental studies on Trypanosoma cruzi in California. Proc.
Soc. Exp. Biol. & Med. 32:61-62.
7. Wood, S. F.
1942. Observations on vectors of Chagas’ disease in the United States.
I. California. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 41:61-69.
8. Wood, S. F.
1943. Observations on vectors of Chagas’ disease in the United States.
II. Arizona. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 23:315-320.
9. Wood, S. F.
1943. A new locality for Trypanosoma vespertilionis (= T. cruzi ? ) in
bats in the United States. Jour. Parasitol. 29:363.
10. Wood, S. F.
1947. The tolerance of rodents to the feeding of cone-nosed bugs
(Hemiptera, Reduviidae). Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 46:144-155.
11. Wood, S. F.
1949. Additional observations on Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas from Ari-
zona in insects, rodents, and experimentally infected animals. Am.
Jour. Trop. Med. 29:43-55.
12. Wood, S. F.
1950. Dispersal flight of Triatoma in southern Arizona. Jour. Parasitol.
36:498-499.
13. Wood, S. F.
1951. Development of Arizona Trypanosoma cruzi in mouse muscle.
Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 31:1-11.
14. Wood, S. F.
1951. Importance of feeding and defecation times of insect vectors in
transmission of Chagas’ disease. Jour. Econ. Ent. 44:52-54.
15. Wood, S. F.
1951. Bug annoyance in the Sierra Nevada foothills of California. Bull.
So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 50:106-112.
16. Wood, F. D. and S. F. Wood
1937. Occurrence of hematozoa in some California birds and mammals.
Jour. Parasitol. 23:197-201.
17. Wood, F. D. and S. F. Wood
1938. On the distribution of Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in the south-
western United States. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 18:207-212.
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
A REVIEW OF THE GENUS STOMATOTHRIPS HOOD
(Thysanoptera: Aeolothripidae)
Stanley F. Bailey
University of California, Davis
This small genus of the order Thysanoptera, like most others in
North America, is in need of being redescribed and brought up to
date. In 1912 Hood described Stomatothrips and designated the
only species known, flavus Hood, as the genotype. Since that time
five additional species have been characterized which gives a much
broader base on which to set apart this aeolothripid group. 1 Orig-
inally it was compared properly with Orothrips and Erythrothrips
Moulton. However, among the species of Stomatothrips it is now
apparent that the number of segments of the maxillary palpus
varies somewhat, but less so than in Erythrothrips (Bailey, 1947).
Therefore, it is no longer possible to clearly separate these genera
(and all species therein) on the basis of this character alone
(Bagnall, 1932, Watson, 1923). The genus now can be redescribed
to include the characters the known species have in common.
It, no doubt, is presumptuous to attempt to prepare a taxonomic
review of a group of insects without having seen any of the types!
However, based on the study of five paratypes (three females and
two males) of flavus, on 52 specimens of brunneus (det. Bailey)
some of which have been compared with the unique type of brun-
neus by Miss Kellie O’Neill, and two specimens of septenarius, one
from Trinidad (coll. C. B. Williams, March 29, 1915) and one
from Honduras, it is now possible to establish several good refer-
ence points to aid present and future thysanopterists in identifica-
tion and revisional work. In this genus, species are separated by the
relative size of wings and antennae and the degree of coloration,
which characters are not always constant. Such reliance on color
variations particularly is most undesirable but is necessary in this
genus until longer series of specimens are taken or the types made
available and better anatomical characters discovered.
lr This study is based on 119 specimens representing four species of this un-
common genus. The writer is indebted to Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck and Miss
Kellie O’Neill of the Division of Insect Identification, U.S D.A., Prof. A. N.
Tissot, Univ. of Florida, Dr. C. B. Williams, Rothamsted Experiment Station,
England, Dr. H. Priesner, Ministry of Agriculture, Cairo, Egypt, K. Sakimura,
Honolulu, Dean Floyd Andre, Iowa State College, L. J. Stannard, Illinois Nat.
Hist. Survey, and the Canadian National Museum, Ottawa, for loans and gifts
of specimens.
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 1. Antenna of Stomatothrips flavus Hood, female. Fig. 2. Antenna
of Stomatothrips flavus Hood, paratype male. Fig. 3. Antenna of Stomatoth-
rips brunneus J. C. Cwfd., female. Fig. 4. Antenna of Stomatothrips brun-
neus J. C. Cwfd., male. Fig. 5. Antenna of Stomatothrips septenarius Hood,
female. Fig. 6. Forewing of Stomatothrips septenarius Hood. Fig. 7. Fore-
wing of Stomatothrips flavus Hood, female. Fig. 8. Forewing of Stomatoth-
rips brunneus J. C. Cwfd., female. Fig. 9. Body outline of Stomatothrips
flavus Hood, female. Fig. 10. Terminal abdominal segments of Stomatoth-
rips flavus Hood, male (dorsal). Fig. 11. Enlarged section of sensory area
(not to scale). Scale: Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, line equals 0.01 mm.; Figs. 6, 7, 8, 9,
line equals 0.10 mm.; Fig. 10 line equals 0.10 mm.
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
In comparison with other related genera, Stomatothrips is rather
rare in collections. On the other hand, the distribution of the species
in North America is much greater than Ankothrips, Orothrips, or
Erythrothrips. At present, Stomatothrips flavus is known to occur
from Arizona to Georgia and from North Dakota to Mexico, hrun-
neus is restricted to the southwest, and atratus is known only from
Texas. The remaining species are tropical.
Practically nothing is known of the biology of this group but
they are undoubtedly predaceous. The wide variety of hosts from
which they have been collected such as cotton, peach, grass, alfalfa,
grape, yucca, and so on, indicates strongly this type of habit. The
collection of several specimens from peach orchard soil (Crawford,
1940) by federal entomologists clearly indicates that pupation takes
place in the ground. To our knowledge, larvae of Stomatothrips
have not been identified. Based on our studies of related genera, we
can conclude that the mature larva drops to the soil (or cover) be-
neath the hosts and forms a loose cocoon. Like Franklinothrips, this
group of thrips is not sufficiently abundant in North America to be
of any value in controlling injurious insects and mites.
Stomatothrips Hood, 1912
Head about as wide as long, not noticeably projected beyond eyes,
broadly attached to thorax as in Franklinothrips. Compound eyes not pro-
duced or only slightly prolonged ventrally. Antennae nine-segmented, the
distal segment very small and closely attached to the eighth, long and slender
and somewhat differently proportioned in the sexes, similar in general appear-
ance to Erythrothrips and not as thread-like as in Franklinothrips. Sensory
areas on the antennal segments as follows : On III, narrow, linear and ventral,
with central row of dots ; on IV, narrow, ventral and hooked at tip on under-
side, curving inward (as in Desmothrips), also with central row of dots; on
V and VI, cuneiform ; on VII, variable, linear to oval. Maxillary palpi
geniculate, 7 to 8 segmented, sometimes fused near tip. Labial palpi five-
segmented. Pronotum without strong spines. Fore tarsus with hook-like
appendage. Wings distinctly expanded at tip and narrowed in second eighth
(as in Allelothrips Bagnall) with two white cross bands, one sub-apical and
the other in basal fourth. Two longitudinal veins in fore wing, with the
usual cross-veins. Abdomen broadly expanded at segments IV to VII, with
a narrow “waist” and sharply pointed at tip, as in Franklinothrips. Ovi-
positor upturned. Male small and slender without genital claspers, as in
Erythrothrips. First abdominal segment elongate and divided into thirds
by longitudinal ridges as in related genera. Antennal segments differently
proportioned, segment VII usually longer than in female.
Genotype — Stomatothrips flavus Hood, 1912. By original desig-
nation. See also Priesner, 1949, p. 149.
July, 1952]
BAILEY -GENUS STOMATOTHRIPS
157
Stomatothrips angustipennis Hood, 1949
1949. Hood, J. D. Rev. de Ent. 20(1-3) : 12-14, fig. 9.
This species is known only from the original Brazilian material.
It should be noted that this species has a micropterous form. The
7-segmented maxillary palps, the longer head, and the light-colored
antennal segment IY separate it from related species.
Stomatothrips atratus Hood, 1939
1939. Hood, J. D. Rev. de Ent. 10(3) :550-551.
1949. Bailey, S. F. Fla. Ent. 32(1) :24.
This species was described from two females taken on a host
thought to be Lycium berlandieri at San Antonio, Texas, March 22,
1939. There have been no published records of it since.
Male. Body dark brown. Legs concolorous with body. Wings marked
as in original description of female, i.e., no pale spot in center of dark band.
Antennal segments I and II dark brown; III yellowish brown, darker at
tip, remaining segments dark brown, IV with light ring just above base.
Sensory areas on antennae normal. Genitalia without claspers. Maxillary
palpi seven-segmented, the terminal segments considerably shortened and
indicating fusion. Setae on dorsum of head and pronotum small, scattered,
and similar in size.
Described from one specimen from Winter Haven, Texas, taken
by K. Sakimura (Collection 3507), October 3, 1948, ex. Lycium
berlandieri. The slide is in the writer’s collection.
Stomatothrips brunneus J. C. Crawford, 1940
1940. Crawford, J. C. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 42(2) :45.
1948. Bailey, S. F. Fla. Ent. 31(2): 39, 41.
Female. Dark brown, often with red sub-hypodermal pigment rarely
extending into legs, wings and antennae. Abdomen with segment II and X
light brown. Legs dark brown with middle and hind femur usually lighter
than tibiae.
Head wider than long, faintly striated, cheeks not strongly arched. Eyes
not protruding and only slightly prolonged ventrally, post-ocular setae scat-
tered, not strong, the largest being directly behind the posterior ocellus (and
these are variable). Maxillary palpi 8-segmented. Antennal segments I and
II brown, II yellowish brown distally, III yellow, usually with a circle of
brown at tip, IV brown at tip with various degrees of shading to yellow base,
V-IX dark brown. Sensory areas: on III linear, slightly curved at tip and
extending over half the length of segment, IV recurved at tip, partly en-
circling the segment and extending two-thirds its length, on V and VI cunei-
form and near distal end, on VII and VIII small and oval (see fig. 3).
Forewing very similar to that of fiavus but usually slightly larger (see
fig. 8). Fore vein with 18 to 25 setae, hind vein with 14 to 20, cross bands
as in fiavus. Hind wing faintly pigmented with grey in a similar pattern to
that of forewing.
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
Legs brown, in dark specimens uniformly so but in teneral specimens
with the femora mottled or yellow. The usual claw present on fore tarsi.
Scattered small setae on entire surface of pronotum, two slightly stronger
bristles near center of posterior margin. Shape of body as in fig. 9.
Measurments (in mm.): Head, length, .162, width, .216; antennal seg-
ments, I, .038; II, .051; III, .124; IV, .076; V, .060; VI, .048; VII,
.048; VIII, .022; IX, .012. Pronotum: length, .202; width, .229. Forewing:
length, .91 ; width at narrowest portion, .094, at widest portion .22 or 2.3
times width at narrowest point. Total body length, 1.97 (expanded).
Redescribed from a series of specimens from Texas, Iowa, Arizona, New
Mexico, and Oklahoma. The above description takes into account color
variations and the measurements are average figures for 25 specimens. Some
individual specimens have very short antennae but vary in no other way.
Male. Color as in female. Abdomen slender and having the general
appearance of an Erythrothrips. Genitalia without claspers as in flavus (see
fig. 10). Antennae long and slender, bicolorous, segments I and II yellowish
brown, II yellow at tip, III yellowish brown, IV-IX brown. Sensory areas as
in flavus (see fig. 4.). Wings smaller and more slender.
Measurements (in mm.): Antennal segments, length, I, .032; II, .044;
III, .115; IV, .089; V, .060; VI, .048; VII, .041; VIII, .016; IX, .011. Head:
length, .155. Pronotum: length, .162. Forewing: length, .75; width at nar-
rowest portion, .067; at widest portion, .112. Total body length, 1.5.
The male is described from a specimen with the following data :
“Cover sweeping. Phoenix, Ariz., July 9, 1937. L. D. Christenson.
C-25-58. Lot 37.25836.” The slide is the property of the Federal
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Washington, D.C.
This species appears to be more variable than any other studied.
In the future brunneus will probably be found to be more than one
species.
Stomatothrips flavus Hood, 1912
1912. Hood, J. D. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 25:63-66, fig. 1.
1923. Watson, J. R. Univ. Fla. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 168:8, 25.
1949. Bailey, S. F. Fla. Ent. 32(1) :24.
The genotype may have been based upon what we now consider
two species, flavus and brunneus. Of the five paratypes we have
examined, two (one male and one female) have the shorter anten-
nae, stronger post-ocellar setae, and somewhat larger wings which
characterize brunneus. An examination of the holotype will be nec-
essary to clearly establish the possible synonymy of brunneus and,
if such is the case, a new name for the form with the long antennae
which we have previously known as typical “ flavus ” will be neces-
sary. Eventually, when a large series of specimens has been accumu-
July, 1952]
BAILEY-GENUS STOMATOTHRIPS
159
lated throughout its range, a new species, intermediate between
flavus and brunneus, may be justified.
It is desirable to supplement the original description with sev-
eral characters which are now necessary to be known in order to
key out the species.
The setae on the dorsum of the head are all about the same size,
scattered and without a definite pattern. Eyes not prominent but
slightly prolonged posteriorly. Sensory area on antennal segment
III linear, variable in length, ventral, usually extending more than
half the length of segment, expanded at tip and with minute, irregu-
lar, clear, circular areas in central portion (see figs. 1 and 11) ; a
similar area on segment IV but curved at tip, and extending about
three-fourths the length of the segment. One or two small, oval
sensory areas on VII from which arise a cone. Segment IV yellow,
usually with a very narrow brown ring at tip. Ovipositor upcurved.
Male with dark greyish brown antenna (fig. 2) with the segments
differently proportioned. Genitalia similar to Erytlirothrips, with-
out claspers (see fig. 10).
A micropterous form is now known from Illinois. It varies from
the typical individuals only in the size of the wings which are
0.67—0.74 mm. long.
Stomatothrips septenarius Hood, 1925
1925. Hood, J. D. Psyche 32(l):48-49.
1949. Bailey, S. F. Fla. Ent. 32(1) :24.
The single female specimen kindly made available by Dr. C. B.
Williams, the collector, has the following data appended: “Trini-
dad, B.W.I., March 29, 1915. St. Joseph. No. 621. Swept from
grass.” The forewing and antenna have been illustrated for con-
venience (figs. 5 and 6) and the original description supplemented
as follows :
Head brown, anterior portion yellowish brown. Ocelli with crimson
crescents of pigment normal. Eyes not prominent, very slightly prolonged
ventrally. Inter-ocular and post-ocular setae very moderate and without a
characteristic pattern. Cheeks slightly swollen, with very faint reticulation.
Maxillary palpi 7-segmented. Antennal segments I and II yellowish brown,
III pale yellow to white with dark brown ring of pigment at tip, IV-IX dark
brown, IV lighter in basal portion. Sensory areas as in flavus with that on
segment IV strongly curved at tip (see fig. 5).
Forewing smoky brown with two white cross-bands, one in basal fourth
and one in distal fourth, with an indistinct lighter area near center. The ring
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
vein is pigmented throughout its distal portion (see fig. 6). Fore veins of
forewing with 19 and 22 setae, hind veins with 13 setae each. Hind wing
typical of the genus.
Legs brown, femora lighter than tibiae. The usual claw present on fore
tarsi. Thoracic area brown with light orange tint. Abdomen brown with
segments II and III lighter. Shape of body as in fig. 9. Setae on pronotum
small, uniform in size and more or less uniformly placed over entire surface.
Sub-hypodermal pigment in body orange rather than red.
Measurements (in mm.): Antennal segments, length: I, .028; II, .049;
III, .128; IV, .102; V, .038; VI, .070; VII, .057; VIII, .019; IX, .012. Head,
length, .147; width, .176. Pronotum, length, .169; width, .217. Forewing,
length, .837 ; width at narrowest portion, .074, at widest portion, .121, or
1.6 times as wide as at narrowest point. Total body length, 1.63.
Stomatothrips rotundus Hood, 1949
1949. Hood, J. D. Rev. de Ent. 20(1-3) : 10-12, figs. 7, 8.
This South American species is known only from the original
collection. It belongs in that segment of the genus having 7-seg-
mented maxillary palps. From its relatives it is distinguished by
the dark-colored antennal segment IV and the broader head.
It should be noted that the two species of Stomatothrips de-
scribed from South America have been collected from Panicum as
have also flavus and brunneus in Texas.
A Key to Stomatothrips Species
1. Maxillary palpi 8-segmented 2
Maxillary palpi 7-segmented 3
2. Antennal segment IV long and slender (.131-.147 mm. in female), usually
pale yellow with brown ring at tip. Segment III yellow. Antennae of
male very long and slender, all segments smoky brown. General body
color yellow to light blown. (North America) flavus Hood, 1912
Antennal segment IV much shorter (.080-.092 in female), shaded with
dark grey or brown at tip usually with more pigmentation than narrow
ring at tip. Antennae of male bicolorous, segments II and III light yel-
lowish brown, I darker, IV-IX dark brown and much shorter. General
color brown to dark brown with crimson sub-hypodermal pigment
(North America) - brunneus J. C. Crawford, 1940
3. Antennal segment IV white with black line around tip. Male un-
known. (South America) 1 angustipennis Hood, 1949
Antennal segment IV blackish brown 4
4. Forewing narrow and not strongly expanded in distal third (fig. 6). Ring
vein pigmented along entire costal margin distally. Anterior longitudinal
vein of forewing with 19-22 setae. Male unknown. (Central America)
— - septenarius Hood, 1925
July, 1952 ] bailey-genus stomatothrips
161
Forewing expanded distally, greatest width 1.6 to 1.7 times the least
width 5
5. Intermediate dark-colored portion of forewing without paler areas (as
in figs. 6, 7, and 8). Antennal segments Y and VI each with cuneiform
sensory area; VII .041 mm. in length. (North America)
— atratus, Hood, 1939
Intermediate dark-colored portion of forewing paler in basal third.
Antennal segments V and VI each with a linear sensory area; VII .059
mm. in length. (South America) rotundus Hood, 1929
Catalog of the Species of Stomatothrips
With New Distributional Records
1. angustipennis Hood, 1949. South America: Brazil. Nova Teutonia, Santa
Catharina, Jacarepagua, D. F., Campo Grande, R. J. Taken on grasses,
Panicum sp., and dead branch. January, May, and June. Females only;
both macropterous and micropterous.
2. atratus Hood, 1939. North America: San Antonio, Texas. Lycium ber-
landieri. March. Females only originally. New record: one male, Oc-
tober 3, 1948, at Winter Haven, Texas, ex Lycium berlandieri by K.
Sakimura.
3. brunneus J. C. Crawford, 1940. North America: Lafayette County, Ar-
kansas. Unique female “in peach orchard soil.” October. New records:
Monterey, Mexico, July 5, 1908. C. A. Hart. In sweeping from grass,
etc. Intercepted in quarantine at El Paso, Texas. Other Texas records
are from Bangs, Denison, Crystal City, Waco, and Winter Haven. No-
gales, Phoenix, Patagonia, Sonoita and Sedona, Arizona. Mesilla, New
Mexico. Calera, Oklahoma. Sioux City, Iowa. New hosts are: alfalfa,
Bermuda grass, clover, cover crops, Johnson grass, grass, lettuce, Panicum
obtusum, peach, yucca, and in soil. Collections have been from May
through October.
4. flavus Hood, 1912. Genotype. North America: Monterey, Matamoras, and
Tlahuailio, Mexico. Brownsville, Texas. Dubois and Odin, Illinois. Com-
mon on cotton, grass, and weeds. June to September. Both sexes. New
records: Elkpoint, South Dakota. Nashville, Tennessee. Gorham, Eldred,
Eichorn, Hoopeston and New Canton, Illinois. Baton Rouge, Louisiana.
Toquerville and Brigham, Utah. Clifton, Glendale, Phoenix, and Tucson,
Arizona. Imperial County, California. Rogers, Arkansas. Lawrence,
Kansas. Texas localities of Temple, Crystal City, Carrizo Springs, Browns-
ville, El Paso (in quarantine station), Waco, Bexar, and Caldwell Coun-
ties. Four-mile Run, Virginia. Putman County, Georgia. The list of
hosts now include alfalfa, Andropogon, clover, cotton, corn, Malva ro-
tundifolia, grass, grape, Panicum obtusum , partridge pea, peach, turnip,
weeds, and in soil. Collection dates extend from April through November.
The micropterous form is known from Illinois.
5. rotundus Hood, 1949. South America: Brazil. Nova Teutonia, Santa Cath-
arina. Panicum sp. January. Both sexes.
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
6. septenarius Hood, 1925. Central America: Trinidad and St. Thomas
(B.W.I.). Grass sweeping. Females only. March 29, 1915. New record:
La Ceiba, Honduras. July 15, 1949. Flying. E. C. Becker, Coll. This
specimen is in the collection of the Illinois Natural History Survey.
References
Bagnall, R. S.
1932. Description of some new genera and species of African Aeolothri-
poid Thysanoptera. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 10(57) :287-289.
September.
Bailey, S. F.
1947. The genus Erythrothrips Moulton. Pan-Pacific Ent. 23(3) : 103-
104. July.
1949. Annotated bibliography of North American Thysanopterists: Part
II. Fla. Ent. 32(1) :24. March.
Crawford, J. C.
1940. A new Stomatothrips from the United States (Thysanoptera).
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 42(2) :45. February.
Hood, J. D.
1912. New genera and species of North American Thysanoptera from
the South and West. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 25:63-66, Fig. 1,
a, b. April.
1925. New Neotropical Thysanoptera collected by C. B. Williams.
Psyche 32(1) : 48-49. February.
1939. New North American Thysanoptera, principally from Texas. Rev.
de Ent. 10(3) :550-551. December.
1949. Brasilian Thysanoptera. I. Ibid. 20(1-3) : 10-14. Figs. 7, 8, 9.
August.
PlUESNER, H.
1949. Genera Thysanopterorum. Bull. Soc. Fouad 1st. Ent. 33:149.
Egypt.
Watson, J. R.
1923. Synopsis and catalog of the Thysanoptera of North America.
Univ. Florida, Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 168, pp. 8, 25. December.
RECORD OF STENOMORPHA CONSOBRINA FROM
WASHINGTON AND OREGON
(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae)
Twenty-seven species of this tenebrionid beetle were given to me by my
friend Mr. Samuel Sargent, a geologist employed by the U.S. Engineers at
The Dalles, Oregon. They were collected about a mile north of The Dalles,
across the Columbia River in the state of Washington, December 15 to 21,
1951. This is a new record of this species for Washington. He also tells me
that the beetles are quite common periodically in the area of The Dalles,
Oregon, where they are usually found under stones ; this is their first
recorded occurrence in Oregon. — Borys Malkin, University of Washington,
Seattle.
July, 1952]
BARBER-TELEGEUSIS
163
NOTES ON TELEGEUSIS AND SOME RELATIVES
(Coleoptera, Lymexylidae ) 1
H. S. Barber 2
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research
Administration, U. S. Department of Agriculture
Two small, slender, pale beetles having very short elytra and
long sensory extensions on the labial and maxillary palpi came to
our old oil lantern in Castle Creek Canyon near Hot Springs (40
miles northwest of Phoenix), Arizona, in late June, 1901, and the
enigma of their significance as then explained by E. A. Schwarz was
very impressive. He and H. G. Hubbard had taken another species
of this genus near Tucson and at Fort Grant three years previously,
and only Horn’s record of the single specimen from the tip of the
Lower California peninsula was then known. Later a specimen in
the Horn collection in Philadelphia was mistakenly believed to be
the type, but it and our samples were extremely unlike the figure
published by Horn in 1895 (Proc. California Acad. Sci. vol. 5,
pi. 20, fig. 1) . New illustrations and notes were made, but it became
clear that until more adequate samples and data were available the
naming of “new species” would merely confuse the involved issues.
Horn had placed Telegeusis in the Drilidae, in which family it
was catalogued by Olivier, 1910 (in Junk, Coleopterorum Cata-
logus, part 10, p. 9). My suspicion that Telegeusis is a very close
relative of Atractocerus in the Lymexylidae, as stated in 1913 while
considering affinities of Micromalthus (Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington
vol. 15, p. 37), was supported by the late Fred Muir (in litt.) in
time to record his finding in a footnote. Leng, 1920 (Cat. Coleop.
Amer. north of Mex. pp. 31, 152), proposed the family name
Telegeusidae, and later Leng and Mutchler, 1927 (Suppl. Cat.
Coleop. north of Mex. p. 28) , wrongly removed Atractocerus gracili-
cornis Schenkling, 1914, from Lymexylidae and placed it in Tele-
geusidae. Martin, 1932 (Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 8, p. 91), gave the
name T elegeusis nubifer to two specimens from southern Arizona,
as distinct from T. debilis Horn; the types of both are preserved
in the California Academy of Sciences. Schenkling, 1934 (in Junk,
'Leng’s use of Lymexylidae is correct and reappears in the catalogue by
Winkler 1925, but Lymexylonidae is still used in foreign papers. Dr. Roland
Brown tells me the Greek word xylon is neuter and calls for the shorter
spelling under the Rules.
! Mr. Barber died on June 1, 1950.
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
Coleop. Cat., part 133), adopted Telegeusidae from Leng, including
only the two species but did not refer to Olivier, 1910, nor to
Barber, 1913.
Much additional material was accumulated by various collec-
tors, but the uncertainties remained very discouraging. The present
note results from the kindness of Dr. E. C. Van Dyke in placing the
type specimens of both named species of T elegeusis before me and,
after 47 years of doubt, it was a great satisfaction to learn how
closely Horn’s type specimen agrees with the figure he had pub-
lished.
Most of the facts of life of this genus are still unknown, and
until a better method for preparing such delicate forms can be
applied to new samples little more than taxonomic guessing can be
expected. Nearly forty males came to the lantern on June 17, 1949,
in Baboquivari Canon (50 miles southwest of Tucson) Arizona,
.during a short period before a windstorm, and were rapidly col-
lected in an aspirator by Dr. Floyd G. Werner. They were killed in
ethyl acetate vapor and preserved in 70% alcohol. Much of the
shrinkage and collapse of their structure so objectionable in ordi-
nary specimens was thus prevented. After they had been dehydrated
in absolute alcohol, cleared in xylene, dried, and mounted, very
superior specimens were available, but, if a method of distending
such specimens can be applied before they are fixed in alcohol,
still better samples might be obtained.
This and other series preserved by various collectors indicate
the abundance of these beetles at their time of flight. But as yet no
association of sexes, no breeding place, no larvae, and no biology
are known. No female has been recognized, and all specimens in
collections are probably males. The sex of the type of T. debilis,
which Horn believed to be a female, could not be positively ascer-
tained without relaxing it, but the visible terminal segments seemed
identical in shape with specimens known to be males.
The following hypothesis may stimulate better investigation.
The very few and too little-known species comprising the primi-
tive family Lymexylidae of wood borers have survived as “living
fossils,” but have undergone very divergent structural modification
adaptive to their extremely different habitats and habits both in
their adult and larval forms. The feeble soft-bodied ship-timber
beetle Lymexylon navale, which bores in oak in northern Europe,
July, 1952 ]
BARBER-TELEGEUSIS
165
retains its beetle-like structure with long elytra covering trans-
versely folding and normally veined underwings ; the related genus
Atractocerus of tropical forests, whose larva resembles that of
Lymexylon, has reduced its elytra to vestigial appendages and has
developed strong longitudinal venation without transverse folds.
Atractocerus flies like a hawk moth, and in some species vertical
and horizontal rudders have developed in the form of a large mid-
ventral lamella and lateral expansions of segments 8 and 9 of the
very flexible abdomen. Telegeusis is a dwarfed, depressed, and sim-
plified relative of Atractocerus modified to its life in the Sonoran
desert region. Its breeding place is probably in the roots of desert
plants. Its depressed form, small size, and pale color are necessary
adaptations to this habitat and enable the males to seek out their
yet unknown mates which probably remain close to the roots in
which they matured. These beetles are abundant from Cape San
Lucas to central Arizona.
But who will dig them out, recognize their larvae in their gal-
leries and learn if, like so many other plant borers, different species
are peculiar to different host plants? For, as is repeatedly evident in
our work, species (i.e., self-perpetuating populations isolated by
some vital barrier from related but similarly isolated populations)
may be more distinct in their hereditary chemitropic controls than
in visible structural differences. As yet, we have from such popula-
tions only relatively minute samples consisting mostly of shrunken
and mummied individuals without any reliable comparative vital
data.
Too little is known of the aedeagal structures of the Lymexy-
lidae, and it is unfortunate that the latest contribution ( Jeannel and
Paulian, 1944, Rev. Francais d’Ent., vol. II, fasc. 2, p. 77, fig. 19)
illustrates what seems to be the somewhat mutilated female struc-
tures (ovipositor) of Atractocerus brevicornis as if they were the
genitalia of the male. Figures 46 and 47 on p. 83 of this work seem
also to have been drawn from the female (ovipositor) and do not
represent male structures (aedeagus) of Ripiphorus (which they
call Myodytes subdipterus) . Sharp and Muir, 1912 (Trans. Ent.
Soc. London, p. 542, pi. 66, figs. 149, 150, 150a), had already given
excellent diagrams showing aedeagi of two species of Atractocerus,
but great modification of the median and lateral lobes is evident in
the few males of other species which are available in the United
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
States National Museum. Drawings of the aedeagi of Telegeusis
nubifer and of Micromalthus debilis made by the late F. Muir and
sent to me shortly before his death are here offered (fig. 1-9) . The
abbreviations labeling the parts are those adopted by Sharp and
Muir, 1912 (op. cit., p. 481, 482) except that the letter “a” indi-
cates the medially produced and united inner process from the bases
of the lateral lobes, similarly indicated as “a” in their treatment of
Atractocerus africanus (op. cit., p. 542. and fig. 150).
The aedeagi of T. nubifer and schwarzi are similar, but different
preparations appear different according to extent of shrinkage or
inflation. The long dorsally concave or flattened apically-rounded
lateral lobes appear to embrace the apically-pointed, basally
broadly-expanded midventral lobe (indicated by a) which arises
from the inner bases of the lateral lobes ; the side margin and apex
of this lobe is raised into a sclerotized carina, within which the
upper surface is deeply recessed and membranous; out of this
recess arises the slender strongly upturned and curved median lobe
with its small subapical ventral functional orifice.
The modified alar venation of Atractocerus and of Telegeusis
appear comparable and derived from the primitive venation of
Lymexylon, the differences between the first two being such as are
necessary for the swift and powerful flight of Atractocerus in con-
trast with that of the feeble Sonoran form.
It is not rare that functional sensory organs by which males are
guided to their mates become highly developed and complex in
larger and more active forms, as in the maxillary palpi of several
genera in this group. The development of similar sensory surfaces
on both the enlarged maxillary and labial palpi in Telegeusis should
not be surprising. It should be remembered that the complex
plumose sensory structures of the maxillary palpi of Hylecoetus
dermestoides Linnaeus, in which the antennae are simple, are
absent, in H. flabellicornis Schneider, in which similar sensory
organs are developed in the antennae which have become biramose.
These modifications have been shown very clearly by Germer, 1912
(Zeitschr. f. wissenschaft. Zool. Bd. 101, Heft 4, pp. 683-735).
Opinions on family rank have commonly been based upon
structural peculiarities supposed to isolate such units from all
related forms, and the peculiarities so obvious in Telegeusis in-
July, 1952]
BARBER-TELEGEUSTS
167
Telegeusis nubifer Martin
Figs. 1-6, Micromalthus debilis Leconte. Figs. 1-3, ventral, dorsal and
lateral views of part of abdomen of male. Figs. 4-6, dorsal, lateral and ventral
views of aedeagus of male. Figs. 7-9, Telegeusis nubifer Martin, ventral,
lateral and dorsal views of aedeagus of male.
168
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
duced Leng, 1920 (op. cit.,), to propose a new family name for it
although he left it doubtfully in the superfamily Lymexyloidea. The
great adaptive diversity so conspicuous in the few known stages of
the very dissimilar genera and species composing this group pre-
sents a problem on which opinions will probably continue to differ
and will induce conflicting explanations of anatomical details. This
diversity is even more complicated by recent reassignment of
Micromalthus to the Lymexylidae, and if this be accepted the larval
modification becomes much more complicated.
But I am surprised at the misinterpretation of the real structure
of the leg of first stage Micromalthus larva (Jeannel and Paulian,
1944, op. cit., p. 79, fig. 23). In this stage the long tarsus and two
claws seem to have survived from the ancestors of the Coleoptera,
while all other families, except carabid relatives, have simplified
and more or less consolidated these primitive appendages. A dis-
tinct tarsus and one imperfectly consolidated claw seem to be
present in Hylecoetus as well as in Melittomma, but in the latter
the pair of enlarged spines on the tip of the tibia seem to have been
mistaken for lobes of the supposedly consolidated tarsus and claw.
One should consider, however, that such comparison of structures
of first-stage larvae ( Micromalthus ) with those in advanced larvae
of a very different genus (Melittomma) , even if the structure were
correctly understood, may not be a sound method. We know the
first-stage larva of Hylecoetus only from the figure by Germer, 1912
(op. cit., pi. 30, fig. 5), in which the leg structure is not clearly
shown.
The drawing by Fulmek, 1930 (Treubia, vol. 12, p. 391), is
not clear as to leg structure, but illustrates an apically bidentate
pygidial plate (tergite 9) in the first-stage larva of Atractocerus
emarginatus Castelnau. Embryos extracted from eggs laid by a
Guatemalan Atractocerus show a pointed, broadly triangular py-
gidial plate (T 9) with long hairs arising from the margin on each
side of the apex and with the margin strongly serrate towards its
base, legs conventional in form with single claw. The differences
between first-stage larvae and those which follow are often great,
and attempts should be made to hatch eggs laid by freshly captured
females of such interesting and problematical forms.
The affinities of adult Telegeusis and Atractocerus seem obvious,
and similar affinities of larvae of Atractocerus and Lymexylon
July, 1952]
BARBER — TELEGEUSIS
169
suggest there is no need for a supergeneric name based on Tele-
geusis. Comparable structures in adults of T elegeusis and Micro-
malthus might be used to place the latter in the same family, but its
highly specialized larval forms do not seem to permit such assign-
ment, and the statement (Jeannel & Paulian, 1944, op. cit., p. 79)
that obdominal segment 10 is the same in larvae of Micromalthus
and Melittomma seems to be not true in our samples of these forms.
Relationships have been discussed with John R. Bowman, whose
evidence indicates Micromalthus as the closest relative of T ele-
geusis. The problem cannot be solved, however, until more exact
details are available for the various larval stages of the compara-
tively few genera of these isolated survivors from a primitive
ancestral stock.
Telegeusis debilis Horn, 1895, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol.
5, p. 242, pi. 20, fig. 1; Martin, 1932, Pan-Pacific Ent. vol. 8,
p. 91, genotype, monobasic.
The holotype and only known specimen of this species, labeled “Sierra
San Lazaro,” preserved in the California Academy of Sciences and marked
as Lectotype No. 32, is in relatively good condition and agrees surprisingly
well Avith the rather crude original illustration by Horn. It is slender, entirely
pale yellow (perhaps a little faded), with head one-half longer than the
pronotum which is slightly transverse, three-fifths as wide as elytra and four-
fifths as wide as the distance across the eyes. The elytra are narrow, tapering
and long, extending one-third of their length beyond the hind coxae; the
abdomen plainly shows 9 tergites and what may be the tip of tergite 10
(anus?) projecting from beneath the narrowly rounded pygidium (T 9) as a
subcylindrical slightly tapering narrow tube; 8th visible sternite (S 9) is
longer than wide, transversely convex and apically rounded. The side margin
of the head from the hind margin of the eye to the cervical membrane is
one and one-half times the length of the eye.
Horn believed this specimen tvas a female. When I examined it
in July, 1948, its sex was not apparent, but subsequently studied
males of other species, in which the aedeagus is concealed within
segment nine, display apical segments in agreement with notes I
made from this type.
Telegeusis nubifer Martin, 1932, Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 8, p. 91.
I apply this name to the numerous specimens from Arizona and
Lower California Avhich show more or less infuscation, and short
elytra extending to above the apex of the hind coxae. It is not now
practicable to attempt division of this assemblage. Much better evi-
dence than is now available should be obtained.
170
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
The holotype (No. 2467, California Academy of Sciences) is
labeled “San Pedro Riv. Fairbanks, Ariz., Sept. 6, 1927, J. A.
Kusche.”
Telegeusis schwarzi Barber, new species
Entirely pale yellow except eyes and palpi, elytral apices and posterior
margin of Dronotum whitish; elytra only about one-seventh longer than their
combined width across humeri, their apices reaching only to lateral base of
hind coxae and more broadly rounded than in T. nubifer. Length 5 to 8 inm.,
dry. The caustic treated specimen mounted in balsam distended to 10 mm.
Holotype and three paratypes: U. S. National Museum Cat.
No. 59816. Holotype (slide) and one paratype: Hot Springs,
Arizona, 26 and 27 June, 1901, collected by E. A. Schwarz in
memory of whom the species is named. Three paratypes: Globe,
Arizona, July 3, 1949, F. G. Werner, one of them returned to
Werner.
Very similar to T. nubifer but paler, slightly broader, the an-
tennal joints slightly stouter, the sides of the pronotum more deeply
emarginate at middle, the gula narrower.
The simple differences suggested in the following key do not
apply entirely to certain males which are tentatively regarded as
variants of T. nubifer. The very wide area occupied by what seems
to be this most abundantly represented “species” may be misleading
owing to the present inability to distinguish actual species among
the shrunken and distorted males. If the as yet unknown females
are sedentary in their habits or are, by inheritance, attracted to
different kinds of host plants for oviposition, we will need a differ-
ent taxonomic treatment of species.
Key to the Recognized Species of Telegeusis
1. Elytra tapering, narrow, subacute and long, extending one-third their
length beyond the hind coxae; head much longer than the pronotum.
Sierra San Lazaro, Baja California (? 10 mi. NW. of San Jose del Cabo)
T. debilis Horn
Elytra short, arcuately truncate, not passing apex of hind coxae; head
but little longer than pronotum 2
2. Elytra reaching apex of hind coxae or about a third longer than their width
across humeri, their apices infuscate. Arizona and Baja California
- T. nubifer Martin
Elytra shorter, their apices reaching only to base of hind coxae and not
infuscate, the width across humeri nearly equal to elytral length. Central
Arizona. T. schwarzi Barber
July, 1952 ]
BEAL-THAUMAGLOSSA
171
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW ARIZONA THAUMAGLOSSA
(Coleoptera: Dermestidae)
R. S. Beal, Jr.
Denver, Colorado
In the course of a study of the Dermestidae the writer found
five specimens of a remarkably distinct species of Thaumaglossa
Redtenbacher, which species is named and described as follows:
Thaumaglossa libochoras Beal, new species
Adult male: Strongly convex, ovate, widest at humeri, rust-red on all sur-
faces; vestiture in length about three-fifths as long as scutellum, golden-
brown, evenly distributed, moderately fine and moderately dense, suberect
on dorsal surfaces, subrecumbent on ventral surfaces. Head in width (meas-
ured across eyes) closely approxmating length of pronotum; punctures of
front and clypeus round, shallow, about two and one-half times as coarse as
facets of eye, nearly contiguous, becoming somewhat smaller and less dense
on vertex; width beween fossae for insertion of antennae closely equal to
distance from distal margin of clypeus to basal margin of fossae; antennae
with scape and funicle sparsely clothed with fine setae, eleventh segment
densely clothed with fine, erect puberulence about equal in length to sixth
antennal segment, configuration of antenna as illustrated, eleventh segment
in repose extending over lateral lobe of prosternum as far as middle of pro-
coxa. Pronotum with punctures of disc simple, equal in coarseness to facets
of eye, separated by one to three diameters, becoming larger and nearly con-
tiguous toward sides, surface between smooth and shining; ratio of length
to width 1:2.1. Elytra with punctures of disc twice as coarse as facets of eye,
separated by about one diameter with margin of each very slightly raised
above surrounding surface, surface between feebly rugose and shining; ratio
of pronotal width to elytral width at humeri 1:1.1. Prosternum deeply,
coarsely, and confluently punctate on disc without impunctate median line,
becoming granulate-punctate on sides. Antennal fossae occupying entire
hypomeron; antero-lateral and posterior margins knifelike, evenly produced,
and extending entire length of fossa; fossae completely open (without mar-
gins) medially; floor of cavity glabrous and shining, transversely strigose
except for short longitudinal strigose lines along posterior wall. Mesosternal
disc with punctation about as prosternal disc. Length (of pronotum and
elytra) : 3.1 mm.; width (across humeri) : 2.1 mm.
Adult female: Color of head and pronotum piceous-black, elytra piceous-
black except for rufo-piceous apical margins, thorax piceous, abdomen, an-
tennae, and legs reddish-brown. Eleventh segment of antenna small, scarcely
wider than tenth and about twice as long as length of ninth and tenth
segments combined. Hypomeron margined as in male, but without fossa
for reception of antenna, surface flat and coarsely punctate except for
small impunctate depression at middle of medial margin, this depression not
at all margined. Length (of pronotum and elytra) : 3.8 mm.; width (across
humeri) : 2.6 mm.
Holotype: Male (in collection of Ohio State University) collect-
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, NO. 3
ed at Palmerlee, Arizona, July 14, 19-?, by H. A. Wenzel; allo-
type female, same, July 11; female paratype, same, July 16; male
paratype, same, July 10 (allotype and female paratype in collection
of Ohio State University, male paratype in author’s collection) ;
one female paratype, Santa Rita Mts., Arizona, Hubbard and
Schwarz (in collection of U. S. National Museum).
While clearly distinct from all known members of the genus,
libochoras belongs to Thaumaglossa as now defined, having the
strongly convex, ovate shape, the two, small, short, diagonal, im-
punctuate areas on either side of the basal lobe of the pronotum,
the completely divided mesosternal disc, and the oblique diagonal
striae of the first abdominal segment, the male having the one ex-
tremely large, subsecurriform, terminal, antennal segment, and the
female having the flat but acutely margined hypomeron. It is
undoubtedly most closely related to the other nearctic species,
americana (Jayne), from which it differs most noticeably in the
shape of the male terminal antennal segment, in the relatively
denser punctation of the pronotum, and in its larger size. In
specimens of americana measured by the writer the males vary in
length from 1.9 mm. to 2.6 mm., the females from 2.2 mm. to 2.7
mm. While the color of the specimens above is uniform, color here
as a character is probably neither reliable nor constant, the color
of americana varying over a wide range.
LIBOCHORAS AMERICANA
Fig. 1. Antennae of males of Thaumaglossa.
From the oriental rufocapillata Redtenbacher, type of the
genus, both libochoras and americana differ markedly, the first
species having at the antero-median angle of the hypomeron of the
female a round, deep, and strongly margined fossa into which the
antennal club exactly fits, and having an appreciably narrower
separation between the fossae for the insertion of the antennae on
the head. These characters hold likewise for two other oriental
species seen by the writer, nigricans MacLeay and hilleri Reitter,
and in any future revision of the genus should be carefully con-
sidered as indicating the divergence of our American species.
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
1
For your agricultural needs
PENCO.
agricultural chemicals
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — Fine to
medium granulated powder of uni-
form high quality. Setting point
89° C. minimum.
PENTECH® — Technical DDT made
especially for manufacturers of dust
concentrates, dusts and emulsion
concentrates. A granular, dry,
friable powder.
PENCO DB-50® — Fine, dry powdered
dust base containing 50% DDT, for
use by dust manufacturers in formu-
lating finished insecticides.
PENCO WB-50 — Micron-sized pow-
der containing 50% DDT and su-
perior wetting agents for use as water
suspension spray. Mixes easily, ad-
heres to foliage.
•A ^ -A
PENCO BHC TECHNICAL 36 (Benzene
Hexachloride) — A superior, partially
refined technical BHC containing
approximately 36% of the active
gamma isomer. Readily lends itself
to production of impregnated dusts.
PENCO BHC DUST BASE D-12— 12%
gamma isomer for use by dust manu-
facturers in the formulation of fin-
ished insecticides.
PENCO HI-GAM® 99— This is tech-
nical lindane, the essentially pure
gamma isomer of benzene hexa-
chloride.
Other Penco Insecticides
KRYOCIDE® — Time-tested natural
cryolite insecticide for control of
many chewing insects which attack
orchard and garden.
PENPHOS® W-15 — A wettable pow-
der containing 15% parathion. De-
signed for use as a water spray and
as a dust base concentrate. Effective
for the control of a wide variety of
economic insect pests.
For information on any or all of these
products write: Pennsylvania Salt
Manufacturing Company of
Washington , Agricultural
Chemicals Division „ Tacoma ,
Wash., Portland, Ore., Berkeley and
Los Angeles, Calif., Wenatchee, Wash.,
Yakima, Wash.
®
PENNSAIT
CHEMICALS
for Industry • Agriculture • Health • Home
11
Products bearing the Niagara symbol of
protection consist of the finest quality
compounds, skillfully formulated to com-
bat specific WESTERN infestations.
Strategic location of blending plants as-
sures Western growers that Niagara sprays
and dusts offer maximum control power.
Every principal growing area has a Ni-
agara field representative, ready with rec-
ommendations based on expert knowledge
of local conditions. Successful Western
growers enjoy more profit when their year
’round protection program combines prop-
er use of Niagara sprays and dusts with
Niagara’s expert WESTERN field expe-
rience.
As additional aid to
Western growers, Ni-
agara Field Service
Bulletins provide reli-
able and accurate
recommendations on
specific crops and in-
festations. We will
gladly add your
name to receive this
information without
obligation. Write
Dept. 121.
SUCCESSFUL
WESTERN
GROWERS
CONSULT A
NIAGARA
FIELD EXPERT
Niaaara SPRAYS & DUSTS
* NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA
Home Office: Middleport, New York
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Hi
OUTDOOR LABORATORY
Rohm & Haas Experimental Farm at Bristol , Pa.
Long-time testing on our 300-acre Experimental Farm proves the
formulations developed by Rohm & Haas Research Laboratories
— under actual farming conditions. Result: maximum effectiveness
in commercial use of such chemicals for agriculture as Dithane
and Rhothane.
Because it controls many diseases of many crops without retarding
plant growth, Dithane helps thousands of farmers to increase
yields of potatoes and other crops. And because of its unique
insecticidal qualities, Rhothane gives orchardists effective control
of the red-banded leaf roller on apples, and the orange tortrix
on pears, apples, grapes and other fruit.
Scientific development and exhaustive testing-in-use will continue
to assure the effectiveness of all Rohm & Haas agricultural chemicals.
Dithane and Rhothane are trade-
marks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in
principal foreign countries.
CHEMICALS
FOR AGRICULTURE
ROHIWI £ HAAS
COMPANY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
IV
insect control
During the past three years, ALDRIN and DIELDRIN have achieved recognition as out-
standing insect toxicants for the control of grasshoppers, boll weevil, certain other cotton
pests, mosquitoes, flies and many subterranean insects.
With the increasing number of published reports revealing results of experimental work
with ALDRIN and DIELDRIN, interest of entomologists in the performance of these chemi-
cals continues to grow. Wide fields of investigation still remain open in agricultural, horti-
cultural, arboricultural and public health pest control. Laboratory and field research with
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN on collateral toxiocological and residue problems makes available
important data of value to entomologists.
When planning experimental programs, it is well
cants are characterized by specificity. ALDRIN and DIELDRIN
modern insect toxicants, thus affording the possibility of using them
to meet the entire insect pi'oblem of any crop.
ALDRIN and/or DIELDRIN are available for
ALDRIN
100% ALDRIN (Crystalline)
60% Equivalent Solution
25% Emulsifiable Concentrate (2 lbs.
actual ALDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control)
2%% Dust
to remember that modern insect toxi-
are compatible with all
in various combinations
experimental use in the following forms :
DIELDRIN
100% DIELDRIN (Crystalline)
18%% Emulsifiable Concentrate (1% lbs.
actual DIELDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control)
2%% Dust
Your correspondence is invited concerning formulations and field applications of ALDRIN
and DIELDRIN. Entomological Reports on ALDRIN and DIELDRIN may be obtained upon
request.
HYMAN &
DENVER, COLORADO
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are distributed nationally by Shell Chemical Corporation,
New York City
V
S U N L
Inc.
MANUFACTURERS AND PROCESSORS
OF
• Sulphur
• Insecticides
• Fertilizers
• Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave. Fresno, California
P. O. Box 1669 Phone Fresno 2-4113
VI
MULTI-FILM "L"
"L" STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULTI-FILM "L" ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET * SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
PACIFIC
DISCOVERY
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made for
completing volume 1, and for the pub-
lication of volumes 2 (applications in
regard to nomenclatural problems), 3
(documents considered by the Interna-
tional Commission on Zoological Nom-
enclature at Paris, 1948), 4 (Official
Record of the International Commission
at Paris), and 5 (Official Record of the
section on Nomenclature of the thir-
teenth International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948).
All inquiries regarding publications
should be addressed to: International
Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, 41
Queen’s Gate, London, S. W. 7, England.
Vll
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
★
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
7
/
mm
m
7
Mill.
V^7 ^7 ^7 ^7 7
^hemicalI^
1885
SINCE
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
PROTECTION
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
tttA
IX
CONTROLS
THESE
INSECTS
Write for Specific
Technical Bulletins
Ants
Mosquitoes
Armyworms
Onion Maggots
Blister Beetles
Onion Thrips
Boxelder Bugs
Plum Curculio
Brown Dog Ticks
Sarcoptic Mange
Cabbage Maggots
Seed-Corn Maggots
Cattle Lice
Serpentine Leaf
Chiggers
Miners
Chinch Bugs
Sheep Ked
Cockroaches
Silverfish
Cotton Boll Weevils
Sod Web worms
Crickets
Southern Corn
Cutworms
Rootworms
Earwigs
Strawberry Crown
Fleas
Borers
Flies
Strawberry Weevils
Grasshoppers
Sweet Clover
Household Spiders
Weevils
Japanese Beetle
Tarnished Plant
Larvae
Bugs
Lawn Moths
Termites
Lygus Bugs
Ticks
Mole Crickets
White Grubs
Mormon Crickets
Wire worms
AND MANY OTHERS
VELSICOL CORPORATION
General Offices and Laboratories Export Division
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 100 East 42nd Street, New York 17, New York
REPR ESENTATIVES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES
LOOK 70 DOW
FOR
INSECTICIDES
METACIDE 50— A liquid emulsifiable insecticide that has proved to be
an excellent product for the control of most aphids, loopers, orange
tortrix, bud moth, and certain other insects.
OVOTRAN-WETTABLE (containing K-6451)-A 50% wettable powder for
control of all growth stages from egg to adult of the several important
species of plant feeding spider mites occurring in California.
e D c N.-2S9 — A non-oil dormant spray for the control of a greater number
of insect pests in the dormant stage on prune, plum, cherry, apple,
and pear trees,
< D'A(-1 1 1— Is used in summer spray application on apples, peaches,
and citrus fruits, almonds, and walnuts.
LINDANE— Gamma isomer of Benzene Hexachloride 99% for fly control.
Effective against those flies resistant to certain other insecticides,
SOIL AND SPACE FUMIGANTS
DOWFUME W-85— With active ingredient Ethylene Dibromide for nema-
tode and wireworm control, and increased growth response resulting
in increased yields.
DOWFUME EB-5— An improved grain fumigant containing Ethylene
Dibromide (5% by volume). Designed for fumigation of stored grain,
is outstanding for its high toxicity, its power to penetrate all levels
of the bin, and its unusual power to control pests in the surface layer
of the grain.
METHYL BROMIDE— A fumigant of high toxicity with excellent pene-
trating properties for food products, food processing plants, and fresh
fruit and vegetables. Controls insects in all stages of development,
also effective at a law dosage for rodent control.
WEED KILLERS
2-4 DOW WEED KILLER, FORMULA 40-the finest 2,4-D AMINE salt
formulation available.
ESTERON* 44— a superior ESTER formulation of 2,4-D.
ESTERON TEN-TEN— a new low-volatility ESTER product.
DOW SELECTIVE WEED KILLER-a non 2,4-D product for peas and inter-
planted grains.
ESTERON BRUSH KILLER controls nearly every kind of woody growth.
ESTERON 245 for certain woody growths resistant to 2,4-D.
DOW GENERAL WEED KILLER for general weed control.
DOW SODIUM TCA 90%-the PROVED grass killer.
Dow pest control products have been thoroughly tested and proved
in actual use over a period of many years. They are the result of
extensive research and experimentation in the laboratories of The
Dow Chemical Company. Your inquiries are invited.
* Registered Trade-mark of The Dow Chemical Co.
THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
LOS ANGELES . SAN FRANCISCO • SEATTLE
Special Advantages of One
of the World’s Most Useful Insecticides
ORTHO Lindane
•Approved name for the “pure Gamma isomer” of Benzene Hexachloride.
For Household Pests — Kills insects three ways; by contact, vapor action
and stomach poisoning. Effective control of flies, mosquitoes, lice,
roaches, silverfish, bed bugs, ants, clothes moths, carpet beetles, spiders,
etc. ORTHO Lindane is also used for effective subterranean termite
control.
For Farming and Ranching — Controls flies and other insects in dairy
barns — external animal parasites — scab and mange, lice and ticks on
sheep, cattle, hogs and horses.
For Crop Pest Control — ORTHO Lindane is being widely used in control
of many crop pests and with unprecedented success for the control
of wireworms and other soil insects by seed treatment, aphids, including
wooly apple aphis, thrips, beetles and many others on nearly every agri-
cultural crop — also controls food and grain storage insect pests.
High Safety Factor — Approved by USDA for lice and mange control on
dairy cattle. Tests show no contamination in milk, when properly
applied. ORTHO Lindane is not cumulative. Any taken in by the
animal will soon pass off. It is also practically odorless. Also approved
for use on alfalfa and clover for forage up to Yz lb. per acre and up
to 14 days of harvest.
Small Amounts Needed for Good Control — Only 1 to 2 lbs. of ORTHO
Lindane are required, where up to 20 lbs. of DDT or Methoxychlor
would be necessary. Operators find it easy to use, easy to mix and it
doesn’t irritate.
Easy to Formulate Lindane Products — Either wettable powders or liquid
formulations.
SpGCify ORTHO Lindcm@ Write for free informative booklet
containing full information on many uses of ORTHO Lindane.
Address a card or letter to CALIFORNIA SPRAY-CHEMICAL CORPORATION,
Richmond, Calif.
CALIFORNIA SPRAY-CHEMICAL CORP
World Leader in Scientific Pest Control
• RICHMOND
(CALIF.)
Ortho T.M. Reg. U.S. Pat. Off.
Portland, Ore.
Sacramento, Calif.
San Jose, Calif.
Fresno, Calif.
Whittier, Calif.
Caldwell, Idaho
Maryland Heights, Mo.
Oklahoma City, Okla.
Shreveport, La.
Plus 25 Branch Offices throughout U.S.A.
Orlando, Florida
Elizabeth, N.J.
Fennville, Mich.
Lyndon ville, N.Y.
Goldsboro, N.C.
ERIC M. FISHER
Vol. XXVIII October, 1952 No. 4
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
CONTENTS
BROWN — On the identity of Adlerzia Forel
SNELLING — Notes on nesting and hibernation of Polistes
MAYO — New western Ephemeroptera, IV, with notes ,
PRONIN — Suggestions on preventing outbreaks of bark beetles in
Californian pine forests
HELFER — A new synonym in Xenorhipis
HOTTES — Miscellaneous notes on the taxonomy of some aphid
species
GOULD & BEAL — New records of Leptinus testaceus from North
America
DRAKE — A new tropical Hebrid
ROTH — Notes and a new species in Cybaeina
EDWIN C. VAN DYKE MEMORIAL ISSUE, notice
HAZELTINE — Notes on flights and food plants of Pleocoma
BERG — Biology and metamorphosis of some Solomon Islands Dip-
tera. Part II: Solva bergi James (Erinnidae), with a compari-
son of related species
ESSIG — A new genus and species of Aphidae on Scotch broom in
Oregon
SCHLINGER — A lectotype in the genus Eulonchus
Book notice
173
177
179
186
188
191
193
194
195
201
202
203
215
220
178
San Francisco, California
1952
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L, Usincer
E. S. Ross Co-Editors E. C. Van Dyke
R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological
phases of entomology are favored, including articles up to ten printed pages on
insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed
to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences. Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco 18. Calif., or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of
California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers,
changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications
should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif.
Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $3.00 per year in advance. Price for single
copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to "Pan-Pacific Entomologist."
Announcing ...
“THE SUCKING LICE”
By G. F. Ferris
A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the
world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development,
Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeography. Complete syste-
matic treatment is given including keys, synonymy and descriptions. The
illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his
reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125
full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of
the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated
with man and domesticated animals.
Published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series” by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its Semicentennial Anniver-
sary, September, 1951.
Price
# 6.00
Send orders to: Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at
San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
October, 1952
ON THE IDENTITY OF ADLERZIA FOREL
(Hymenoptera : Formicidae)
William L. Brown, Jr.
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
It would be difficult to find a subfamily of insects in which
generic placement of a given specimen is as difficult as in the
Myrmicinae. The standard keys of Emery and Wheeler, both pub-
lished in 1922, are virtually useless in determining many genera
even when in the hands of a myrmecologist with long experience.
This unhappy situation reflects the chaotic state of myrmicine
classification even as it stood in 1922. In that year, so many genera
were wrongly defined, synonymous with others, or hopelessly
heterogeneous in composition that one is astonished that the afore-
mentioned authors had the courage to attempt keys to the world
genera without first radically altering the classification. Of course,
it must be said that such alteration might well consume a lifetime
without particularly satisfactory results achieved in the end, and
evidently the opinion then was that any key, however imperfect,
was better than none. After a quarter century of description from
various quarters, one may well doubt the wisdom of this opinion.
Authors since 1922 have been all too content to accept the keys,
which are similar and therefore seem to support each other, as
practically the only basis for generic identification. In this way, a
great crop of generic synonyms has arisen during the last 25 years
or so, and, what is worse, very many species have been steered
through the dichotomies, missed a turn, and ended as new species
in the wrong genus. The phylogeny and limits of the genera have
now become so obscure that the most accomplished myrmecogra-
pher finds many generic assignations impossible or very highly
uncertain.
In the earlier days, up to about 1900, it was possible for a
specialist to have a fair idea of the species of the entire family and
their proper generic assignments. However, the earlier workers
have sown the seeds of the chaos now prevailing, for, knowing the
species and genera by habitus more than by the characters they
themselves had used in definition, they too often added species
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
without reference to the crucial characters used to delimit the
genera. Most of the work was hasty in the extreme, with species
thrown chock-a-block into the handiest receptacle or else arbitrarily
made the type of a new genus or subgenus.
The subgenus particularly has been a refuge for the uncertain
specialist confronted with inadequate material, and the myrmecol-
ogical world is only now awakening to the fact that most of the
subgenera are really either indefensible as such or else are good
genera. In the latter category belong many familiar names among
ants, formerly placed as subgenera in large genera like Atta, Dory-
lus, Eciton, Dolichoderus, Polyrhachis, Lasius, Strumigenys, Solen-
opsis, Monomorium and many others. The subgenus will continue
to have its function for a long while yet, but the time has come to
embrace and expand the critical study of subgenera begun by Borg-
meier, Creighton, and others.
As a small contribution to the tremendous job which lies before
us, of unscrambling the genera of the Myrmicinae, and as a minia-
ture illustration of the self -propagating confusion of ant taxonomy
as it is today, I should like to bring to the reader’s attention the
case of the ant going under the name Monomorium ( Adlerzia)
froggatti Forel.
Forel proposed the new subgenus Adlerzia and assigned it to
Monomorium on the basis of a single small worker ant (froggatti)
described as new at the same time in Rev. Suisse Zool., X, pp. 445—
447 (1902). There it has remained buried without again being
reported from its homeland in southeastern Australia.
In 1950, while passing through Sydney on my way north to
Queensland, I spent a day collecting in the woods along the golf
links at Pymble, an outer suburb of Sydney I had heard of through
Father McAreavey of Melbourne. Among other ants taken was one
series, found in a nest of Camponotus consobrinus (Erichson)
under a large stone, of small tawny ants with highly dimorphic
workers. These ants seen in the field fitted my rather sketchy idea
of Machomyrma Forel as remembered from the literature and speci-
mens in the Wheeler Collection casually examined in past years.
I then put the specimens in alcohol and forgot them.
Upon my return home, I mounted these and several hundred
other specimens obtained during my trip, and during the process
of mounting, one of the minor workers of my Machomyrma ”
somehow got placed on a point by itself, without an accompanying
October, 1952]
BROWN ADLERZIA
175
soldier. When the remainder of the specimens had been mounted,
workers and soldiers to each pin, I began the rough sorting of my
collections to genera. As is usual with dimorphic myrmicines, I
sorted the species falling into this category by examining the large-
headed soldiers, and did not pay much attention to minor workers.
Soon, however, I was confronted by my accidentally-segregated
minor worker. The ant was not at all familiar to me. Reaching for
Wheeler’s key to the genera (loc. cit.), I then spent an hour or so
running out to blind ends in the dichotomies and finally came
uneasily to rest with my specimen in Monomorium subgenus
Adlerzia.
Reference to the Genera Insectorum (Emery, op. cit., p. 182)
convinced me that I was in the correct genus, and I labelled the
specimen accordingly. Later on the same date, I chanced to be
verifying my determination of the “ Machomyrma ” soldiers with
accompanying workers, and happened to look more closely at the
latter. To my astonishment, I found them identical with the speci-
men just placed in Adlerzia, and this was confirmed by careful
comparison. Investigation proved that all had come from the same
nest series, and there could be no doubt that the workers and sol-
diers were different castes of the same species.
My first thought was that Adlerzia might have to be synony-
ized under Machomyrma Forel, for the soldiers keyed to this genus
in both Wheeler’s and Emery’s tables. However, I checked with
Dr. Charles Ferriere, of the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva,
who kindly sent camera lucida sketches and a brief characteriza-
tion of the unique type of M. ( Adlerzia ) froggatti ; these proved
beyond a reasonable doubt that my identification of the worker
had been correct.
Upon my request, Dr. Ferriere and Dr. M. R. Smith both graci-
ously sent information concerning the two known species of Macho-
myrma Forel, as the original descriptions are not presently avail-
able to me. Although a definite conclusion is not safely reached
until the types of the genotype, Machomyrma dispar Forel, and
the additional species, M. silvestrii Emery, are directly studied, the
indications are that the two Machomyrma species are not con-
generic. The M. silvestrii characterization and figures seem to place
this ant solidly in Adlerzia with A. froggatti, and it is quite pos-
sible that the two are synonymous.
One fact is clear: Adlerzia has no connection with Monomo-
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVIII, No. 4
Hum. Rather, it seems to go into the tribe Pheidolini, and I here
place it provisionally as a distinct genus. The new arrangement
may be schematized as follows:
Machomyrma Forel
Genotype: Liomyrmex ( Machomyrma ) dispar Forel, 1895, Monobasic.
Adlerzia Forel (New Status; Tribal Transfer)
Genotype: Monomorium (Adlerzia) jroggatti Forel, 1902, Monobasic.
Additional species: Adlerzia silvestrii (Emery), 1914.
For full references and generic characteristics, see Emery, 1922, Genera
Insectorum, Fascicule 174, pp. 76-77 (Machomyrma) and pp. 168, 182
(Adlerzia) .
I have dwelt at some length on this small taxonomic puzzle be-
cause it points up so starkly the deficiencies in the keys and in the
basic classification of the ants. It is far from being an isolated
example; many tangles of much greater scope and difficulty exist,
becoming ever aggravated by the addition of new species year by
year.
In our present-day studies of the group, there is far too much
isolated description of one or a few species or subspecies scattered
through many genera of ants, and far too little work of a broad
revisionary nature. Creighton, Borgmeier and a few others have
shown the way out of the tangle, but the majority of myrmecolo-
gists have been slow to follow. Our first and most urgent task is
the reduction of the synonymy at the species- and subspecies-levels,
for this synonymy has virtually stifled intelligent revision of the
larger and more difficult groups under the sheer weight of numbers
of presently-unchallenged and insufficiently identified names. Prob-
ably as much as 25 to 50 per cent of the names in some genera are
unrecognized synonyms; this percentage, when applied to a genus
like Carnponotus, with more than 1,000 current names, is enough
to discourage any reviser from taking a world approach. I find it
a good rule to establish at least one clearcut synonymy for each
new name I propose. Unfortunately, the establishmnet of one cer-
tain synonym almost invariably occupies far more time than did
the original description of the synonym. New synonymy should be
clearly labelled as such and provided with the original references,
so that cataloguers can easily detect and disseminate it as they
would newly-described species. A system which makes new syno-
nymy bear a greater burden of proof and investigative effort than
October, 1952]
SNELLING POLISTES
177
does description of novelties is bound to perish under the weight
of its own accretion. It is small comfort to this myrmecologist to
realize that 1950 (with the publication of Creighton’s “Ants of
North America”) is probably the first year in a century that the
number of unrecognized synonyms did not gain on that of good
species and subspecies.
References
(Keys to the genera of the Myrmicinae in:)
Emery, C.
1922. Genera Inseclorum: Formicidae, Myrmicinae, Fascicule 174.
(Keys in sections throughout.)
Wheeler, W. M.
1922. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XFV, part 7 ; cf. pp. 655—687.
NOTES ON NESTING AND HIBERNATION OF POLISTES
(Hymenoptera: Vespidae)
Robert Snelling
Turlock, California
Students have known for some time that occasionally two
females (queens) of Polistes will found a nest together. Those
recorded were noted to be of the same species. However, on one
occasion I have taken a female each of Polistes fuscatus aurifer
Saussure 1 and P. apachus Saussure contributing toward a future
colony together. As they were watched for some time there is
very little chance of an error. In a letter of January 30, 1951,
J. C. Bequaert comments that, “Whether queens of different species
would be successful in this is not known.” Unfortunately, I col-
lected the wasps and nest at once. At the time, there were thirteen
cells with larvae and eggs.
In hibernation, the social Vespidae are rather gregarious. At
various times I have taken P. f. aurifer, P. apachus, P. hunteri
calif ornicus Bohart, V espula pennsylvanica Saussure, and Mis-
chocyttarus flavitarsis Saussure hibernating together. In fact, I
have taken three of aurifer, seven of P. h. californicus, two of M.
flavitarsis and a few inches away, several of V. pennsylvanica.
1 The wasps were identified by Dr. R. M. Bohart. I am indebted to him and to
Dr. J. C. Beqaert for help.
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
Book Review
GUIDE TO THE INSECTS OF CONNECTICUT. PART VI. THE DIP-
TERA OR TRUE FLIES. FIFTH FASCICLE: MIDGES AND GNATS.
State of Connecticut Geological and Natural History Survey, Bulletin
No. 80, viii -j- 255 pp. March, 1952. Price $2.50.
This new addition to the “Insects of Connecticut” series comprises a
taxonomic review of the “gnats” or “midges” belonging to the families Tendi-
pedidae ( :=Chironomidae) , Heleidae ( Ceratopogonidae) and Fungivori-
dae ( =Mycetophilidae) . The authors, all widely recognized authorities in
the groups which they present, are 0. A. Johannsen, Henry K. Townes,
Frank R. Shaw and Elizabeth G. Fisher. For all three families keys are
given to the subfamilies and genera occuring in North America and to the
species as they are known to occur in the “Northeast,” or the region east of
the Mississippi River and north of the southern boundary of Virginia. The
authors have all adopted (though apparently under editorial duress in one
case) the genera proposed by J. W. Meigen in 1800 thus necessitating
changes in subfamily and family names.
The Tendipedidae, exclusive of the tribe Tendipedini, and the section
on the family Heleidae, are by Johannsen. For the Tendipedidae there are
keys to some 147 species recorded from the Northeast; for the Heleidae,
keys to an equal number of species and illustrations of wings, male termi-
nalia and other features for many of them.
The Tendipedini are presented by Townes as an abridgement of his
recent monograph of the nearctic representatives of the tribe. Lie includes
keys to upwards of 170 species and varieties known from the Northeast, and
lists 16 species as unrecognizable without reference to the type specimens,
which are either lost or not readily available for close study. There are 22
plates with excellent drawings of the male terminalia of 163 species and
numerous illustrations of wings, legs and other features. In addition there
are brief descriptions of each species and its recorded occurence. Shaw and
Fisher in collaboration here give the first comprehensive treatment of the
Fungivoridae since Johannsen’s monograph (1909—1912). There is a dis-
cussion of the ideas of various previous authors regarding the interrelation-
ships and phylogeny of the Fungivoridae. Shaw’s studies on the thoracic
structures in relation to phylogeny are summarized briefly. In general the
classification of Edwards (1925) has been followed. The “Lycoriidae” are
considered again to be of only subfamilial rank, though this must be due
to an oversight in revision of the manuscript since (Shaw (1948, 1952) con-
siders the Lycoriidae to represent a family distinct from the Mycetophilidae.
The keys differentiate over 290 species and varieties from the Northeast.
There are illustrations of wings and male terminalia of several of the more
difficult species and also several drawings of thoraces to show the proposed
phylogenetic relationship of different genera.
A bibliography of nearly six pages lists many of the more important
references to the three families. There is also a complete index to all names
and illustrations. All in all this fascicle lives up to the example of its
predecessors and should prove to be a most distinguished number of the
“Insects of Connecticut” series. — William C. Bentinck.
October, 1952]
MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA
179
NEW WESTERN EPHEMEROPTERA, IV, WITH NOTES
Velma Knox Mayo
1216 N. Fremont, Tucson, Arizona
Ephemerella lodi Mayo, new species
(Figures 1, 3, 10)
Male imago (fig. 10). Member of bicolor- group. Head yellow; dark
brown around ocelli. Pronotum yellowish-brown tinged with red; reddish-
brown penciling anteriorly on midline and laterally. Thorax reddish-brown.
Mesonotum yellowish-brown dorsally, paler along midline. Laterally meson-
otum reddish. Pleural sclerites reddish-brown with unsclerotized areas pow-
dery white. Wings slightly amber tinged ; venation yellow ; veins in stigmatic
area anastomosed. Legs yellow; fore coxae tinged with red anteriorly; fe-
mora yellow; no dark apical dot; fore tibiae yellow, reddish at tarsal joining;
fore tarsi yellow, joinings narrowly penciled with red; claws reddish-brown;
hind legs pale yellow, not marked with red at joinings. Abdomen lighter than
thorax. Tergites 1—3 reddish-brown, bordered posteriorly by a wide brown
band. On either side of midline are blackish streaks, prominent anteriorly
and faded out towards posterior margin. The midline of all tergites marked
with a reddish streak. Tergites 4—10 yellowish, washed with reddish-brown
posteriorly. Tergites 8—9 with reddish streak near pleural fold. Blackish
spots on either side of midline are very prominent, the streaks less distinct
than those on tergites 1—3. Laterally each tergite marked with black oblique
streak near pleural fold. Dark tracheations along pleural fold. Abdominal
sternites with a distinct curved row of four dark dots, represented by two
oblique streaks, and medially, by prominent dots. No ganglionic markings
on sternites. Segments 3—5 pale, other segments with reddish tinge. Geni-
talia yellow. Tails yellow, joinings dark reddish-brown. Length: body 10.5
mm., wing 10 mm.
Female imago (fig. 3). Head yellowish with red pencilings on vertex and
two red spots anterior to ocelli, blackish around bases of ocelli. Pronotum
yellowish ; irregularly marked with red, red streak along midline. Meso-
thorax reddish-brown. Mesonotum more red than that of male. Scutellum
marked medially with red streak, and laterally wing bases tinged with red
as in male. Legs yellow; claws faintly tinged with brown. Wings as in male
except for reddish coloring at bases of subcosta and radius on anterior sur-
face of wing. Abdomen more reddish than that of male ; tergites irregularly
mottled with red; along middorsal line is a wide mottled streak; tergites
1—5 with wide reddish-brown streaks on either side of midline; where the
lateral streaks touch the anterior border, the margin is narrowly streaked
with black; red, medially; on tergites 6—10 prominent black dots take the
place of the reddish-brown streaks of preceding segments; irregular reddish
markings on lateral tergites; pleural fold red; sternites paler than tergites,
yellowish; row of curved black dots on sternites, prominent on segments
1-5; mid ventral ganglionic area reddish-brown on sternite five, absent on
others. Dark tracheations prominent laterally. Tails as in male. Subanal
plate as in fig. 3.
Holotype: male imago (in alcohol). Dry Creek near Dry
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
Town, California, June 2, 1938, altitude 1700 ft. Allotype, fe-
male imago (in alcohol) same data. Paratypes one male imago,
tv/o female imagos, same data. In collection of writer, except the
male paratype which is in the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco.
The bicolor- group has not heretofore been represented among
the known western species. E. lodi Mayo is allied to E. temporalis
McDunnough and to E. doris Needham, but is larger than the
eastern forms. Alcoholic specimens of E. temporalis McDunnough
were loaned for comparison. The general coloring is more reddish
than that of E. temporalis. The wings are yellow tinged and the
venation yellow in contrast to the hyaline wings of E. temporalis.
No dark dot apically on femora as in E. temporalis. Abdominal
tergites not deep brown. No ganglionic markings on sternites of
male.
Bicolor nymph
(Figure .1)
Mr. George F. Edmunds, Jr. presented to me for study the
bicolor nymph figured in fig. 1. I do not declare this the nymph of
Ephemerella lodi because it has not as yet been reared. However,
due to the larger size of both the nymph here figured and also of
Ephemerella lodi, and to the similarity in type localities I recognize
the possibility that the two might be the same species and enter
both descriptions here.
General color dark brown sprinkled with pale dots and larger pale areas
as in figure. No occipital tubercles in female. Dorsal abdominal tubercles
lacking on segment 1. On segment 2 they are better developed than on other
tergites, but not very long; about half the length of the distance between
them, and rounded at the ends; smoky in color and marked at base with
pale area. Three or four pale dots on tergites between tubercles. On tergite
3 dorsal spines smaller than those on tergite 2 and all dorsal spines decrease
in size to rearward ; those on segments 9—10 very minute. Spines on all ter-
gites parallel. Width between dorsal abdominal spines on segments 5—7 less
than length of tergites in median line. Tergites between tubercles rich brown
sprinkled with pale dots; lateral to tubercles is a pale streak from anterior
to posterior margins of segment. On segments 9—10 two narrow, pale streaks
extend from anterior margins to tubercles; large pale areas as in figure. Tails
dark brown, banded with pale areas; long fringe of hairs. Tails cut short in
figure. Length body, 11—12 mm. Tails 8 mm.
Two female nymphs, in the collection of Mr. George F. Ed-
munds, Jr. Collected by E. P. Hughes north of Peoria Slough, alti-
tude 259 ft., near Corvallis, Oregon, May 16, 1947.
October, 1952]
MAYO — EPHEMEROPTERA
181
Heptagenia kennedyi McDunnough
(Figures 8, 9)
These were found to be common in the Jackson area in Amador
County, California, The genitalia were treated in KOH and the
number of median spines apparent are of interest (see figs. 8, 9).
Male imago, pinned (figs. 8, 9). Head brown, eyes black. Pronotum
blackish along posterior border. Mesonotum yellowish-brown, bordered by
dark brown on prescutum. Sutures rose tinged. The mesoscutellum and
metanotum brown, speckled near wing bases. Pleuron yellow. Wings hya-
line, iridescent; venation white. Fore coxae and trochanters yellow; femora
reddish-brown; tibiae and tarsi dark brown, lighter than femora; femora
and tibiae blackish at joinings; claws black. First tarsal segment one-fifth
length of second. Middle and hind legs yellow tinged with brown along an-
terior border of femora and tarsi. Abdominal tergites all dark brown on
posterior borders giving a distinct ringed appearance. Tergites 2—6 hyaline;
tergites 7—9 brown with three yellow streaks along midline; tergite 10 lighter.
Abdominal sternites 1-6 hyaline, 7—9 opaque; pale yellow. Tails brown
tinged with rose, darker basally. Forceps amber tinged with rose; segments
3 and 4 of forceps together not quite as long as segment 2 ; 3 longer than 4.
Penes amber; each with apical lobe, also with small lateral spines (see figs.
8, 9) ; ventrally there are three pair of spines, one very prominent, heavily
sclerotized at tip, with an unsclerotized ring-like area behind tip ; the other
two sclerotized pieces are not so prominent, but easily detected in a specimen
treated with KOH ; dorsally there is a fourth pair of very large, heavily
sclerotized spines. Length: body, 6—7 mm., wing, 8 mm.
Alcoholic specimens: eyes grey in some, black in others. Forelegs more
pale; femora yellowish-brown, tibiae yellow with blackish joinings. Tails
more pale.
Female imago, pinned; similar to male, but abdominal tergites not so
distinctly ringed. In alcohol, the abdomen not ringed.
Specimens taken from Dry Creek near Dry Town, Amador
County, California, June 1, 2, 14, 1938. One male imago, Amador
Creek near Amador, California, May 29, 1938. This specimen is
larger; length body 9.5 mm., wing 9 mm., tails pale. One imago in
alcohol in collection of California Academy of Sciences. Rest of
material in collection of writer.
Heptagenia species number 1
(Figures 2, 6)
Male imago ; reddish brown. Bases of ocelli black. Eyes grey. Pronotum
mottled with red medially; anterior and posterior margins dark reddish. Pro-
notum yellowish laterally. Mesonotum reddish-yellow washed with red in
anterior portion; sutures posteriorly tinged with red. Tergites 3-6 semi-
hyaline, washed with red; 1—2 more mottled with red; 7—10 opaque, reddish-
brown. Wings hyaline; veins pale yellow; stigmatic area milky. Pro- and
mesopleura marked with dark reddish-brown stripe, which extends across
the procoxa, around the first spiracle on the mesoepisternum and on the
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
epimeron at base of mesocoxa ; a whitish area above first spiracle anterior to
wing base. Pleuron reddish-yellow; metapleuron tinged with red around
bases of coxa. All trochanters yellow (rest of legs missing in this specimen).
Abdominal tergites and sternites pale along pleural fold. Large tracheal
trunk and branches visible but colorless. Sternites pale except last three
of abdomen which are opaque, reddish-yellow. Penes with four pair of spines
(see fig. 6). The large medial spines (fig. 2) are bent at an acute angle and
from the ventral view only the tips can be seen; on each side there is a
sclerotized ridge for the attachment of heavy muscles (see fig. 6). The fourth
segment of forceps is only slightly more than one-half the length of third
segment. Segments 3 and 4 together are slightly more than one-half length
second segment. Length: body, 7 mm., wing 7 mm.
One specimen taken from Dry Creek, near Dry Town, Califor-
nia, June 1, 1938. In collection of the writer. This specimen is
undoubtedly closely allied to several western forms; H. otiosa Mc-
Dunnough from Oregon; H. criddlei McDunnough from Wyom-
ing; H. rodocki Traver from Idaho; H. rubroventris Traver, Cali-
fornia, and H. rosea Traver, Oregon. The general coloration and
details of the genitalia separate it from all but H. rodocki. I do not
believe the median spines on penes of “H. species number 1” are
capable of rotation near middle as are those of H. rodocki. The
abdominal maculation differs in the one specimen at hand. I hope
to be able to make a more thorough study of this group when more
material is available.
Cinygmula par Eaton
(Figure 5)
Male imago , pinned (fig. 5). Head reddish-brown; white around bases
of antennae. Thoracic notum black with a bluish tinge; tinged with brown
laterally at wing bases. Pleural sclerites black; unsclerotized areas brown,
with a pale area at wing base. Pleural wing recess black. Thoracic sternum
black. Wings hyaline, iridescent except near base where they are tinged
with brown; also lightly tinged in stigmatic area; venation light brown;
cross veins not margined. Forelegs black; claws lighter, dissimilar; middle
and hind legs dark brown; tarsi paler. Abdomen semi-hyaline; tergites
washed with light brown in posterior portions, posterior borders slightly
darkened with brown; anterior borders of segments 2—7 hyaline, producing
an anulated effect; tergites 1—2 darker brown, 3—7 pale, 8—10 dark brown;
all tergites with brown tracheations. Abdominal sternites 1—2 light brown ;
Explanation of Figures
Figure 1 — Nymph of bicolor- group of Ephemerella. Figure 2 — Median
spines on penes of Heptagenia species number 1. Figure 3 — Subanal plate
female, Ephemerella lodi, new species. Figure 4 — Lateral view penes, Ephe-
merella species number 2. Figure 5 — Male genitalia Cinygmula par Eaton.
Figure 6 — Male genitalia Heptagenia species number 1. Figure 7 — Male
October, 1952]
MAYO— EPHEMEROPTERA
183
genitalia Cinygmula tioga new species. Figure 8 — Ventral view male geni-
talia Heptagenia kennedyi McDunnough. Figure 9 — Dorsal view, same, of
H. kennedyi. Figure 10 — Male genitalia Ephemerella lodi new species. Fig-
ure 11 — Male genitalia Ephemerella species number 1.
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
2—6 hyaline except for prominent dark brown ganglionic markings ; 7 opaque
white, 8—9 darker. Forceps and forceps base blackish. Penes with lateral
and medial spines (sclerotized areas of penes represented by shading in
figure), tails dark brown basally, lighter distally.
Female, pinned. More uniformly colored than male. Head blackish-
brown; thorax black; notum black tinged with brown posteriorly. Wings
hyaline, tinged but slightly near base; much less so than in male. Legs
reddish-brown. Abdominal sternites more uniformly brown than those of
male; sternites 3-6 pale with dark brown ganglionic markings, 7-8 brown,
9 pale with subanal plate dark smoky. Tails light brown.
Two male imagos, pinned. Shadow Creek near Mineret Glacier,
Madera County, Sierra Nevada of California; altitude 9,560 ft.,
September 10, 1939. Female imago, pinned, same data; vial of
alcoholic material both sexes, same data.
General coloring different from that of the type of C. par,
black in contrast to the light brown coloring of the type. Dr. Her-
man T. Spieth writes the following about the type of C. par Eaton :
“There is no sign of the blackish or sepia pigmentation being
intermixed into the brown ground color. The specimens appear
brownish yellow rather than blackish brown . . . Penes very much
like those of confusa McD. and C. hyalina McD.”
The wings of these specimens are not grey-tinged as are those
of the type. One male imago in alcohol in California Academy of
Sciences. Other specimens in collection of writer.
Cinygmula tioga Mayo, new species
(Figure 7)
Male imago (fig. 7). Pale species with uniform amber tinged wings.
Head yellowish; wide black bands around ocelli; fine brown pencilings on
vertex. Pronotum visible only from sides, penciled with reddish brown.
Mesonotum yellowish brown. Sutures and medial part of scutellum powdery
white. Postscutellum and metanotum brown. Pleuron pale yellowish brown
with powdery white in unsclerotized areas, particularly anterior to wing
base. Wings tinged with amber; veins narrowly dark brown. Forelegs pale;
femora yellowish, slightly smoky at tibial joining. Dark brown elbow at
joining of tibiae and tarsus. First tarsal segment three-fourths length second.
Joining of fourth and fifth tarsal segments narrowly brown. All claws simi-
lar; washed with brown. Tergites 1-8 semi-hyaline. The anterior margins of
segments 2-8 are pale, the remainder of segments washed with brown, giving
a banded appearance. Dark lateral tracheations on each of tergites 1—8.
Tergites 8—10 yellowish brown. Sternites more pale than tergites; segments
1—8 hyaline; 8—9 opaque, yellowish brown. Slight traces of ganglia apparent
by a few brown venti'al markings in some specimens. Forceps brown (seg-
ments 3—4 have been broken off in all specimens). Sclerotized portions of
penes brown, unsclerotized portions white. Penes each with one pair of
medial spines. Tails light brown. Length: body 8 mm., wing 8.5 mm.
October, 1952]
MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA
185
Female imago similar to male, but with paler wings. Abdominal tergites
more opaque due to eggs in abdomen. Tracheations same as in male. No
ventral ganglionic markings.
Holotype, male, and 7 male imagos (in alcohol) Leevining
Creek, Sierra Nevada Mountains, Mono County, California,
August 21, 1938, altitude 9,900 ft. Eight female imagos, same data.
Four males in alcohol in collection of California Academy of
Sciences. The rest in collection of writer.
Cinygmula tioga Mayo is related to C. mimus Eaton. In general
appearance C. tioga is paler, yellowish-brown; whereas C. mimus
is more of a chestnut brown. The wings of C. minus are darker in
basal half of fore wing and in hind wing. In C. tioga they are uni-
formly tinged a lighter amber as in C. uniformis McDunnough
Venation in C. mimus paler than that of C. tioga. The abdominal
markings vary somewhat. There are no tracheations on tergites of
C. mimus and these are prominent on C. tioga. Traces of dark ven-
tral markings entirely lacking on C. mimus. Genitalia of the same
type, but the spines on C. tioga are longer.
Ephemerella species number 2
(Figures 4, 11)
Male imago (figs. 4, 11). Head yellowish-orange; dark brown around
bases of antennae and ocelli. Prothorax yellowish-orange with dark brown
tracheations. Cervical membrane rose colored. Mesonotum yellowish-orange,
tinged with rose posteriorly, and around wing bases. Unsclerotized areas of
the entire thorax are distinctly rose colored. The mesoepisternum posterior
to spiracle and the epimeron are brown. Wings hyaline except in the stig-
matic area. Venation very faint. Legs pale yellow. Fore femora yellowish
apically, tibia tinged with brown at apical joinings and claws light brown.
Abdominal tergites rose colored, darkened laterally. Anterior and posterior
margins hyaline giving an annulate appearance to abdomen. Brown trache-
ations on tergites. Sternites also rose colored, but pale; the lateral anterior
corners are darker rose and the prominent ganglionic markings are light
brown. Genitalia somewhat as in E. micheneri Traver. Tails white with
reddish joinings. Length: body 8 mm., wing 7 mm.
Two male imagos were taken from Dry Creek, near Dry Town,
California, May 30, and June 2, 1938. In collection of writer.
“Ephemerella species number 2” is a member of the Serrata
group and is similar to E. micheneri Traver. Possibly it may be
identified as E. micheneri when more material is at hand, but in the
two male imagos collected there are variable characters which are
of interest. Coloring of entire body distinctly reddish. Blackish
markings on pleura, coxae and sterna as described in E. micheneri.
Forceps similar to those of E. micheneri and penes separated api-
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
cally by a V-shaped cleft. Each side is bent forward and ends in a
sharp process which does not project upward in lateral view of
E. micheneri. More conclusive evidence as to the identity of “E.
species number 2” may be revealed when the nymphs are known
and reared.
References
McDunnough, J.
1924a. New North American Ephemeridae. Canadian Ent., 56(9) :221 —
226.
1924b. New Ephemeridae from New England. Occasional Papers Bos-
ton Soc. Nat. Hist., 5:73-76.
Needham, J. G., J. R. Traver, and Yin-Chi Hsu.
1935. The biology of mayflies with a systematic account of North
American species. Comstock Publishing Co., Inc., Ithaca, N. Y.
SUGGESTIONS ON PREVENTING OUTBREAKS OF BARK
BEETLES IN CALIFORNIAN PINE FORESTS
George F. Pronin
San Francisco, California
The following suggestions result from observations made in
Shasta County, California, during 1951. It is a pleasure to express
my indebtedness to Dr. Ralph Hall and Mr. F. P. Keen, who
enabled me to make use of the facilities of the entomological
laboratory at Hat Creek, Shasta County.
The commonest and most important bark beetles in Californian
forests are the following (quotations are from F. P. Keen’s book
“Insect enemies of western forests,” U. S. Dept. Agric., Miscell.
Publ. No. 273; 210 pp., 92 text figs. 1938).
1. Dendroctonus brevicomis LeConte. — “Normally it breeds
in a few overmature trees, in windfalls, unhealthy trees, or in trees
weakened by drouth, stand stagnation or fires.”
2. Dendroctonus monticolae Hopkins. — “During endemic in-
festations there is a tendency for the beetles to select the weaker,
less vigorous trees for attack, but no such selection is apparent
during epidemic conditions.”
3. Dendroctonus jeffreyi Hopkins. — “Although it often attacks
trees that are apparently in a healthy condition it seems to prefer
trees that are retarded in growth by droughts or defoliations.”
4. Ips emarginatus LeConte. — “The emarginate ips (/. emar-
ginatus Lee.) is most frequently found associated with the moun-
tain pine beetle in its attacks on ponderosa pine, lodgepole pine,
October, 1952]
PRONIN BARIC BEETLES
187
and sugar pine, and with the Jeffrey pine beetle in Jeffrey pine,
but is quite capable of and occasionally does kill trees on its own
account.”
Epidemic outbreaks of bark beetles in California must always
have as a preliminary a great number of weakened or less vigor-
ous trees. By comparison of conditions in places where there is
no bark beetle problem with those in which there is damage, we
see at once a difference in the extent to which tree trunks are
exposed to the sun’s rays. From an examination of forests in the
mountainous regions, it is evident that the bark beetles have
attacked only such trees as have been overexposed to the sun, and
thus burnt or scalded. Such damage is not readily detected; the
trees appear to be healthy, but the beetles are well able to dis-
tinguish them.
Because of their growth habits pines, especially ponderosa
pine, have very few branches and twigs, and are unable to shade
their trunks from the burning rays of the sun. Consequently they
are very often attacked by bark beetles. When it is seen that there
is a connection between tree trunk exposure and epidemics of
bark beetles, a preventative control measure will obviously be
the shading of such trunks from the sun’s rays.
The forest trees of Shasta County can be divided into two
groups, based on degree of resistance to the sun.
TREE SPECIES WHICH ARE VERY SENSITIVE TO THE SUN’S RAYS
1. Pinus ponderosa Dougl. — Ponderosa or western yellow pine.
2. Pinus jefjreyi Vasey — Jeffrey pine.
3. Pinus lambertiana Dougl. — Sugar pine.
4. Pinus contorta Dougl. — Lodgepole pine.
TREE SPECIES WHICH CAN WITHSTAND THE SUN’S RAYS
1. Libocedrus decurrens Torr.
2. Abies concolor Lindl. & Gord.
3. Picea engelmannii Engelm.
4. Tsuga mertensiana Sarg.
5. Juni.perus californica Carr.
6. Quercus kelloggii Newb.
Quercus douglasii H. & A.
7.
8 .
9.
10 .
11 .
—Incense cedar.
— White fir.
— Engelmann spruce.
— Mountain hemlock.
— California juniper.
— Black oak.
— Blue oak.
— Western choke cherry.
Prunus demissa (Nutt.) Walp.
Prunus emarginata (Dougl.) Walp. — Bitter cherry
Ceanothus integerrimus H. & A. — Deer brush.
Arctostaphylos sp. — Manzanita.
The degree of resistance to the sun’s rays depends chiefly on
the type and thickness of bark, and the density and distribution
of foliage. The tree species which are very sensitive to the sun
188
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
should not be allowed to grow in pure stands, but should have
incense cedar or other trees from the second group planted
amongst them. Ponderosa pine does very well when in a mixed
stand with incense cedar or white fir (individual trees of P. pon-
derosa, which have from youth been in exposed positions, are
able to grow long low branches and protect themselves; but this
does not apply in pure stands).
Man thus has an opportunity to make the pine forests more
resistant to bark beetle epidemics, by adding sun-tolerant species
to young stands of sun-sensitive trees. This work can be related
tc the establishment of fire protection strips, especially along
roadways, since shade producing trees also reduce the fire hazard.
Of course such problems can not be solved by the entomologists
alone, since botanical and economic matters are also involved.
However, it seems clear that there are possibilities in this subject,
and future generations will have much to thank us for if we can
reduce both bark beetle and fire hazards.
A NEW SYNONYM IN XENORHIPIS
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae)
Jacques R. Helfer
Mendocino, California
Dr. Jan Obenberger in Vestnik Svazek YI -VII, Za Rok (1938-
1939:338) described a new species of Xenorhipis under the name
X. Vejdovskyi. The type series of X. vejdovskyi consisted of six
specimens. Of the two in Obenberger ’s collection, one, which he
acquired by purchase, is labeled from Connecticut, U.S.A., and the
other, bearing no locality label “but most probably from the same
collector” was sent to him in an exchange by the Museum d’His-
toire Naturelle de Paris, bearing a label “ Xenorhipis Brendeli
LeConte.” This second specimen belonged in turn to the Meyer -
Darcis and Kerremans collections. The other four specimens of
the series upon which he based his new species are designated thus :
“I have seen, in Paris, in the collection of Kerremans, still some
four specimens of the same new species.” Dr. Obenberger had no
specimens which he considered to be X. brendeli and based his
comparative notes upon the description given by LeConte.
He contrasted certain characters of X. brendeli and his X. vej-
October, 1952]
HELFER XENORHIPIS
189
dovskyi and I have arranged these dichotomies in the forms of a
table for ease of perusal.
X. brendeli LeConte
1. Body dull black with a brassy
tinge.
2. Head convex with a broad medial
furrow.
3. Thorax (pronotum) quadrate
with the angles acute, slightly
channeled and marked with a
strong transverse impression just
before the middle.
4. Elyrta dull black, with a brassy
tinge, ornamented with a large
pale spot which extends nearly
one-third the length and fades
insensibly into the black ground
color.
5. Sernum marked on each side with
a large hairy depression.
6. Length 5 mm.
7. Illinois.
X. vejdovskyi Obenberger
Body black, without any brassy
tinge.
Head convex without any medial
furrow.
Thorax (pronotum) transverse, hav-
ing the greatest width on the basal
third, rather strongly and obliquely
attenuate to the base, very feebly to
the anterior angles, feebly and
equally convex, without any impres-
sions.
Elytra pale yellow, with a long tri-
angular scutellar macula, extending
from the base nearly to the basal
third, of the same black, piceous
colour as the prothorax.
Without any distinct hairy depres-
sion on sternum.
Length 6 mm.
Connecticut.
Reviewing these characters, I was struck by the apparent tauto-
logical nature of the fourth dichotomy and the possible variability
of some of the other characters. But by the time I decided I decided
to pursue the matter farther it was impossible, because of interna-
tional conditions, to carry on correspondence with Dr. Obenberger.
Fortunately, however, I was able to secure the loan of two of the
specimens in the Paris museum which were mentioned by Dr.
Obenberger, through the kind cooperation of Mr. A. Descarpen-
tries of that institution. These specimens are both from Crafton,
Pennsylvania, Klages collector. They are labeled “Brendeli Le-
Conte” and formed part of the Kerremans collection, being so
labeled.
There are no other specimens of Xenorhipis in the Paris mu-
seum and there can be no doubt that these specimens are the ones
alluded to by Dr. Obenberger. In the light of this, I feel justified
in considering these two specimens as putative paratypes of Oben-
herger’s species.
Having studied the male type of X. brendeli LeConte in the
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge in 1942, and hav-
ing seen an almost identical male in the Boston Museum collection,
I was a little unnerved at the sight of the two putative paratypes,
both males of X. vejdovskyi, which looked quite different from the
LeConte type, as well as different from the published figures in
Knull, Horn, and Kerremans. However, I checked both paratypes
against my table of dichotomies with the following results :
1. One of the paratypes is uniformly dark above, vaguely purplish on the
elytra, a little brassy on the head and pronotum with no definite elytral mark-
ings whatever, merely a slight lightening on the side margin at about the
middle of the elytra and a vague lessening of intensity of color where the
elytpal markings usually occur. These lighter areas can only be discerned by
turning the specimen around and tilting it in a favorable light under fair
magnification. To the unaided eye the elytra appear uniformly dark. The
other paratype is colored about like Dr. Obenberger’s figure of X. vejdovskyi.
This indicates that the color of the elytra is an unstable character here since
two of the putative paratypes are so differently marked. Dr. Obenberger did
not mention this difference in color between two of the “specimens of the
same new species.”
2. The dark paratype has the body black with a slightly brassy tinge
whereas the light paratype has the body shining black with no brassy tinge,
indicating that this character is variable here, and by this token, valueless.
3. The dark paratype has a distinct median impression on the head
whereas the light one has the front nearly evenly rounded with only a very
slight impression, indicating that this character also is variable and useless.
4. The dark paratype has the pronotum medio-longitudinally narrowly
impressed and transversely broadly medially depressed whereas the light
paratype has neither impression, indicating that this character is variable
(as, indeed it is also among certain other Anthaxites as well).
5. The dark paratype has the sides of the pronotum broadly arcuate from
the anterior angles to the first fourth, then parallel to the posterior angles
which are acute, whereas the light paratype has the pronotal margins about
as figured by Dr. Obenberger for X. vejdovskyi, that is broadly arcuate from
the anterior angle to the posterior fourth, then angling in more strongly to
the posterior angles which are obtuse, indicating that this, too, is a variable
character, and of no value here.
6. The pronotum of the dark paratype is noticeably less strongly trans-
verse than that of the light one but is not truly quadrate, indicating still
another variable and unusable character.
7. The length of the dark paratype is 5.3 mm. while the light one meas-
ures 6 mm. in length, another variable character.
8. Both paratypes were fastened with generous amounts of glue to little
cards and the sterna were unobservable. I therefore carefully removed the
specimens from their cards and found, in direct contradiction to Dr. Oben-
berger’s statement, that the sterna of both paratypes were strongly modified
at both sides by large conspicuous oblong oval hairy depressions.
Having an opportunity to visit the Museum of Comparative
October, 1952]
HOTTES APHIDS
191
Zoology again in 1950 I re-examined the LeConte type of X. bren-
deli and confirmed my previous impression that the two paratypes
of X. vejdovskyi differ in general appearance at least as much be-
tween themselves as from the type of X. brendeli.
I believe that I have demonstrated that all of the characters,
except one, which are said by Dr. Obenberger to separate X. vej-
dovskyi from X. brendeli are quite variable and useless in specific
differentiation by pointing out the great differences which exist be-
tween two of the specimens which he said belong to his new species
and which I feel justified in considering as paratypic. The ex-
cepted character, a sexual one, is the possession of a large hairy
depression on each side of the sternum, characteristic of X. bren-
deli and the absence of which was supposed to distinguish X. vej-
dovskyi. The condition of this important character is found to be
exactly the same in specimens which Dr. Obenberger designated
as representative of his new species as in the type of X. brendeli.
Xenorhipis vejdovskyi Obenberger should be listed as a synonym
of Xenorhipis brendeli LeConte.
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE TAXONOMY OF
SOME APHID SPECIES
( Aphididae)
F. C. Hottes
Grand Junction, Colorado
Contarini (1845) lists 46 species of the genus Aphis as belong-
ing to the family Psyllidae. Of these, seven species are incorrectly
accredited to Latreille. One species, Aphis nivea, may or may not
be correctly associated with the name of Latreille, but I have not
been able to locate a species by that name in the works of Latreille
which I have examined, neither have I been able to locate a species
by the name of Aphis nivea in the literature. It may be regarded
for the time being as a nomen nudum. The remaining species listed
by Contarini are either correctly or incorrectly associated with the
name of Fabricius.
In the February issue of “Entomological News,” published in
1917, G. 0. Shinji described as new Myzocallis essigi. The type
slide of this species, now in the collection of E. 0. Essig, contains
a number of species representing several genera. Through the kind-
ness of Professor Essig I have had an opportunity to study this
slide. Essig (1917:324) regards the species named for him as a
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
synonym of Myzocallis quercus (Kaltenbach) a species which has
since that time been recognized as a synonym of Myzocallis annu-
latus (Hartig). Swain (1919:17) is in error when he states that
M. essigi is a variety of M. quercus.
In the same paper that Shinji described M. essigi, he also de-
scribed as new Myzocallis woodworthi. The type slide, like that of
M. essigi, contains a number of different species. It is in the collec-
tion of Professor Essig and has been seen by me. Unfortunately in
his original description Shinji describes a male, which has since
been indicated as the type, as an alate viviparous female. He fur-
ther complicates matters by not adequately nor accurately describ-
ing the dusky areas on the abdomen, and compounds the confusion
by attributing dorsal tubercles to the abdomen, structures absent
on the male which he described and also lacking on the abdomen
of a single alate viviparous female of the same species, mounted on
the type slide. This would indicate that he was confusing specimens
of woodworthi with essigi, there being several specimens of the
latter species on the slide.
It should also be noted that figure II, plate VII, inaccurately
illustrates the dusky areas on the abdomen; the sensoria on anten-
nal segment three, indicate as does his explanation that the speci-
men is an alate viviparous female. It will be noted that the abdomen
does not show the dorsal tubercles called for in the description.
Figures 13, 14, 15, and 16 represent the antennal segments of the
male, but are labeled as those of an alate viviparous female.
Professor Essig in 1917 regarded M. woodworthi as the male of
M. quercus (Kaltenbach) and in this Baker concurred. Swain in
1919 considered woodworthi to be a variety of M. quercus. Both
Essig and Swain were in error in their beliefs, both probably being
led astray by Shinji mentioning the presence of dorsal tubercles on
the abdomen. The specimens described by Shinji belong to the
species named by Buckton Callipterous castaneae which Baker in
1917 renamed Myzocallis castanicola which name now becomes a
synonym of Myzocallis woodworthi Shinji. Myzocallis davidsoni
Swain is also a synonym of woodworthi as others have already
indicated it as a synonym of the species named by Baker.
The following species are recorded from Colorado for the first
time: Thelaxes calif ornica Davidson taken on scrub oak at Skyway,
Grand Junction, and Gateway, Colorado, during the summer and
fall of 1949 and fall of 1950; and Periphyllus americanus (Baker)
taken on sugar maple at Grand Junction in 1949.
October, 1952]
GOULD & BEAL LEPTINUS
193
Bibliography
Baker, A. C.
1917. Eastern aphids, new or little known, Part II. Journal of Economic
Entomology, 10 (4): 420—433 (August).
Buckton, George Bowdler
1881. Monograph of the British Aphides. Vol. Ill, pp. 26-28.
Contarini, Nicolo
1845. Cataloghi Degli Uccelli E Degli Insetti Delle Provincie Di Padova
E Venezia, pp. 29—30. Photostat from British Museum.
Davidson, W. M.
1919. New aphids from oaks. Canadian Entomologist, 51 (11) : 245—248.
Essig, E. 0.
1917. Aphididae of California. University of California Publications
Technical Bulletins, College of Agriculture, Agricultural Experi-
ment Station. Entomology, 1(7) :324.
Hartig, Th.
1841. Versuch einer Eintheilung der Pflanzenlause (Phytophthires
Burm.) nach der Fliigelbildung. Zeitschrift fur die Entomologie.
Dritter Band, p. 369.
Shinji, G. 0.
1917. New aphids from California (Hem., Horn.). Entomological News,
28 (2) : 61—64, VII and figs. 1—10. (Issue placed in the mail Feb.
5, 1917).
Swain, A. F.
1918. New Aphididae from California. Transactions of the American
Entomological Society, 44 (1) : 1—23, pis. I & II.
1919. A Synopsis of the Aphididae of California. University of Cali-
fornia Publications. Technical Bulletin, College of Agriculture,
Agricultural Experiment Station. Entomology, 3(1) :27.
NEW RECORDS OF LEPTINUS TESTACEUS FROM
NORTH AMERICA
(Coleoptera: Leptinidae)
A single male specimen of Leptinus testaceus Muller was taken
from the body of a shrew, Sorex trowbridgii humboldtensis Jack-
son, trapped in the vicinity of Prairie Creek State Park, Humboldt
Co., California, June 15, 1951. The species has also been taken,
but apparently not reported, at Port Angeles, Washington, May 25,
1907, by E. C. Van Dyke. Three previous North American records
for this ectoparasite are the following: Cincinnati, Ohio, from nest
of Blarina brevicauda (Say) (Charles Dury, 1892, Cincinnati Jour.
Sci. 14:183) ; Forrester Island, Alaska, from the bodies of freshly
killed shrews (V. L. Kellogg, 1914, Science, 39:360) ; Silver Creek
(about 11 miles SW. of Salmon Arm), British Columbia, from a
species of Sorex (G. R. Hopping, 1949, Proc. Ent. Soc. Brit. Col-
umbia, 45:16). — D. J. Gould and R. S. Beal, Jr.
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
A NEW TROPICAL HEBRID
(Hemiptera)
Carl J. Drake
Iowa State College, Ames
The present paper contains the description of a new species of
Merragata, family Hebridae, from Panama and Mexico. The types
are in my collection.
Merragata quieta Drake, new species
Macropterous form: Short, small, slender, brown, sometimes with the
pronotum becoming darker towards the sides. Head brown, sparsely clothed
with scattered pale hairs; median longitudinal furrow wide, divided by a
narrow median ridge. Eyes small, reddish, coarsely faceted. Antennae short,
slender, testaceous, shortly pilose; segments I, II, III subequal in length
and thickness, pale testaceous; IV longer, stouter, brown, clothed with longer
hairs; formula — I, 9; II, 9; III, 9; IV, 12. Rostrum long, slender, testaceous,
reaching to base of metasternum. Legs slender, rather short, testaceous,
sparsely clothed with short pale hairs. Middle and hind coxae widely sep-
arated so as to form a wide sternum, the sternum flattened or impressed.
Pronotum brown, often darkened laterally, moderately narrowed anteri-
orly, deeply pitted, shallowly longitudinally furrowed on median line, with
a deep impression on each side just back of collar; humeral angles not very
prominent, slightly impressed within. Exposed part of mesonotum very short,
brown, not wider than scutellum. Scutellum small, brown, almost triangular
in outline, with narrow median carina, the outer edges on each side also
narrowly ridged; the length and width subequal. Hemelytra fumose with
base and three spots in apical area white; two veins dark brown, prominent,
narrowly separated with narrow space between them white, apically with the
inner vein turned abruptly so as to unite obliquely the two veins, the pos-
terior margin almost obliquely truncate (feebly rounded). Dorsal surface
of head, pronotum and hemelytra sparsely and inconspicuously clothed with
pale hairs, the veins of hemelytra more hairy than membrane ; sides of body
also with short hairs. Abdomen beneath fuscous-brown with bluish lustre.
Apterous form unknown. Length, 1.55 mm. ; width, 0.50 mm.
Type (male) and allotype (female), Canal Zone, Panama,
Feb. 10, 1939, C. J. Drake, Paratypes : 6 specimens taken with type;
2 specimens, C. Valles, Mex., July 17, 1950, C. J. Drake; and 1
specimen, Rio Frio, Colombia, March 10, 1918, Darlington.
This tiny species is most closely related to M. hebroides B.-
White, but separated from it by its narrowed form and much shal-
lower pronotal sulcus. M. brunnea Drake is a lighter colored
species with the part of vein connecting the two veins distinctly
rounded instead of obliquely truncate.
An examination of the type of M. slosson Van Duzee in the
California Academy of Sciences shows this species to be a synonym
of M. hebroides B. -White ( new synonymy) .
October, 1952]
ROTH CYBAEINA
195
NOTES AND A NEW SPECIES IN CYBAEINA
(Arachnida: Agelenidae) 1
Vincent D. Roth
Oregon State College, Corvallis
Since the erection of the genus Cybaeina for Cybaeus minutus
Banks by R. V. Chamberlin and W. Ivie in 1932, two more species
have been added, C. xantha Chamberlin and Ivie, 1937, and
C. confusa Chamberlin and Ivie, 1942. The additional species,
including C. sequoia n. sp. described in this paper, makes it neces-
sary to broaden the previous concept of the genus.
The genus includes all those Cybaeina e which bear four or five
pair of ventral spines on Tibia I and lack two stout spines on the
anterior distal portion of Femur I. The internal female epigynum
lacks bulbous spermathecae and the patella of the male palpus
bears a small ectal process. The carapace and legs lack dusky mark-
ings, the abdomen is yellow or, in the case of C. sequoia n. sp.,
pale gray with very faint markings. Size over 2.8 mm.
These spiders are known only from the damp forests along
the northern Pacific Coast. Of the four species, three are found
in western Oregon, one of which extends into Washington. One
species is described from northern California. Their habitat is
similar to that of Cybaeus , i.e. under bark, rocks, boards, logs,
and moss in damp coniferous forests. Webs are apparently seldom
used.
Cybaeina confusa Chamberlin and Ivie
(Figures 2, 3, 6)
Cybaeina confusa Chamberlin and Ivie, 1942. Bull, of the U. of Utah,
32(13) : 19, fig. 38, (?).
C. confusa Chamberlin and Ivie was described from “Oregon”
from one female. Additional specimens show a variability in the
structure of the female epigynum.
Externally the female epigynum consists of a thin and smooth sclero-
tized sheet with a single transverse median opening mesal to the posterior
loop of the spermathecae. The opening is a faintly visible slit, slightly curved
on the anterio-lateral edge, forming an undulating edge. Posterior to the
opening is a calvous area representing the “median sclerite.” The convoluted
spermathecae are visible through the sclerotized sheet as illustrated in fig. 3.
The connecting canals are not visible. Lateral to the center of the sper-
matheca are two shallow depressions.
1 Published with the approval of the Oregon State College Monographs Com-
mittee, Research paper No. 208, Department of Entomology, School of Science.
196
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
The internal epigynum consists of two separate and more or less identical
halves ; one side is described. The transparent connecting canals arise on the
median line on the posterior third of the sclerotized sheet. The canals are
fused at the opening, extend dorsally a distance of about twice their diameter
where they divide. Each canal extends laterally to the edge of the sperma-
theca, turns anteriorally and then ventrally where it connects with the heavily
sclerotized spermatheca. The latter consists of a strongly convoluted and
compact tube as illustrated in fig. 2. The position of the canals deviate some-
what in many specimens but the general pattern is the same. Posteriorly the
spermatheca narrows abruptly, forming the fertilization duct.
Chamberlin and Ivie’s illustration of the epigynum of C. con-
jusa indicates two circular sclerotized areas at the posterior lateral
edges of the spermathecae. These areas are visible only when the
coils of the spermathecae are arranged in a certain position.
Male — Color : Carapace and legs whitish-yellow. Mouthparts and sternum
light yellow. Eyes ringed with violet. Abdomen whitish-grey. No dark
markings.
Structure: Typical of genus. Carapace widest opposite anterior end of
the thoracic furrow. Thorax evenly convex, sloping forward to the eyes from
a point about one-third the distance from the eyes to the thoracic furrow.
Sides of head slightly convergent anteriorly. Posterior eye row slightly pro-
curved. Anterior eye row slightly recurved. Eye ratio: AME : 3.7, PME : 5,
ALE : 6, PLE : 6. AME about two-thirds their diameter apart, and less
than a radius from the ALE. Lateral eyes about two-thirds their diameter
apart. PME slightly less than two diameters apart and separated from the
PLE by one and one-third diameters. Clypeus one and one-third diameters
of an ALE. Chelicerae almost straight, three teeth on the promargin and
three or four teeth and six very small denticles on the retromargin. Fang
normal with usual row of overlapping hairs. Labium slightly wider than
long, about half as long as the endites and indented slightly distally. Endites
converge slightly distally. Dense scopula on mesal half of anterior margin
and serrula present on lateral half. Sternum shield-shaped, longer than wide,
produced to a point between the hind coxae.
Abdomen sub-ovate. Anterior and posterior spinnerets widely separated.
Anterior spinnerets two-segmented, the basal segment slightly conical, the
distal segment hemispherical. Posterior spinnerets two-segmented 2 , similar
in shape but more slender and shorter than the anterior spinnerets. Colulus
divided, each half represented by one hair (other specimens have up to four
or five hairs). Opening of the spiracle slightly anterior to the colulus.
Palpus typical for genus. Patella with a slender ectal process extending
ectally at right angles and terminated by four teeth (three in some speci-
mens). Tibia with a stout cariniform process ecto-ventrally extending almost
its entire length. Embolus smooth for its entire length. Legs of moderate
length. Tibiae I and II with four pairs of spines ventrally. All metatarsi
with 2—2—3 spines ventrally. Tarsal claws bear 10—12 teeth, median tarsal
claw bears 2—4 teeth.
2 The author found that the posterior spinnerets of other genera of Cybaeinae,
e.g. Cybaeus and Cybaeota, are at least secondarily segmented.
October, 1952]
ROTH CYBAEINA
197
Measurements in millimeters:
Total length: 3.8. Average 3.46. (3 $ $ ) Range 3.15-3.8.
Carapace
Metatarsus
length
1.80
I
1.26
width
1.46
IV
1.77
head width
.62
eye width
.45
Femur
T arsus
I
1.73
I
1.19
IV
2.04
IV
1.22
Tibia-Patella
Total
I
2.14
I
6.32
IV
2.21
IV
7.24
Allotype: Male. Collected by the author one mile west of
Cascadia, Oregon, Sept. 5, 1948, with two additional males and
three females.
The allotype is deposited in the California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco. The holotype is in the University of Utah at Salt
Lake City, Utah.
Distribution: West side of the Cascade Mountains in Linn and
Benton counties, Oregon. Wren, Nov. 19, 1950 (2 $ 9) 5 27 mi.
N.E. Sweet Home, March 7, 1948 (2 $ 9) 5 Foster, April 18, 1948
(9) ; Mary’s Peak, Benton Co., June 17, 1949 ($) F. Beer; 1 and
13 miles E. of Cascadia, July 23, 1949 ( c? and 2 immature <$ cT )
F. Beer and V. Roth.
Most of the immature or teneral specimens of C. confusa bear
a pinkish pigment around the eyes. This was not present in older
specimens. The females ranged in size from 3.2 mm. to 5.6 mm.
with the average of 4.17 mm.
Cybaeina sequoia Roth, new species
(Figures 1, 4, 5)
Holotype: Male. Color: Carapace light yellowish-orange with very slight
traces of dusky markings. Eyes ringed with black. AME with a connecting
black band as are the ALE and PLE. The black ring of the PME just touches
the ring of the ALE. Chelicerae, endites, and labium brownish-orange.
Sternum slightly lighter, darker around edges. Legs yellowish, becoming
darker distally. Abdomen gray with a light median lanceolate mark over the
heart. Two faint, light gray chevrons are present on the posterior half of
the abdomen. Venter is light gray. Spinnerets yellow.
Structure: Typical of the genus. Carapace widest opposite anterior end
of the thoracic furrow. Thorax evenly convex, sloping forward to the eyes
from a point about one-third the distance from the eyes to the thoracic fur-
row. Sides of head slightly convergent. Posterior eye row moderately re-
curved. Anterior eye row straight. Eye ratio: AME:5.5, PME:9, ALE and
193
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
PLE:10.5. AME two-thirds of their diameter apart and slightly less than a
radius from the ALE. Lateral eyes less than a radius apart. PME about one
and one-third diameters apart and separated from the PLE by slightly less
than their own diameter. Clypeus slightly narrower than the diameter of an
ALE. Chelicera almost straight, three teeth on the promargin and four widely
spaced teeth and seven denticles on the retromargin. Fang with usual row
of overlapping hairs. Labium slightly wider than long, more than half as
long as the endites and slightly notched distally. Endites converge slightly
distally. Dense scopula on mesal half of anterior margin and serrula present
on ectal half. Sternum shield-shaped, slightly longer than wide. The lateral
edges are undulated and posteriorly the sternum is produced to a point be-
tween the hind coxae.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view (internal) of female epigynum of Cybaeina confusa
Chamberlin and Ivie. Fig. 2. Same, of Cybaeina sequoia new species.
Abdomen sub-ovate, three-quarters as wide as long. Anterior and pos-
terior spinnerets widely separated. Anterior spinnerets two-segmented, con-
ical basal segment stout, distal segment short, hemispherical. Posterior
spinnerets secondarily two-segmented, the distal segment very short, faintly
visible with 40X magnification. Colulus divided, each half represented by
two hairs. Opening of the spiracle slightly anterior to the colulus.
Palpus typical for genus. Embolus bears two recurved teeth flanked by
a pair of shorter teeth about halfway from the base. Process of the patella
arises ectally and curves distally. Right process bears four stout teeth and
the left process bears five. (Most paratypes bear four teeth, one bears three).
Tibia bears a stout cariniform process ectally, about two-thirds its length.
Legs of moderate length. Tibiae I and II bear five pair of spines ventrally.
All metatarsi bear three pair of spines. Upper tarsal claws bear nine teeth
ventrally. Median tarsal claw bears six teeth ventrally.
Explanation of Figures
Fig. 3. Ventral view (external) of female epigynum of Cybaeina confusa
Chamberlin and Ivie. Fig 4. Same, of Cybaeina sequoia new species. Fig. 5.
Ventral view of left palpus of male of C. sequoia. Fig. 6. Same, of right
palpus of C. confusa.
200
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVIII, No. 4
Measurements in millimeters:
Total length 4.3.
Average 9 $
$ 4.12 Range 3.7— 4.4.
Carapace
Metatarsus
length
2.38
I
1.90
width
1.84
IV
2.52
head width
.90
eye width
.64
Tarsus
Femur
I
1.39
I
2.35
IV
1.39
IV
2.55
Tibia-Patella
Total
I
3.06
I
8.70
IV
3.09
IV
9.55
Allotype: Female. Color: Similar to that of male but slightly darker.
Abdomen light gray, no lighter markings.
Structure: Generally the same as the male. Sides of the head straight.
Eyes slightly smaller, and ratio differs slightly: AME:5, PME:9, PLE:9.5,
ALE:10. Posterior eye row recurved slightly more than in the male. Right
chelicera with five teeth, eight denticles on the lower margin. Left chelicera
with seven teeth, eight denticles on the lower margin.
Epigynum: The external epigynum consists of a thin and smooth sclero-
tized sheet with sclerotized depressions (lateral sclerites) anterior to the
lateral connecting canals. The center of the sheet is crossed by a short,
undulating, transverse lip formed by the fusion of the two open ends of
the connecting canals. Posterior to the opening is a transversely ovate de-
pression which is lined by a median trapizoidal sclerite. The connecting
canals are visible through the sclerotized sheet as illustrated in fig. 4. (The
positions of these canals deviate in the paratypes but have the same pattern).
Type Locality: The allotype, holotype, four female paratypes
and eight male paratypes were collected by the author near Pep-
plrwood, Humboldt Co., California, August 12, 1950, in a red-
wood (Sequoia sempervirens) forest under boards and bark on
the ground. One dead male was attached to the underside of a
board by the mycelium of the fungus, T orrubiella aranicida Bond 3 .
This fungus previously has been reported on spiders from France
and Great Britain. The species is named after the sequoia trees
which are prominent in the type locality.
The holotype and allotype will be deposited in the California
Academy of Sciences. A male and female paratype will be depos-
ited at the American Museum of Natural History and in the
collection of Dr. R. V. Chamberlin at the University of Utah. A
male paratype will be deposited in the collection of Mrs. D. L.
3 Identified by Paul L. Lentz of the U. S. Dept, of Agriculture, Beltsville, Md.
October, 1952]
ROTH CYBAEINA
201
Frizzell (Harriet Exline) at Rolla, Mo. The remainder of the para-
types (6 cf d\ 1$) will be retained in the collection of the author.
Two paratypes were used for dissection and the following description
and fig. 1 was taken from them. The internal epigynum consists of two
separate and more or less identical halves. Each side consists of a long
connecting canal which follows an irregular path as illustrated in fig. 1.
Opposite to and slightly anterior to the connecting canal openings the con-
necting canal is swollen slightly and bears internally a dark colored globular
mass similar to that found in the genitalia of some Cybaeus. A magnification
of approximately 1,450 X indicates the presence of minute canals which
ramify throughout the mass. The canal narrows abimptly posteriorly forming
the fertilization duct which lies towards the median line.
Measurements in millimeters:
Total length 4.7. Average 3 $ $ 4.26. Range 3.8— 4.7.
Carapace
Metatarsus
length
2.24
I
1.67
width
1.63
IV
2.28
head width
.61
eye width
.89
Tarsus
Femur
I
1.19
I
2.11
IV
1.22
IV
2.21
Tibia Patella
Total
I
2.79
I
7.75
IV
2.99
IV
8.67
The curved process of the patella of the male will separate
this species from previously known males. The pattern of the
connecting canals of the female epigynum is distinct as illustrated.
Literature Cited
Chamberlin, R. V., and Ivie, W.
1932. North American Spiders of the Genera Cybaeus and Cybaeina,
Bull, of the U. of Utah, 23(2) : 1 — 43.
Chamberlin, R. V., and Ivie, W.
1937. New Spiders of the Family Agelenidae from Western North
America, Ann. Ent. Soc. of Am., 30(2) :211 — 241.
Chamberlin, R. V., and Ivie, W.
1942. A Hundred New Species of American Spiders, Bull, of the U. of
Utah, 32(13) : 1—117.
EDWIN C. VAN DYKE MEMORIAL ISSUE
With the death of Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke on September 28,
1952, entomology and the Pacific Coast Entomological Society have
lost one of the greatest pioneers. In tribute to his many accomplish-
ments the January 1953 issue of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist will
be devoted to his memory. — The Editors.
202
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
NOTES ON FLIGHTS AND FOOD PLANTS OF PLEOCOMA
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae)
William Hazeltine
University of California, Berkeley
During the third rain of the 1952 season (November 15), 26
males of Pleocoma nitida Linsley were collected close to the new
Cross County Highway, 6 miles E. N. E. of Santa Margarita, San
Luis Obispo County, California. As reported by Linsley (Pan
Pacific Ent., 17:148, 1941), the probable food plants are Adenos-
toma fasciculatum, Arctostaphylos sp., and Baccharis sp. From my
observations, the food plant probably is Adenostoma, possibly
Ceanothus. The time of flight is similar to that of P. conjungens
Horn (Hazeltine, ibid., 26:188-189, 1950), lasting from 4:55 p.m.
to 5:25 p.m. in an intermittent light rain. The males of P. nitida
are fast flyers and not attracted to lights.
Dr. J. A. Comstock (personal communication) reports that the
males of P. puncticollis Rivers usually fly in the second or third
rain and both day and night. After dark, the males are strongly
attracted to light. The dominant vegetation is Adenostoma and
Ceanothus, with the few larvae found apparently closer to the
rootlets of Ceanothus.
While collecting November 14, 1952, on the Point Reyes Penin-
sula, Marin County, California (6 miles north of the light house
gate), W. V. Garner and J. D. Lattin observed a flight of P. sono-
mae Linsley. This began about 2 p.m. and lasted about 15 minutes,
the flight ending shortly after the start of precipitation. Thirty-
seven males were collected during this flight. On November 16,
1952, J. D. Lattin dug out one male and one female in the same
.area and observed a male flying at sunset in clear, cool weather.
The only food plant available to the female was the grass in the
area. This association is similar to that of P. hirticollis vandykei
Linsley in the Patterson Pass area, where the larvae have been
taken feeding on grass roots (Ritcher, ibid., 23:11, 1950).
F. Beer (personal communication) reports both sexes of P.
dubitalis leachi Linsley collected in an area of Pseudotsuga taxi-
folia.
It would appear that the males of the seven lamellate group
(Linsley, ibid., 22:61-64, 1946) are crepuscular flyers during pre-
cipitation while the five lamellate males fly almost any time and
under a wider range of climatic conditions.
October, 1952]
BERG SOLVA
203
BIOLOGY AND METAMORPHOSIS OF SOME SOLOMON
ISLANDS DIPTERA. PART II: SOLYA BERGI JAMES
(ERINNIDAE), WITH A COMPARISON OF
RELATED SPECIES*
Clifford 0. Berg
Ohio Wesleyan University, Delaware, Ohio
The general introduction to a proposed series of papers on
biology and metamorphosis of some Diptera reared in the Solomon
Islands during World War II is given in a previous paper (Berg,
1947 ) . This second paper of the series concerns a species of Erinni-
dae, Solva bergi, recently described by Dr. Maurice T. James
(1951) from specimens collected and reared by the author.
I am indebted to Dr. James, of Washington State College, for
preparing the original description of S. bergi. Four larvae and
puparia of S. pallipes (Loew), which proved valuable for com-
parative studies, were furnished by Dr. Alvah Peterson, of Ohio
State University. A grant-in-aid from Ohio Wesleyan University
enabled me to employ Mr. C. R. Roelofs, Jr., student at Ohio
Wesleyan, who gave excellent assistance in the preparation of
illustrations.
To ensure accuracy of proportions, tracings of micro-projector
images were used as bases of all drawings. Larvae, puparia, pupae
and adults of S. bergi are deposited at the United States National
Museum for the convenience of future investigators.
Adults of Solva bergi were frequently observed resting on
leaves of jungle undergrowth near the Tenaru River about one
and one-half miles from the north coast of Guadalcanal. Their con-
spicuous black and yellow coloring and their habit of resting on
the upper surfaces of leaves render them easily seen. All were in
moist, shaded situations. Although they often flew when disturbed,
they were captured readily in a net, and ten females and five males
were collected in this way from September through December,
1944. Mating, oviposition and food habits of the adults were not
observed.
On April 11, 1945, more than sixty larvae of this species were
found in the moist, spongy, fermenting bark of a branch lying on
the bank of the Tenaru River about two miles from its mouth. A
* Based upon rearing and biological observations made on Guadalcanal Island
during 1944 and 1945, while on active duty in a Malaria Control unit of the United
States Navy. The statements and opinions set forth are the author’s and not
necessarily those of the Navy Department.
204
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVIII, No. 4
variety of dipterous larvae lived in this sour smelling bark, feeding
on it, on the fungus which it supported or on other larvae living
in this material. Malloch, who found the larvae of S. pallipes under
similar conditions, wrote (1917 :342) , “The Xylomyia [5. pallipes ]
larvae were found to be predaceous, feeding indiscriminately upon
the other larvae.” While it seems likely that larvae of S. bergi are
also predaceous, observations in support of this suggestion are
lacking. Other flies reared from this collection represent the fami-
lies Chloropidae, Dolichopodidae, Mycetophilidae, Neriidae, Psy-
chodidae, Stratiomyidae (four species) and Syrphidae.
The pulpy bark became progressively more liquid and more
malodorous as it continued to ferment and decompose in the labora-
tory. It was finally reduced to a mass of dissociated fibers sus-
pended in a thick, dark brown liquid, which was frequently
decanted off to avoid the possibility of toxic effects upon, or
asphyxiation of, the larvae.
Larvae of S. bergi move about relatively little. They made no
attempt to leave the culture medium before pupation. Pupation
occurs within the puparium (fig. 7), the leathery integument of
the last stage larva, which undergoes no conspicuous change in
shape such as that observed during formation of the puparia of
Cyclorrhapha. Two or three days after cessation of larval move-
ment, the outline of the pupa can be seen when light is transmitted
through the puparium. A specimen thus observed as a pupa within
the puparium on April 25 emerged as an adult seven days later.
Before emergence, each puparium splits along the mid-dorsal
line throughout the mesothoracic, metathoracic and first abdominal
segments, and more than half way back through the second abdom-
inal segment (fig. 1). A transverse cleft between dorsal surfaces
of the prothorax and mesothorax intersects the longitudinal slit
and in some specimens extends around on the ventral side, detach-
ing head and prothorax from the rest of the puparium 1 .
The pupa works its way forward and upward through the longi-
tudinal emergence slit until the head, thorax and first four abdom-
inal segments are out of the puparium. Usually it stops in this
position, with fifth abdominal segment in the emergence slit and
sixth and seventh segments still within the puparium. This pupal
1 It is evident from the description that the single specimen from which Town-
send described the S. pallipes puparium (1893:164) lacked not only the head, as
he stated, but also the prothoracic segment.
October, 1952]
BERG SOLVA
205
integument ruptures dorsally to produce a Y-shaped opening across
the head and thorax, and the adult emerges, leaving the pupal
exuvia loosely clasped in the puparium (fig. 6). A few pupae
emerge completely from the puparium before yielding the adult
fly (fig. 8).
Emergence requires several minutes. The emergence slit was
noticed in a puparium at 11:20 a.m. At 11:25, the pupa was wrig-
gling out. There were intervals of slow to moderate activity and
intervals of rest. By 11:35, all but the last three segments of the
pupa had emerged. Although it continued to move at intervals for
the next ten minutes, it made no further progress. After an inter-
ruption of one hour in my observations, I found the adult fly
emerged and active. The pupal exuvia was completely free from the
puparium.
Twenty-four males and 35 females were reared from the collec-
tion made on April 11. Emergence began with a single specimen
on April 30 and rapidly rose to a peak of 16 specimens on May 5.
A few additional specimens of S. bergi were reared from larvae
found beneath moist bark of a fallen tree on April 19, 1945. This
collection was also made on the bank of the Tenaru River, about
one-half mile downstream from the April 11 collection, and the
S. bergi larvae were again associated with larvae of several other
species. t.
r Description of Puparium
The known larvae of Solva and Xylomyia (as recognized by
Steyskal, 1947) are broad and flat, distinctly segmented, composed
of head, three thoracic and eight abdominal segments. They differ
markedly from the elongate, subcylindrical, soft-bodied larvae of
Erinna (= Xylophagus ) and other genera of Erinnidae, but they
resemble Stratiomyidae larvae very closely. Like them, larvae of
Solva and Xylomyia have leathery, thick integuments, which effer-
vesce strongly when placed in dilute hydrochloric acid, apparently
because they are covered or inlaid with calcareous deposits 2 . Lund-
beck (1907 :79) wrote that the Xylomyia calcareous bodies are flat,
superficial plates, in contrast to the nail-shaped processes of Stratio-
myidae larvae. Considering larval characteristics, it is not at all
strange that many investigators have regarded the species now
referred to Solva and Xylomyia as constituting a sub-family of
Stratiomyidae 3 .
2 Such treatment with a dilute acid is an important step in cleaning
these puparia before mounting them for study.
206
THE PAN- PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVIII, No. 4
The problem of identifying larvae of these two genera is pri-
marily one of distinguishing them from Stratiomyidae larvae and
from each other. In order to determine which of the anatomical
features observed in S. bergi occur also in other species of Solva,
comparisons were made throughout this study with larvae and
puparia of S. pallipes (Loew). Published descriptions and figures
of larvae of three other species of Solva and Xylomyia were used
in attempting to select characters which they possess in common
and which distinguish them from all Stratiomyidae larvae. These
species are Solva marginata Meigen, Xylomyia maculata (Meigen)
and X. varia (Meigen) .
Since the integument of the last stage larva is not altered in
shape when pupation occurs within it, and since emergence finally
leaves this integument more clear and more easily studied than is
the larva, most descriptions of Solva and Xylomyia larvae are
based upon this empty larval skin or puparium.
The puparium of S. bergi (fig. 7) measures 2.0 — 2.8 X 7.4
— 9.2 mm. The larval integument is inlaid with small plates or
scales which give it an appearance not unlike that of pebbled
leather (fig. 9). Some of these scales are distinctly darker than
others, and the pigmented ones are distributed in patterns which
are fairly constant and characteristic (figs. 1, 2, 3).
Conspicuous smooth, clear areas, in which the small scales and
the reticulated, shagreened appearance of the integument produced
by them do not occur, are found on both prothorax and mesothorax
of S. bergi. Single, large, median clear areas occur on dorsal sur-
faces of both segments (fig. 1), while on the ventral surfaces three
clear areas are found on the prothorax, and two on the mesothorax
(fig. 2).
Malloch (1917:317), who regarded the “Xylomyiinae” as a
subfamily in Stratiomyidae, used: “Thoracic segments 1 and 2
each with a smooth plate on dorsum,” as a key character to dis-
tinguish these larvae from those of other subfamilies of Stratiomyi-
dae. Unfortunately, he confused this situation by mentioning in his
3 Although Seguy (1926: 81) placed these species in Erinnidae, he di-
vided this family into Xylomyiinae, all known larvae of which are the flat,
stiff-bodied type herein discussed, and Erinninae, larvae of which have
elongated, subcylindrical bodies covered with thin, flexible integuments. This
division, based upon adult characters, tends to support the conclusion inevit-
ably reached by students of life cycles and immature stages, that the family
Erinnidae includes two remotely separated phylogenetic groups.
October, 1952]
BERG SOLVA
207
description of S. pallipes (p. 342), “a pair of narrow transverse
plates on dorsum of metathorax,” where he undoubtedly meant to
write, “mesothorax.” As illustrated by Peterson (1951: fig. D
13 : B) , the paired, transverse clear areas on dorsum of mesothorax
of S. pallipes almost touch each other at the mid-dorsal line. In
addition, S. pallipes larvae have single, median clear areas on both
dorsum and venter of the prothorax, but none occur on the meta-
thorax nor on venter of mesothorax.
Although the failure of European authors to mention anything
as conspicuous as these features would seem to indicate that they
do not occur on S. marginata, X. maculata and X. varia, such a
conclusion should not be adopted until the larvae in question have
been reexamined. These clear areas may characterize larvae of all
species of Solva. If Xylomyia larvae also possess them, the char-
acter may prove valid for distinguishing larvae of these two genera
from all Stratiomyidae larvae. Differences in number, form and
distribution of these areas seem to be valuable in specific identifi-
cation. It is the most conspicuous and least variable trait found to
distinguish larvae of S. bergi from those of S. pallipes.
Mesially, on venters of abdominal segments five and six, larvae
of both S. bergi and S. pallipes have small, oval areas of noticeably
lighter integument (fig. 9). While the clear areas on the thorax
have no scales and appear quite homogeneous, the abdominal light
areas have small, pale integumentary scales.
On the ventral surface, there is a transverse row of small, blunt
spicules near the anterior margin of each of the first seven abdom-
inal segments of S. bergi (fig. 9). The venter of each of the first
six abdominal segments has a single, continuous row, usually made
up of 17 — 19 spicules. On the seventh segment, the row is inter-
rupted mesially and is composed of only eight or nine minute,
poorly developed spicules. On the dorsal surface, abdominal seg-
ments two through seven bear rows of larger, fewer spicules near
their anterior margins (fig. 1). The dorsum of the seventh abdom-
inal segment usually has 10 or 11 spicules, and each of the others
characteristically has 12 — 14.
Slightly smaller numbers of spicules occur on abdominal seg-
ments two through six of S. pallipes. Each has 13-17 on the venter
and 8 — 11 on the dorsum. There is a row of small, rudimentary
spicules on the ventral surface of the first abdominal segment. None
occur on the seventh abdominal segment.
208
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
It is evident that larvae of all species considered here bear these
rows of abdominal spicules on one or both surfaces of some abdom-
inal segments. Austen (1899:185) wrote that, while other investi-
gators had reported these structures on S. pallipes, S. marginata
and X. varia, they do not occur on the larva which he was then
describing, X. maculata. However, Lundbeck (1907:80) pointed
out that, “On the anterior margin of some of the ventral segments
there is a transverse row of small warts,” and Seguy (1926: fig.
222) illustrated these spicules in a ventral view of the X. macu-
lata larva.
Anterior spiracles (fig. 1) are conspicuous on the first body
(prothoracic) segment of both S. bergi and S. pallipes. The lateral
face view of each spiracular plate shows two oblique slits in the
anterior half and what may be a third opening behind them. So
many lines appear in so many levels in the posterior half of this
spiracular plate that it is very difficult to interpret. The large cir-
cular area apparently regarded as a hole by both Malloch (1917:
PI. 48, fig. 9) and Greene (1926: fig. l:a) is a structure sculptured
superficially with fine lines in both S. bergi and S. pallipes. This
appears to be a thin, leaf like shield, attached anteriorly near the
two oblique slits. A smaller circle, seen in slightly deeper focus
within the larger one, may be the rim of a hole, the third opening
into the spiracular plate. Still deeper, an inner rim of the heavily
Metamorphosis and immature stages of Solva bergi
Fig. 1. Head and first six body segments of empty puparium in dorsal
view, with lateral face of anterior spiracle enlarged at right, a., antenna ;
a. sp., anterior spiracle; c. a., clear areas lacking integumentary scales;
e. s., emergence slit; F. 4, area enlarged in Figure 4; i. sp., intermediate
spiracles; p. s., pigmented scales; s., spicules. Fig. 2. Head and first two
body segments of cleared puparium, with tracheal trunks and posteriorly
projecting skeleton of head showing through ventral body wall. c. a., clear
areas; t. r., tectorial rods. Fig. 3. Ventral view of last three segments of
puparium. L, lips of respiratory chamber; (see area enlarged in Figure 9).
Fig. 4. Enlarged lateral margin of first abdominal segment, with dorsal body
wall cut away to show main tracheae, b. w., cut edge of body wall ; i. sp.,
intermediate spiracle; l. t., longitudinal tracheal trunk. Fig. 5. Ventral view
of eighth abdominal segment, with portion of ventral body wall and ventral
lip and ventral wall of respiratory chamber removed, a. pi., anal plate;
a. s., anal slit; b. w., cut edge of body wall; d. L, dorsal lip of respiratory
chamber; p. sp., posterior spiracle; r. c., dorsal integument of respiratory
chamber. Fig. 6. Adult fly and exuviae of larva and pupa, showing how the
latter usually remains in emergence slit of puparium. Fig. 7. Empty pupa-
rium, viewed with transmitted light. Fig. 8. Lateral view of pupa.
8
210
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVIII, No. 4
sclerotized spiracular wall is clearly evident, and behind that the
spirally thickened tracheal trunk can be seen running back into
the body.
Posterior spiracles (fig. 5) open through the dorsal wall of
the respiratory chamber in the last (eighth abdominal) segment.
These flared, bell-shaped spiracles have broad, nearly circular rims
or peritremes partitioned off by radiating rods into 26—81 equal
sections. Grossly, the posterior spiracles and respiratory chamber
of S. pallipes appear very similar to those of S. bergi, but the for-
mer have peritremes made up of 32—39 little sections.
The respiratory chamber, walls of which are sparsely supplied
with sclerotized scales, opens to the outside by means of a terminal,
transverse slit between conspicuous dorsal and ventral lips (fig. 3) .
When the whole puparium of either S. bergi or S. pallipes is exam-
ined with transmitted light, these lips and the area of the respira-
tory chamber appear darker and quite distinct from the rest of
the segment (fig. 7). Several authors (e.g. Brauer, 1883: 23; Mal-
loch, 1917:342) have pointed out how much this area appears
like an additional segment, and two (Townsend, 1893: 164; Lund-
beck, 1907 : 79) seem actually to have mistaken it for a diminutive
twelfth body segment. Brauer, who regarded the species now
referred to Solva and Xylomyia as Subula spp., Stratiomyidae, pro-
posed what appears to be a valid key character for distinguishing
these larvae from those of all other genera of Stratiomyidae. He
wrote (1883: 23), “Letzter Ring halbrund, abgestutzt, . . . hinten
mit deutlich segmentartig abgesetzten Lippen der queren Stigmen-
spalte.” Sharp’s character (1909:35), that the orifice of the respira-
tory chamber is terminal, “looking backwards,” is less valuable,
since this condition also exists in larvae of the Stratiomyinae.
Intermediate spiracles are not easily seen. Sharp wrote cate-
gorically that larvae of this group are amphipneustic, and Austen
( 1899 : 188 ) emphasized their apparent lack of intermediate spira-
cles as a means of distinguishing them from larvae of Stratiomyidae.
While Lundbeck detected small and indistinct spiracular plates on
the first seven abdominal segments (presumably of X. maculata ) ,
he wrote (1907:80), “these spiracles are certainly not in func-
tion.” Inconspicuous spiracles were found near lateral margins
of the metathoracic as well as the first seven abdominal segments
of both S. bergi and S. pallipes (fig. 1) . Tracheal branches connect
these spiracles with the longitudinal tracheal trunks (fig. 4), but
October, 1952]
BERG — SOLVA
211
no experimental evidence of function or lack of function was
obtained.
The head of S. bergi is bluntly conical, with small antennae at
the anterolateral corners and with bristles distributed as shown
(figs. 1, 2). Parts of the cephalic skeleton which protrude back
into the thorax are shown in figure 2. Bischoff (1924: 5), who
treated this group as Stratiomyidae: Subula, mentioned the occur-
rence of well developed, wholly sclerotized tectorial rods as a char-
acter to distinguish the larvae from those of the (other) Stratiomyi-
dae. These structures are well developed and completely sclerotized
in both S. bergi and S. pallipes.
Fig. 9. Enlarged left half (approximately) of sixth abdominal segment
of puparium in ventral view, br., bristle; 1. i., oval area of light integument;
p. s., pigmented scale; s., spicule.
The last segment of the S. bergi puparium bears the anus ven-
trally as a median longitudinal slit, surrounded by short spines or
denticles which point in several directions (fig. 5) . Malloch (1917 :
317) used the conspicuous denticles just anterior to the anal slit
to distinguish these larvae from those of the Stratiomyidae. This
seems to be a valid character, but it should be noted that the “trans-
verse series of short teeth” is in some species often broken into a
median and two lateral portions, the latter extending more obli-
quely than transversely (fig. 3; Seguy, 1926: fig. 220) . Contrasting
the number, positions, sizes and directions of denticles illustrated
in Figure 3 with those in Figure 5 shows considerable variation
in these structures among different specimens of S. bergi. With
respect to this character, there is greater similarity between some
S. pallipes larvae and Figure 5 than there is between the specimens
of S. bergi from which Figures 3 and 5 were drawn.
Each body segment, except the first and the last, of both
212
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
S. bergi and S. pallipes bears three pairs of bristles dorsally and
three pairs ventrally, well removed from the lateral margins. Some
of these (e.g. the most lateral pair on ventral surfaces of abdominal
segments) are minute and difficult to find. Most of the marginal
bristles of my specimens of S. pallipes are broken off. Those still
present correspond approximately in size and position with those
of S. bergi.
On the puparium of S. bergi, two bristles occur near each lateral
margin of the prothorax, one on each margin of mesothorax and
metathorax, and four bristles are found at or near each lateral edge
of abdominal segments one through seven (fig. 9; figs. 1—4).
Three of these four are attached slightly ventral to the margin, and
the posterior one is so short that it does not project beyond the
lateral edge. The three that do project shift relative positions some-
what on the various segments. On the anterior abdominal segments,
the shortest bristle is anterior to the two long ones, the bases of
which are directly above and below one another (fig. 4). On poste-
rior segments, the long ventral bristle is anterior to all others. All
of these marginal bristles appear plumose near their tips when
magnified 60 diameters or more (fig. 9).
Bristles on the thorax of S. bergi are distributed as shown
(figs. 1, 2). Those on the venter of the terminal segment are
depicted in fig. 3. Dorsally, this segment has three large tubercles
in a transverse row near the anterior margin and bears a single
plumose bristle just anterior to each end of the lips of the respira-
tory chamber.
Description of Pupa
Pupae of all five species considered here emerge partly or com-
pletely from the puparia before yielding adult flies. This contrasts
with emergence of all reared Stratiomyidae, adults of which escape
directly from the puparia, leaving pupal exuviae completely
enclosed.
Mature pupa of S. bergi (fig. 8) apparently very similar to that of
S. pallipes; covered by a thin, yellow, transparent integument, through which
color markings and bristles of enclosed adult are distinctly visible. Length
5.2— 6.5 mm.; greatest width of head (to tips of antenna cases) 1.4 mm.;
maximum width of thorax (including wing pads) 1.7—1.75 mm.; widest
abdominal segments 1.43—1.5 mm. Antenna cases large, pointing laterally,
annulated to their tips. Thorax slightly deeper dorsoventrally (1.5 mm.)
than long (1.4 mm.). Wing cases usually reaching middle of third abdom-
inal segment; a few extending to its apex. Cases of metathoracic legs
reaching approximately to apex of fourth abdominal segment. Prothoracic
October, 1952]
BERG SOLVA
213
spiracles shaped as illustrated (fig. 1— d) by Greene, situated on small ele-
vations on anterolateral margins of thorax. Other thoracic spiracles described
by Townsend not apparent on either cleared pupae or pupal exuviae. Abdo-
men cylindrical, composed of eight segments. First and last segments without
bristles; all segments bare on ventral surfaces. Segments 2—7 each with a
transverse row of appressed, yellow, spinelike bristles, just posterior to middle
of segment, directed posteriorly. Each long bristle surrounded at base by
several shorter ones, the whole group attached to a single tubercle. Segments
1—7 with small, slightly elevated spiracles on lateral surfaces anterior to
middle of segment 4 . Apex of last segment distinctly bilobed laterally in
both sexes.
Summary
Adults of both sexes of Solva bergi were taken in nets from
September through December, 1944, as they rested on jungle
undergrowth near the north coast of Guadalcanal Island.
Two groups of S. bergi larvae were collected in April, 1945,
associated with dipterous larvae of several other species, in
and beneath the moist, fermenting bark of fallen timber. Adults
were reared from both collections.
Anatomical features of larvae, puparia and pupae of S. bergi
are described with the aid of nine figures. To determine which of
these features occur also in other species of Solva, comparisons
were made with larvae and puparia of S. pallipes.
Larvae of Solva and Xylomyia differ markedly from those of
other Erinnidae, but they resemble Stratiomyidae larvae very
closely. Published figures and descriptions of S. marginata, Xylo-
myia maculata and X. varia larvae were consulted to find valid
characters for distinguishing them and the two species examined
from all Stratiomyidae larvae. The following traits, all common to
S. bergi and S. pallipes and some reported also for other species of
Solva and Xylomyia, may prove valuable in identifying immature
stages of these two genera.
1. On thoracic segments one and two, larvae of S. bergi and S. pallipes
have conspicuous smooth, clear areas, the number and distribution of
which provide an excellent means of distinguishing these two species.
These scaleless areas, unfortunately not mentioned by most European
4 Lack of elongated respiratory processes which protrude through holes in the
puparia may distinguish these pupae from those of the Stratiomyidae which have
terrestrial larvae. Although they have escaped the notice of nearly all investigators,
tubular respiratory processes such as those which thrust out through puparial
integuments of all terrestrial Stratiomyidae reared by the author may occur gener-
ally on terrestrial pupae in this family. Protruding dorsolaterally near each
spiracle on the first few abdominal segments, these structures would seem to
anchor the pupae so effectively as to prevent their emergence.
214
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
authors, may either characterize larvae of the genus Solva or help to
distinguish Solva and Xylomyia from all Stratiomyidae larvae.
2. Transverse rows of small, blunt spicules occur on one or both surfaces
of most abdominal segments of 5. bergi, S. pallipes, S. marginata, X.
varia and X. maculata. Differences in numbers of spicules are useful
in specific identification.
3. S. bergi and S. pallipes larvae have anterior, posterior and intermediate
spiracles similar to those of Stratiomyidae, but the prominent lips of
their posterior respiratory chambers are quite distinct. Terminal seg-
ments of all known larvae of Solva and Xylomyia have peculiarly inter-
rupted outlines, with the piotruding lips of the respratory chamber
appearing like an additional segment.
4. The cephalic skeletons which extend back into the thorax of S. bergi
and S. pallipes larvae include well developed, wholly sclerotized tec-
torial rods.
5. A transverse series of short denticles (sometimes broken into a median
transverse and lateral oblique portions) occurs just anterior to the anal
slit on all Solva and Xylomyia larvae considered here.
6. Pupae of all reared species of Solva and Xylomyia emerge partly or
completely from the puparia before the pupal integuments rupture to
yield adult flies.
7. Pupae of Solva and Xylomyia differ from those of most terrestrial Stra-
tiomyidae in lacking tubular, protruding respiratory processes.
Literature Cited
Austen, E. E.
1899. On the preliminary stages and mode of escape of the imago in
the dipterous genus Xylomyia. etc. Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist.,
(7) 3: 181-190.
Berg, C. 0.
1947. Biology and metamorphosis of some Solomon Islands Diptera.
Part I: Micropezidae and Neriidae. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ.
Mich., 503: 1-14.
Bischoff, W.
1924. Ueber die Kopfbildung der Dipterenlarven. Ill Teil: Die Kopfe
der Orthorrhapha-Brachycera-Larven. Arch. f. Naturges., (A)
90 (8): 1-105.
Brauer, F.
1883. Die Zweifluger des Kaiserlichen Museums zu Wien; III — Syste-
matische Studien, etc. Denkschr. k. Acad. Wiss. Wien, 47: 1—100.
Greene, C. T.
1926. Descriptions of larvae and pupae of two-winged flies belonging
to the family Leptidae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 70 (2) : 1—20.
James, M. T.
1951. A new species of Solva (Diptera: Erinnidae) from Guadalcanal
Island. Wasmann Jour. Biol. 9 (2) : 149—150.
Lundbeck, W.
1907. Diptera Danica, genera and species of flies hitherto found in
Denmark, Part I. 166 pp. Copenhagen.
October, 1952]
ESSIG APHIDAE
215
Malloch, J. R.
1917. A preliminary classification of Diptera, etc. Part I. Bui. Illinois
State Lab. Nat. Hist. 12 (3) : v + 161-409.
Peterson, A.
1951. Larvae of insects Part II Coleoptera, Diptera, etc. 416 pp. Ann
Arbor.
Seguy, E.
1926. Faune de France, Vol. 13: Diptera (Brachyceres) . 308 pp. Paris.
Sharp, D.
1909. Metamorphosis of the Diptera Orthorrhapha Brachycera. pp.
30-39, In Verrall, G. II., British flies, Vol. 5, Stratiomyidae, etc.
780 pp. London.
Steyskal, G. C.
1947. A revision of the Nearctic species of Xylomyia and Solva (Dip-
tera, Erinnidae). Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci., Arts & Lett., 31: 181—190.
Townsend, C. H. T.
1893. The puparium and pupa of Subula pallipes Lw. Ent. News, 4:
163-165.
A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF APHIDAE ON
SCOTCH BROOM IN OREGON
(Homoptera)
E. O. Essig
University of California, Berkeley
Gentnera Essig, new genus
(Figures 1—2)
Body elongate with small acorn-like tubercles on the head and body of
the alates and on the head of the apterae; body tubercles on aptera finger-
like, short anteriorily and gradually lengthening posteriorly and arranged in
2 pairs on the prothorax, 2 small pairs and 2 larger pairs on mesothorax and
2 pairs on the mesothorax and all abdominal segments, excepting the last
which has a single pair. The marginal tubercles longer. The pair supporting
the cornicles in the alate are not greater than the others, but in the aptera
they are much reduced in length. Antennae 6-segmented; slightly longer than
half the length of the body; with elongate or oval secondary sensoria; unguis
slightly more than half the length of the base; imbricated and with very
short hairs. Compound eyes normal, with basal tubercle. Rostrum extends
nearly to the second coxae, rather blunt. Legs short. Wings normal aphis-
type excepting the media which is vestigial or absent, and the cubitus of the
hind wings may be absent or present. The hamuli consist of but 2 acutely
curved hooks. Cornicles very small — almost pore-like, situated on the base of
abdominal marginal tubercles VI. Anal plate bilobed and with few hairs.
Cauda knobbed with wide base and few hairs.
Body tubercles on alate parthenogenetic female and on alate male acorn-
like. Secondary sensoria occur on antennal segment III of alate and apterous
216
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
parthenogenetic females and on segments III — VI of the alate male. Other
characters may be noted in the accompanying illustrations.
This genus somewhat resembles Anomalaphis Essig but differs
in having many less body tubercles which lack terminal setae and
ha ve much reduced and differently shaped cornicles.
Type species: Gentnera oregona new species.
Gentnera oregona Essig, new species
(Figures 1—2)
Type: Alate parthenogenetic female (Fig. 1). — Small, black and yellow-
ish- or greenish-gray with 2 marginal rows of dark pigmented areas at the
bases of the lateral abdominal tubercles and 2 rows of larger transverse pig-
mented areas on the dorsum of the abdomen; head, thorax and appendages
dusky to black. The pigmented areas may be finely imbricated. Front of
head with 2 short tubercles each tipped with a small capitate seta. Antennal
segment I large, rugose and with several inconspicuous hairs. Other segments
as figured. Segment III with 7—9 oval secondary sensoria. Rostrum as drawn;
extends nearly to 2nd coxae; has few short hairs. Forewings with aphis-type
venation, but the radial sector represented only by a vestigial apical pattern.
Hind wings small with normal venation as illustrated. The hamuli con-
sist of 2 acutely curved hooks. Legs rather small with short hairs. Cornicles
small, truncate, broader than long; situated at the bases of lateral tubercles.
Genital plate oval with many fine short hairs. Anal plate bifurcate and with
2 long curved bristles and a few short hairs. Cauda knobbed with wide base;
with 2 long and several smaller spines.
Length of body 1.20 mm. ; antennae 0.80 mm. ; wing 1.50 mm. ; hind
tibiae 0.50 mm.; cauda 0.10 mm.
Apterous parthenogenetic female. — Body narrowly elongate, grayish or
dusky because of many transverse dark broken bands; dusky antennae and
legs. The pair of tubercles on vertex more prominent than in the alate. Many
conspicuous finger-like tubercles, colorless, imbricated and devoid of spines
and setae. Three pairs of small dorsal tubercles on head, 1 median pair on
pronotum and 2 pairs on metanotum acorn-shaped, whereas all other tubercles
are arranged in a double series down middle and along each lateral margin
as figured. There are 12 pairs counting the apical 2 pairs on segment VII.
Antennae short, 6-segmented; nearly circular secondary sensoria present on
segment III in the following combinations on various individuals: 1—2, 2—2,
2—3, 3—4, 4—0, 4—4, and 4—5. Legs short and rather stout. Rostrum much as
in alate; cornicles somewhat broader than in alate. Anal plate and cauda
much the same as in the alate. Length of body 1.50 mm. ; width 0.60 mm. ;
antennae 0.80 mm. ; hind tibia 0.45 mm. ; longest body tubercle on segment
V 0.20 mm. ; shortest segment VI bears the cornicles.
Apterous oviparous female. — Similar to apterous parthenogenetic female,
differing by being smaller and in having fewer secondary sensoria on an-
tennal segment III, distributed in the following combinations per individual
(number of individuals in paranthesis) : 0—3 (1), 1—2 (3), 2—2 (3), 2—3 (7),
2-4 (3), 2-5 (1), 3-3 (7), 3-4 (2), 3-5 (1), 4^4 (1), 4-5 (1), 4-6 (1),
representing a total of 31 specimens. Hind femora thickened and bears about
October, 1952]
ESSIG — APHIDAE
217
20 sexual sensoria of different sizes, the number variable and the sensoria
quite often rather indefinite and indistinct. Head tubercles may project for-
wards in immature forms. Length of body 1.40 mm.; width 0.55 mm.; length
of antennae 0.60 mm.; hind tibiae 0.40 mm.; cauda 0.10 mm.
Male: alate; somewhat smaller than alate -partheno genetic female, col-
oration much the same. Wing venation also after the same pattern with
radial sector of forewings rudimentary or absent and cubitus of hind wings
present or absent; in general aspects and color pattern quite like that of
alate parthenogenetic female. Cauda, anal plate and sexual organs as illus-
trated. Secondary circular sensoria occur on all antennal segments excepting
I and II. For 16 individuals they were distributed according to the following
pattern (the number in parenthesis represents the number of specimens ex-
Fig. 1. Gentnera oregona Essig, n. sp. Alate and apterous partheno-
genetic females together with enlargements of the antennae, rostrum, a por-
tion of the abdomen, and the anal plate and cauda, rostrum, portion of
abdominal margin of segments IV— VIII showing tubercles and cornicle, and
antenna and front of the apterous form. Enlargements indicated. (Drawings
by Frieda Abernathy.)
218
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVIII, No. 4
amined): III: 8-x (1), 9-12 (1), 10-10 (2), 10-11 (5), 10-13 (1), 11-11
(4), 11-12 (2); IV: 0-2 (1), 1-1 (7), 1-2 (4), 2-x (2), 2-3 (1), 3-3
(1); V :1— x (2), 1-2 (6), 2-2 (4), 2-3 (1), 2-4 (1), 3-x (1), 3-3 (1) ;
VI: 1—1 (3), 1—2 (4), 1—3 (2), 2—2 (5), 2—3 (2). (x indicates the other
member was missing or hidden).
Paratypes show the following variations: secondary sensoria
on antennal segment III vary in combinations per individual as
follows: 7-8, 9-9, 12-13.
In the venation of the primary wings the radial sector may
be completely absent or represented by an apical remnant. In no
case noted was the vein complete. In the hind wings the media
was present in all specimens but the cubitas was absent in 13
individual wings and present in 21 (males and alate parthenogen-
etic females ) .
Type — The type is an alate parthenogenetic female — mounted
on a slide with a number of apterae and young. All the other
specimens are designated as paratypes.
The collection studied consists of 244 adults and a number of
young mounted on 28 slides.
Host Plant and History: This very interesting species was
first collected on seedlings of “English broom” in his garden at
Medford, Oregon, July 24, 1951, by L. G. Gentner, Entomologist
and Assistant Superintendent of the Southern Oregon Branch
Experiment Station, Medford, Oregon. He stated that “young
plants were practically defoliated.” This first lot consisted of
alate and apterous parthenogenetic females in all stages of develop-
ment. The specimens were so interesting and so different from
any species heretofore collected in western North America that
a great effort was made to find their origin. I immediately in-
formed Mr. Gentner of his find and requested more information
regarding all possible host plants and distribution. During the
remainder of the year Mr. Gentner made more extensive collec-
tions and observations. He secured the sexual males and females,
but could find them on no other hosts than the “English hybrids
of Scotch Broom, Cytisus scoparius L .” which his wife was grow-
ing the garden. These seedlings were about 18 inches high and
were considerably injured by the aphids. An examination of the
surrounding country revealed no additional infestations. In Oc-
tober, Mr. Gentner visited the Moyer’s Nursery, near Roseburg,
Oregon from which the original plants had been obtained. “There
October, 1952]
ESSIG APHIDAE
219
was only one shrub of this broom left, and I could find no aphid
infestation.” In summing up the situation Mr. Gentner wrote me
(Sept. 17, 1951) as follows: “I haven’t the least idea where this
species could have originated but shall make an effort to deter-
mine other host plants and other infestations if possible.”
The genus is named for L. G. Gentner, Entomologist of Oregon
Slate College, who discovered and collected this and other inter-
esting new species of aphids.
Since writing this paper the writer has received from F. L.
Blanc, Bureau of Entomology, California State Department of
Agriculture, a few specimens of this species collected by D. Zuck-
swert on the leaves of Scotch broom at Stockton, California, June
4, 1952. It would appear from this that the species may be quite
widely distributed.
Fig. 2. Gentnera oregona Essig n. sp. Alate sexual male and apterous
oviparous female with enlargements of the antenna, cauda and sexual organs
of the male and the rostrum, hind tibia showing sexual sensoria, and the
antenna of the female. Enlargements indicated. Drawings by Frieda Aber-
nathy.)
220
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
A LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION IN THE
GENUS EULONCHUS
(Diptera: Acroceridae)
Evert I. Schlinger
University oj California, Davis
Through the courtesy of Professor Dr. Fritz Peus of the Zoo-
logisches Museum of Berlin, Germany, I was able to borrow for
examination one of the two type specimens (cotypes) of Eulon-
chus smaragdinus Gertaecker. This specimen, a male, collected by
ron Muller in California, bears the following labels : a green local-
ity and collector label; a red “Type” label; a white label with the
number “1251”; a green label with “smaragdinus Gerst.*”, and a
second green label with the locality and collector. According to
correspondence received from Prof. Dr. Peus, the other cotype in
the Zoologisches Museum also has a red “Type” label.
In comparing the specimen on hand with the original descrip-
tion (Stett. Ent. Zeit., XVII :360-361, 1856), it was found to differ
only in its general coloration, being more nearly metallic blue than
bright emerald green. It was also interesting to note that each
antenna had one apical seta, a character which was not mentioned
by Gerstaecker, but rather was first discussed as a character of
this species by Sabrosky (Amer. Mid. Nat., 39:388, 1948). The
specimen is in perfect condition except for the missing apical half
of the right middle leg and a somewhat deflated lower corner of
the left eye.
Since no information has been found on the type designation
of this species, this specimen is hereby designated as the lectotype
of Eulonchus smaragdinus Gerstaecker.
221
October, 1952] index to volume xxviii*
Acroceridae, 220
Adalia bipunctata, 145
Aegus pulverosus, 136
Aeolothripidae, 154
Aethriostoma, 48
Agelenidae, 195
Agonum (Anchomenus)
sargentorum, 107
Aloephagus myersi, 117
Ameletus, 29, dissitus, 29, 36
facilis, 24, 29
imbellis, 23, 29
monta, 93
Amphorophoro morrisoni, 84
Anopheles freeborni, 105, 106
Anoplodera crassipes, 81
impura, 80
mathewsii, 80
Anthaxia aeneogaster, 82, 87
Anthrax nidicola, 126
Anthophoridae, 131
Aonidiella aurantii, 83, 88
Aphidae, 117, 191, 215
Aphis nivea, 191
Aphleboderrhis pilosa, 122
Aradidae, 119
Argyresthia, 88
Aspergillus flavus, 132
Asphondylia photiniae, 16
Aspidiotus hederae, 83
Atimia dorsalis, 81
Atractocerus, 163, brevicornis,
165
Baetis palisadi, 95
Bailey, Stomatothrips, 154
Baker and Pritchard, False
spider mites, 112
Barber, some Lymexylidae, 163
Beal, An Arizona Thaumaglossa,
171
Beamer, The genus Eurysa, 51
Benesh, stagbeetles, 136
Berg, Solva bergi, 203
Bombyliidae, 49. 126
Brown, Adlerzia, 173
Buprestidae, 82, 86, 188
Calisiopsis ampliceps, 119
Callidium paliidum, 80
sempervirens, 80
sequoiarum, 87
Callipterous castaneae, 192
Camponotus, 89
Camptodes, 42
Carabidae, 107
Carulaspis visci, 83, 88
Cecidostiba sp., 78
Cephidae, 108
Cerambycidae, 79, 87
Ceratognathus tasmanus, 137
westwoodi, 137
Ceruchus striatus, 82
Chrysomelidae, 62
Chryxus tomentosus, 55
travassosi, 55
Cicadellidae, 13
Cillaeus, 42
Cinygmula par, 182
tioga, 184
Cleridae, 6
Coccinella transversoguttata, 145
trifasciata, 144
Coccinellidae, 139
Coccotrypes dactyliperda, 122
Cole, Bombyliid flies, 126
Coleoptera, 6, 12, 40, 43, 62, 63,
65, 75, 107, 122, 132, 135,
136, 139, 162, 163, 171, 186,
188, 193, 202
Cryphalus pubescens, 78
Cryptaspidiotus shastae, 83, 88
Cybaeina, 195, confusa, 195
sequoia, 195, 197
xantha, 195
Cycloneda polita, 144
Cyllodes, 42
Ctenicera rotundicollis, 82
Culex stigmatosoma, 106
tarsalis, 106
Culicidae, 104, 105
Culiseta inornata. 106
maccrackenae, 104, 106
Cupesidae, 65
Day, California mayflies, 17
Davis, Two spotted spider mite, 1
DeLeon, Sequoia insects, 75
Dendroctonus brevicornis, 186
jeffreyi, 186
mexicanus, 122
monticolae, 186
Dermestes
lardarius, 44
leechi, 45
reductus, 43
sobrinus, 47
unicolor, 46
Dermestidae, 43, 171
Diabrotica, 62
Diaspis carueli, 83, 88
Dicentrus bluethneri, 81
Dichelonyx valida, 84
Diptera, 7, 16, 49, 56, 58, 104,
105, 126, 203, 220
Doryctes sp., 78
Dromaeolus, 87, nitens, 82
* New names in bold face, synonyms and homonyms in italics.
222
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
Ecphylus californicus, 78
Empididae, 56
Ephemerella bicolor nymph, 180
cognata, 31, 37
delantala, 94
flavilinea, 94
glacialis carsona, 30, 32
lodi, 179
sierra, 96
spinifera, 31, 36
wilsoni, 100
species number 2, 185
Ephemeroptera, 17, 93, 179
Ergates spiculatus, 79
Erinnidae, 203
Errhomus, 13, key 15
filamentus, 14
lineatus, 15
obesa, 15
oregonensis, 15
similis, 14
wolfei, 13
Essig, Aloe Aphid, 117
Scotch broom aphid, 215
Eulonchus smaragdinus, 220
Eumystrops, 42, centralis, 41
chilensis, 40
Eurysa, 51, 53
kormusi, 51
magnifrons, 51, 52
montana, 51, 54
obesa, 51, 52
Eurytoma phloeotribi, 78
Formicidae, 173
Fulgoridae, 51
Furman, book notice, 59
Gentnera, 215, oregona, 216
Genuchinus grandis, 12
Gillogly, Eumystrops chilensis,
40
Gnathotrichus sulcatus, 78, 86
Gould and Beal, Leptinus rec-
ords, 193
Habrobregmus gibbicollis, 79
Halisidota argentata, 88
Hall, Lordotus ermae, 49
Hazeltine, Pleocoma, 202
Hebridae, 194
Heifer, Xenorhipis synonymy, 188
Hemiberlesia lantanae, 83
rapax, 88
Hemiptera, 55, 58, 119, 147, 194
Heptagenia kennedyi, 180
species number 1, 181
Heydenia unica, 78
Hippodamia ambigua, 140
apicalis, 145
convergens, 141, 144
lunatomaculata, 144
quinquesignata, 140, 143
sinuata, 140, 143
spuria, 140
tibialis, 145
tredecimpunctata, 144
Histeridae, 135
Hololena curta, 7, 10, 11
Homoptera, 13, 51, 117, 191, 215
Hormopeza brevicornis, 57
obliterata, 57
Hottes, some aphid species, 191
Hymenoptera, 61, 91, 108, 131,
173, 177
Hypenomyia Townsend, 1919 nec
Hypenomyia Grimshaw, 1901
Ips emarginatus, 186
latidens, 78
Iris oratoria, 138
Ironodes lepidus, 31, 32, 37
Isonychia velma, 32, 38
Isoptera, 84
Ithyphenes gnatho, 42
Itonididae, 16
Kalik, Dermestidae, 43
Kalotermes minor, 84
Kormilev, Neotropical Aradidae,
119
Ladybird caches, 140
Lasconotus vegrandis, 77, 86
Laspyresia, 84
Lentia corcovadensis, 55
Lepidoptera, 84, 88
Lepidosaphes newsteadi, 83
Leptinidae, 193
Leptinus testaceus, 183
Leptura obliterata, 81
Lindingaspis rossi, 83
Linsley, Martin obituary, 73
Linsley & MacSwain, effects of
parasitism on Diadasia bitu-
bercuata, 131
Listrus motschulskii, 65
Lordotus ermae, 49
Lucanidae, 136
Lymexylidae, 163 . ,
Lymexylon, 165
Lytta melaena, 133
Machomyrma, 176
MacSwain, book notice, 42
Malkin, Stenomorpha consobrina,
162
Malkin and Hatch, Agonum sar-
gentorum, 107
Margarinotus remotus, 135
Mayo, western Ephemeroptera,
93
Ephemeroptera, 179 .. r
Micromalthus, 163, debilis, 166
Mealybugs, 83
Meloidae, 134
Melyridae, 65
Merragata hebroides, 194
quieta, 194
October, 1952] index to volume xxviii*
223
slosson, 194
Michelbacher, book notice, 109
Microsania, 56
Middlekauff, stem borers, 108
Miorrhynchus longipes, 119
usingeri, 120
Mischocyttarus flavitarsis, 177
Mites, 1, 112
Monarthrum scutellare, 79
Mutillidae, 91, 132
Myzocallis annulatus, 191
castanicola, 192
davidsoni , 192
essigi, 191
quercus, 191
woodworthi, 191
Nemozoma fissiceps, 86
Nitidulidae, 40
Nomenclature, 110
Nye and Bohart, Trichodes lar-
vae, 6
Oman, The genus Errhomus, 13
Onthophilus lecontei, 135
Opsebius diligens, 7
Orphilus bimaculatus, 48
Orthoptera, 138
Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., 60
Field trip, 63
Proceedings, 60
Pallodes, 42
Paraleptophlebia, 27, 28, asso-
ciata, 28, 35
bicornuta, 27
californica, 27, 34
clara, 28, 36
helena, 17, 25
packii, 27, 34
quisquilia, 21, 28
zayante, 20, 26
Paratriatoma, 147 •
hirsuta, 149
Periphyllus americanus, 192
Phaneroptera quadripunctata,
138
Phenacaspis pinifoliae, 83
Phloesinus cupressi, 78
rubicundulus, 85
sequoiae, 76
Photopsis auraria, 132
Phymatodes decussatus, 81
nitidus, 81, 87
Platycerus cribripennis, 137
marginalis, 138
piceus, 137
Platypus inacessus, 123
pulicarius, 123
punctulatus, 123
ratzeburgi, 123
rugulosus, 123
sulcatus, 123
ustulatus, 123
wilsoni, 78
Pleocoma
dubitalis leachi, 202
hirticollis vandykei, 202
nitida, 202
puncticollis, 202
sonomae, 202
Plesiophthorus calif ornicus, 123
luteolus, 123
Polistes apachus, 177
fuscatus aurifer, 177
hunteri californicus, 177
Priacna serrata, 65
Prionus californicus, 80
Pritchard, Gall midge, 16
Prometopia, 42
Pronin, bark beetle outbreaks,
186
Pseudoccus citri, 83
ryani, 83
sequoiae, 83
Pseudoleptus, 112
arechavaletae, 114
Psilotus, 42
Ptilinus basalis, 79
Puto cupressi, 83
Reduviidae, 55, 58, 147
Redwood, insects associated
with, 75
Reinhardiana, 58
Renocis parkinsoniae, 122
Reticulitermes hesperus, 84
tibialis, 84
Rhipiphoridae, 132
Rhipiphorus diadasiae, 132, 133
smithi, 132
Rhopalicus sp., 78
Rockwood, Coccinellidae, 139
Ross, two California Histeridae,
135
Roth, new Cybaeina, 195
Rozen, collecting brachycistidine
females, 91
Ryckman and Arakawa, Culiseta
maccrackenae, 104; mosqui-
toes from wood rat nests,
105
Saissetia nigra, 83
Scale insects, 83
Scarabaeidae, 12, 202
Schedl, Neotropical Scolytoidea,
122
Schlinger, Eulonchus, 220,
Opsebius diligens, 7
Scolytidae, 63, 76, 122, 186
Scolytus multistriatus, 63
Semanotus ligneus amplus, 87
Semanotus ligneus sequoiae, 80
Serropalpus barbatus, 82
Sirex areolatus, 85
Smoke, insects attracted to, 57
224
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVIII, No. 4
Snelling, hibernation of Polistes,
177
Solva bergi, 203
pallipes, 206
Spathius sequoiae, 78
Sphinx sequoiae, 89
Spiders, 195
Stelidota, 42
Stenomorpha consobrina, 162
Stomatothrips, 154, 156, 160
angustipennis, 157, 161
atratus, 157, 161
brunneus, 157, 161
flavus, 154, 158, 161
rotundus, 160, 161
septenarius, 159, 161
Strohecker, two Old World Or-
tboptera in U.S., 138
Stratiomyidae, 205
Tacbinidae, 58
Telegeusis, 163
debilis, 163, 169, 170
nubifer, 163, 169, 170
schwarzi, 166, 170
Tenebrionidae, 162
Tesserocerus dejeani, 123
dewalkei, 123
Tetranychus bimaculatus, 1
telarius, 1
urticae, 1
Tettigoniidae, 138
Thanasimus repandus, 77
Thaumaglossa americana, 172
laeta, 48
libochoras, 171
rufomaculata, 47
Thelaxes California, 192
Thysanoptera, 154
Tilden, Pholisora libya, 92
Tiphiidae, 91
Trachykele opulenta, 86
Triatoma, 147, protracta, 58, 149
rubida uhleri, 149
Trichadenus, 112
Triehodes ornatus, 6
Tropidophryne melvillei, 61
Trypanosoma cruzi, 58, 147
Trypodendron cavifrons, 79
Usinger, Chryxinae, 55
'Cain obituary, 125
Van Dyke, G’enuchinus grandis,
12
Vespamima sequoiae, 89
Vespidae, 177
Yespula pennsylvanica, 177
Villa apicola, 128
tricellula, 129, 132, 133
Wood, Trypanosoma in Calif,
mice, 147
Wygodzinskyella, 56
Xenorhipis brendeli, 188
ve.idovskyi, 188
Xyleborus badius, 123
scopulorum, 123
torquatus, 123
vagabundus, 123
volvulus, 123
Xylocopa californica, 89
orpifex, 85, 89
Xylomyia 205, maculata, 206
varia, 206
Zootermopsis angusticollis, 84
nevadensis, 89
ERRATA, Volume XXVIII
p. 24, last line should read: couplet 9 in the key to the species of Ameletus
given by Traver on p. 447 of The Biology of Mayfles, and A. facilis, n. sp.
is closely related to . . .
p. 28, for Fig. 4 P. genitalia, read Fig. 4 P. clara, genitalia . . .
p. 72, and subsequent verso pages through 124, as well as in separates and
reprints therefrom: read Vol. XXVIII for Vol. XXIII, in the running head,
p. 75, in paragraph 1, the scientific names of the California nutmeg and the
western yew should be transposed.
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME TWENTY-EIGHT
1952
editorial board
P. D. HURD and H. B. LEECH, Editors
E. C. VAN DYKE, Associate Editor
E. G. LINSLEY, Associate Editor
R. L. USINGER, Associate Editor
E. S. ROSS, Assistant Editor
R. C. MILLER, Treasurer
A. E. MICHELBACHER, Advertising
1952
E. R. Leach
E. G. Linsley
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1953
E. O. Essig, Chairman
G. F. Ferris
1954
E. L. Kessel
H. B. Leech
San Francisco, California
1952
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXVIII
Arnaud, Paul H.
Reinhardiana new name for Hypenomyia Townsend 58
Bailey, Stanley F.
A review of the genus Stomatothrips Hood 154
Baker, Edward W., and A. Earl Pritchard
The false spider mite genus Pseudoleptus Bruyant. 112
Barber, H. S.
Notes on Telegeusis and some relatives 163
Beal, R. S., Jr.
Description of a new Arizona Thaumaglossa 171
Beamer, R. H.
The genus Eurysa in America north of Mexico 51
Benesh, Bernard
Description of a new species of Aegus from the Solomon
Islands, with remarks on other stagbeetles.— 136
Bentinck, William C.
Book notice: Guide to the insects of Connecticut, Part VI.
The Diptera or true flies. Fifth fascicle: Midges and gnats 178
Berg, Clifford 0.
Biology and metamorphosis of some Solomon Islands Dip-
tera. Part II: Solva bergi James (Erinnidae), with a com-
parison of related species... 203
Brown, William L., Jr.
On the identity of Adlerzia Forel 173
Cole, Frank R.
New bombyliid flies reared from anthophorid bees 126
Davis, Donald W.
Biological studies on three forms of the two-spotted spider
mite — 1
Day, W. C.
New species and notes on California mayflies 17
DeLeon, Donald
Insects associated with Sequoia sempervirens and Sequoia
gigantea in California : 75
Drake, Carl J.
A new tropical hebrid ....194
Essig, E. 0.
The Aloe aphid, Aloephagus myersi Essig. 117
Essig, E. 0.
A new genus and species of Aphidae on scotch broom in
Oregon 215
Furman, Deane P.
Book notice: The sucking lice 59
Gillogly, L. R.
A new species of nitidulid beetle from Chile
40
11
Gould, D. J., and R. S. Beal, Jr.
New records of Leptinus testaceus from North America.... 193
Hall, J. C.
A new species of Lordotus from Southern California. 49
Hazeltine, William
Notes on flights and food plants of Pleocoma 202
Heifer, Jacques R.
A new synonym in Xenorhipis ..188
Hemming, Francis
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature 110
Hottes, F. C.
Miscellaneous notes on the taxonomy of some aphid species.. 191
Kalik, Vladimir
New and interesting species of Dermestidae 43
Kessel, Edward L.
Another American fly attracted to smoke 56
Kormilev, Nicolas A.
Notes on neotropical Aradidae with description of one new
species 119
Linsley, E. G.
Obituary: James Otis Martin.. 71
Linsley, E. G., and J. W. MacSwain
Notes on some effects of parasitism upon a small popula-
tion of Diadasia bituberculata (Cresson) 131
MacSwain, J. W.
Book notice: American social insects 42
Malkin, Borys, and Melville H. Hatch
A new Agonum from Oregon 107
Malkin, Borys
Record of Stenomorpha consobrina from Washington and
Oregon 162
Mayo, Velma Knox
New Western Ephemeroptera, III 93
Mayo, Velma Knox
New Western Ephemeroptera, IV, with notes 179
Michelbacher, A. E.
Book notice: The aphid genus Peryphyllus 109
Middlekauff, Woodrow W.
Notes on two species of California stem borers 108
Nye, William P., and George E. Bohart
A larva of Trichodes ornatus from a pollen trap on a hive
of honey bees 6
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Proceedings — 60
Pritchard, A. Earl
A new gall midge pest of Toyon berries 16
Ill
Pronin, George F.
Suggestions on preventing outbreaks of bark beetles in
Californian pine forests ....186
Rockwood, L. P.
Notes on coccinellids in the Pacific Northwest.... 139
Ross, Edward S.
The habitat of two rare Californian Histeridae... 135
Roth, Vincent D.
Notes and a new species in Cybaeina .195
Rozen, Jerome G., Jr.
Collecting brachycistidine females 91
Ryckman, Raymond E.
Triatoma protracta infected with Trypanosoma cruzi at
Riverside, California 58
Ryckman, Raymond E., and Ken Y. Arakawa
Notes on the ecology of Culiseta maccracknae in San Ber-
nardino and Riverside counties, California 104'
Ryckman, Raymond E., and Ken Y. Arakawa
Additional collections of mosquitoes from wood rats’ nests.. 105
Schedl, Karl E.
Neotropical Scolytoidea V.-119. Contribution to the mor-
phology and taxonomy of the Scolytoidea 122
Schlinger, Evert I.
The emergence, feeding habits, and host of Opsebius dili-
gens Osten Sacken 7
Schlinger, Evert I.
A lectotype in the genus Eulonchus.... 220
Strohecker, H. F.
Two Palaearctic Orthoptera established in the United States 138
Snelling, Robert
Notes on nesting and hibernation of Polistes.. 177
Tilden, J. W.
Range extension of Pholisora libya Scudder 92
Usinger, Robert L.
A new genus of Chryxinae from Brazil and Argentina 55
Usinger, Robert L.
Obituary: Brighton Clark Cain 125
Van Dyke, Edwin C.
A third Mexican species of Genuchinus 12
Wood, Sherwin F.
Trypanosoma cruzi revealed in California mice by
xenodiagnosis , 147
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME XXVIII
No. 1 March 28, 1952 No. 3 July 31, 1952
No. 2 June 26, 1952 No. 4 Dec. 23, 1952
OUTDOOR LABORATORY
Rohm & Haas Experimental Farm at Bristol, Pa.
Long-time testing on our 300-acre Experimental Farm proves the
formulations developed by Rohm & Haas Research Laboratories
— under actual farming conditions. Result: maximum effectiveness
in commercial use of such chemicals for agriculture as Dithane
and Rhothane.
Because it controls many diseases of many crops without retarding
plant growth, Dithane helps thousands of farmers to increase
yields of potatoes and other crops. And because of its unique
insecticidal qualities, Rhothane gives orchardists effective control
of the red-banded leaf roller on apples, and the orange tortrix
on pears, apples, grapes and other fruit.
Scientific development and exhaustive testing-in-use will continue
to assure the effectiveness of all Rohm & Haas agricultural chemicals.
Dithane and Rhothane are trade-
marks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in
principal foreign countries.
CHEMICALS
FOR AGRICULTURE
ROHM £ HAAS
COMPANY
WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA.
V
economical
insect control
During the past three years, ALDRIN and DIELDRIN have achieved recognition as out-
standing insect toxicants for the control of grasshoppers, boll weevil, certain other cotton
pests, mosquitoes, flies and many subterranean insects.
With the increasing number of published reports revealing results of experimental work
with ALDRIN and DIELDRIN, interest of entomologists in the performance of these chemi-
cals continues to grow. Wide fields of investigation still remain open in agricultural, horti-
cultural, arboricultural and public health pest control. Laboratory and field research with
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN on collateral toxiocological and residue problems makes available
important data of value to entomologists.
When planning experimental programs, it is well to remember that modern insect toxi-
cants are characterized by specificity. ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are compatible with all
modern insect toxicants, thus affording the possibility of using them in various combinations
to meet the entire insect problem of any crop.
ALDRIN and/or DIELDRIN are available for experimental use in the following forms:
ALDRIN
100% ALDRIN (Crystalline)
60% Equivalent Solution
25% Emulsifiable Concentrate (2 lbs.
actual ALDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control)
2%% Dust
DIELDRIN
100% DIELDRIN (Crystalline)
18%% Emulsifiable Concentrate (1% lbs.
actual DIELDRIN per gallon)
25% Wettable Powder
50% Wettable Powder (suggested for use
in seed treatment and in soil pest
control)
2%% Dust
Your correspondence is invited concerning formulations and field applications of ALDRIN
and DIELDRIN. Entomological Reports on ALDRIN and DIELDRIN may be obtained upon
request.
HYMAN
DENVER, COLORADO
ALDRIN and DIELDRIN are distributed nationally by Shell Chemical Corporation,
New York City
VI
• Sulphur
• Insecticides
• Fertilizers
• Seeds
Home Office and Plant
Sunland Ave. Fresno, California
P. O. Box 16S9 Phone Fresno 2-4113
Vll
MULTI-FILM "L"
"L" STANDS FOR LIQUID
A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER
that really WETS and still DEPOSITS
MULTI-FILM "L" ADDS A PLUS VALUE
TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Colloidal Products Corporation
ESTABLISHED 1920
2598 TAYLOR STREET • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays
PACIFIC
DISCOVERY
An illustrated magazine
of natural sciences
published by the
CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF
SCIENCES
San Francisco 18 ,
California
BULLETIN OF
ZOOLOGICAL
NOMENCLATURE
Arrangements have been made for
completing volume 1, and for the pub-
lication of volumes 2 (applications in
regard to nomenclatural problems), 3
(documents considered by the Interna-
tional Commission on Zoological Nom-
enclature at Paris, 1948), 4 (Official
Record of the International Commission
at Paris), and 5 (Official Record of the
section on Nomenclature of the thir-
teenth International Congress of Zoology
at Paris, 1948).
All inquiries regarding publications
should be addressed to : International
Trust for Zoological Nomenclature, 41
Queen’s Gate, London, S. W. 7, England.
For your agricultural needs
vm
PENCO.
agricultural chemicals
PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — Fine to
medium granulated powder of uni-
form high quality. Setting point
89° G. minimum.
PENTECH® — Technical DDT made
especially for manufacturers of dust
concentrates, dusts and emulsion
concentrates. A granular, dry,
friable powder.
PENCO DB-50® — Fine, dry powdered
dust base containing 50% DDT, for
use by dust manufacturers in formu-
lating finished insecticides.
PENCO WB-50 — Micron-sized pow-
der containing 50% DDT and su-
perior wetting agents for use as water
suspension spray. Mixes easily, ad-
heres to foliage.
-A. H.
PENCO BHC TECHNICAL 36 (Benzene
Hexachloride) — A superior, partially
refined technical BHC containing
approximately 36% of the active
gamma isomer. Readily lends itself
to production of impregnated dusts.
PENCO BHC DUST BASE D-12— 12%
gamma isomer for use by dust manu-
facturers in the formulation of fin-
ished insecticides.
PENCO HI-GAM® 99— This is tech-
nical lindane, the essentially pure .
gamma isomer of benzene hexa-
chloride.
Other Penco Insecticides
KRYOCIDE® — Time-tested natural
cryolite insecticide for control of
many chewing insects which attack
orchard and garden.
PENPHOS® W-15 — A wettable pow-
der containing 15% parathion. De-
signed for use as a water spray and
as a dust base concentrate. Effective
for the control of a wide variety of
economic insect pests.
For information on any or all of these
products write: Pennsylvania Salt
Manufacturing Company of
Wash inyton. Agricultural
Chemicals Division, Tacoma ,
Wash., Portland, Ore., Berkeley and
Los Angeles, Calif., Wenatchee, Wash.,
Yakima, Wash.
I ® 1
PENNSALT
CHEMICALS
(or Industry • Agriculture • Health • Home
IX
Products bearing the Niagara symbol of
protection consist of the finest quality
compounds, skillfully formulated to com-
bat specific WESTERN infestations.
Strategic location of blending plants as-
sures Western growers that Niagara sprays
and dusts offer maximum control power.
Every principal growing area has a Ni-
agara field representative, ready with rec-
ommendations based on expert knowledge
of local conditions. Successful Western
growers enjoy more profit when their year
’round protection program combines prop-
er use of Niagara sprays and dusts with
Niagara’s expert WESTERN field expe-
rience.
As additional aid to
Western growers, Ni-
agara Field Service
Bulletins provide reli-
able and accurate
recommendations on
specific crops and in-
festations. We will
gladly add your
name to receive this
information without
obligation. Write
Dept. 121.
SUCCESSFUL
WESTERN
GROWERS
CONSULT A
NIAGARA
FIELD EXPERT
Niagara
SPRAYS & DUSTS
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA
Home Office: Middleport, New York
FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION
7
/
mm
Ir
7
~/ ^7 ^7 V
'chemical!
SINCE
1885
PROTECTION
•
Insecticides
Sulphurs
Fungicides
Parasiticides
FOR YEAR-ROUND
FRUIT and VEGETABLE
Stauffer Knapsack Duster
A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS
XI
TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND
CHEMICAL CORPORATION
Incorporated
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
(The World's Largest Manufacturers of
Nicotine Products)
BLACK LEAF 40
BLACK LEAF 155
BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE
and
For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying
NICO FUME PRODUCTS
BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS
AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS
ARE "KIND" TO BENEFICIAL INSECTS.
★
PACIFIC COAST OFFICE
NO. 1 SOUTH PARK
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Xll
Write for Specific
Technical Bulletins
CONTROLS
THESE
INSECTS
Ants
Armyworms
Blister Beetles
Boxelder Bugs
Brown Dog Ticks
Cabbage Maggots
Cattle Lice
Chiggers
Chinch Bugs
Cockroaches
Cotton Boll Weevils
Crickets
Cutworms
Earwigs
Fleas
Flies
Grasshoppers
Household Spiders
Japanese Beetle
Larvae
Lawn Moths
Lygus Bugs
Mole Crickets
Mormon Crickets
Mosquitoes
Onion Maggots
Onion Thrips
Plum Curculio
Sarcoptic Mange
Seed-Corn Maggots
Serpentine Leaf
Miners
Sheep Ked
Silverfish
Sod Webworms
Southern Corn
Rootworms
Strawberry Crown
Borers
Strawberry Weevils
Sweet Clover
Weevils
Tarnished Plant
Bugs
Termites
Ticks
White Grubs
Wireworms
AND MANY OTHERS
VELSICOI.
General Offices and Laboratories
330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois
REPRESENTATIVES IN PRINCIPAL
CITIES
LOOK TO DOW
FOR
INSECTICIDES
METACIDE 50— A liquid emulsifiable insecticide that has proved to be
an excellent product for the control of most aphids, loopers, orange
tortrix, bud moth, and certain other insects.
OVOTRAN-WETTABLE (containing K-6451)-A 50% wettable powder for
control of all growth stages from egg to adult of the several important
species of plant feeding spider mites occurring in California.
*D'3V-289— A non-oil dormant spray for the control of a greater number
of insect pests in the dormant stage on prune, plum, cherry, apple,
and pear trees.
^*3^-1 11— Is used In summer spray application on apples, peaches,
and citrus fruits, almonds, and walnuts.
LINDANE— Gamma isomer of Benzene Hexachloride 99% for fly control.
Effective against those flies resistant to certain other insecticides.
SOIL AND SPACE FUMIGANTS
DOWFUME W-85— With active ingredient Ethylene Dibromide for nema-
tode and wireworm control, and increased growth response resulting
in increased yields.
DOWFUME EB-5— An improved grain fumigant containing Ethylene
Dibromide (5% by volume). Designed for fumigation of stored grain,
is outstanding for its high toxicity, its power to penetrate all levels
of the bin, and its unusual power to control pests in the surface layer
of the grain.
METHYL BROMIDE— A fumigant of high toxicity with excellent pene-
trating properties for food products, food processing plants, and fresh
fruit and vegetables. Controls insects in all stages of development,
also effective at a low dosage for rodent control.
WEED KILLERS
2-4 DOW WEED KILLER, FORMULA 40-the finest 2,4-D AMINE salt
formulation available.
ESTERON* 44— a superior ESTER formulation of 2,4-D.
ESTERON TEN-TEN-a new low-volatility ESTER product.
DOW SELECTIVE WEED KILLER— a non 2,4-D product for peas and inter-
planted grains.
ESTERON BRUSH KILLER controls nearly every kind of woody growth.
ESTERON 245 for certain woody growths resistant to 2,4-D.
DOW GENERAL WEED KILLER for general weed control.
DOW SODIUM TCA 90%-the PROVED grass killer.
Dow pest control products have been thoroughly tested and proved
in actual use over a period of many years. They are the result of
extensive research and experimentation in the laboratories of The
Dow Chemical Company. Your inquiries are invited.
Registered Trade-mark of The Dow Chemical Co.
THE DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY
LOS ANGELES • SAN FRANCISCO • SEATTLE
YOU GET THE BEST
Scientific Pest Control Products!
When you use ORTHO products, you're getting the benefits of this matchless
combination of values: nearly half a century of research knowledge and field
experience, progressive product development, quality manufacturing, technical
field service . . . and results against pests!
These ORTHO Products are leading the field
Modern Organic Pesticides and Weed Killers
ISOTOX — Lindane, Dusts, Sprays,
Wettable Powder, Concentrate
VAPOTONE — TEPP, Dusts, Spray
Concentrate
VAPOPHOS — Parathion, Dusts, Wettable
Powders
PERSISTO — DDT, Dusts, Wettable Powder
PEST-B-GON— DDT, Spray
ORTHO-KLOR — -Chlordane, Dusts, Spray,
Wettable Powder
ORTHOPHOS 4 Spray— Paratliion
ORTHO-MITE — Aramlte. Dusts, Wettable
Powder, Emulsive Liquid
ALLTOX — Toxaphene, Dusts, Wettable
Powder, Spray
GAMTOX — BHC Dusts, Wettable Powder
ESTERCIDE 330— Ester 2, 4-D Weed Killer
Spray
ESTERCIDE-T 245 and
STARCIDE T-2— Ester 2, 4, 5-T
Weed and Brush Killer Sprays
WEED-B-GON 64— Amine 2, 4-D
Weed Killer Spray
i
Local ORTHO dust mills throughout the country supply freshly-mixed, custom-
mixed dusts for more timely, more effective control of pests.
For further information on ORTHO products, call your local ORTHO Dealer or
contact the nearest ORTHO office:
CALIFORNIA SPRAY -CHEMICAL CORP.
RICHMOND, SACRAMENTO, FRESNO, SAN JOSE, AND WHITTIER, CALIF.
ST. LOUIS, (MD. HEIGHTS), MO. FENNVILLE, MICH. MEDINA, N. Y. PORTLAND, ORE
ELIZABETH, N. J. OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. GOLDSBORO, N. C. SHREVEPORT, UL
ORLANDO, FLA. CALDWELL, IDAHO
SINCE 1907
Trademarks:
ORTHO, ORTHOPHOS, ISOTOX, VAPOHOS, VAPOTONE, PERSISTO, B-GON, GAMTOX, ESTERCIDE
REG. U. S. PAT. OFF.